Evidence behind each letter

For every letter, each provision it engages, the stance and direction recorded against that provision, and the passage the call was made from. The quotes are verbatim from the archived document, and the line beneath each one is the reason recorded for the direction call.

Quotes are withheld on 16 of the 249 letters, where the letter makes unverified allegations about identifiable people or reads as promotional material for a live instrument. Those letters are coded and counted exactly like the rest; only their wording is left on sec.gov. One commenter name shown here is a substitute, used where the docket’s own name field carries distressing content in place of a name. A name marked * is filed under the name of a widely known person. Every name is shown as it appears on the SEC comment file; the tracker does not verify who wrote a letter and reports only what the letter says.

1

Layth Kal, Corporate Counsel, Green Pill HoldingsPDF

2026-08-15 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 897 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

The Company supports the Commission's effort to replace enforcement-driven line-drawing with published rules, and writes to address one question the proposal leaves unresolved

P2Conditional
Loosen

That caveat carries substantial weight and is not defined. Read narrowly, it excludes only distributions conditioned on payment. Read broadly, it captures nearly every distribution that is not wholly unsolicited

↑ back to the top
2

Form letter Type A (APES)PDF

no date on the docket row · Organized retail campaign · Form letter · 23,410 words · 8 signatories

Overall OpposePosture TighteningFrame market structure / systemic risk

This letter’s wording is not reproduced on this page. The coding stands and is counted in every tally above; the passages behind it are in the document itself — read it on sec.gov.

ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENOppose
—

Every section of the critical evaluation identifies a deficiency and the closing ask is that the rule not operate as drafted.

P1Oppose
Tighten

Adds a custody condition to perimeter eligibility, so Tighten; skeptic reads removing assets from the definition as Loosen.

P2Oppose
Tighten

Asks for a verification step before distributions; a new precondition is a Tighten.

P3Oppose
Tighten

Wants mandatory reporting added to the Rule 103 topics; more prescription is Tighten by the P3 convention.

P6Oppose
Tighten

Attacks the startup exemption as under-conditioned; adds requirements.

P7Oppose
Tighten

A mandatory exclusion from Subpart C eligibility is a Tighten.

P12Oppose
Tighten

Adds a continuous reporting obligation well beyond Forms 1-KC/1-SC/1-UC.

P13Oppose
Tighten

Adds an independent-verification condition to the exit; Alternative 11 in substance.

P14Oppose
Tighten

Objects to preemption as drafted and would condition it; Tighten.

P15Procedural objection—

Endorses alternative 11

↑ back to the top
3

Joe E. KurczodynaHTML

2026-08-18 · Individual · Public comment · 65 words

Overall OpposePosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENOppose
—

Protect the Public

P5Oppose
Tighten

Is there an Offering Doc and Audited Fins. If not you will get so many lawsuits from all directions

Would require an offering document and audited financials where the startup exemption requires neither.

↑ back to the top
4

Michael BehrensHTML

2026-08-18 · Individual · Public comment · 201 words

Overall OpposePosture TighteningFrame on-instrument

This letter’s wording is not reproduced on this page. The coding stands and is counted in every tally above; the passages behind it are in the document itself — read it on sec.gov.

ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENOppose
—
—
P6Oppose
Tighten

Treats the startup exemption as under-conditioned; the implied remedy is reporting and constraint.

P7Oppose
Tighten

Same objection at the fundraising tier: the reporting is too light for the size.

↑ back to the top
5

Neil P. Osnato, Founder, Persistence Analytics Group LLCPDF

2026-08-18 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 2,837 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

PAG supports the Commission's effort to create a tailored, technology-neutral offering framework for covered investment contracts. PAG recommends one focused refinement

P3Conditional
Tighten

where investor protection or regulatory treatment depends on a material technical or operational representation, the final rules should require the issuer to identify the evidentiary basis supporting that representation

Adds an evidentiary-basis requirement to the disclosure topics; more prescription is Tighten.

P13Conditional
Tighten

Form TR should require a clear, decision-useful analysis tied to contemporaneous evidence. Certification alone should not be sufficient.

Raises the evidentiary bar for the exit filing, so the safe harbor becomes harder to reach.

↑ back to the top
6

Dale ParrottHTML

2026-08-18 · Individual · Public comment · 33 words

Overall OpposePosture LooseningFrame other rulemaking
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Please do away with the restrictions on earning yield or rewards on stable coins. Also, remove the accredited investor restrictions.

P8Oppose
Loosen

remove the accredited investor restrictions

Would remove investor-qualification limits on access.

↑ back to the top
7

Isaac HendersonHTML

2026-08-18 · Individual · Public comment · 41 words

Overall Off-topicPosture n-aFrame non-specific

This letter engages no provision of the proposal. It is counted in the corpus and carries its overall label, and there is nothing to quote against a provision.

↑ back to the top
8

Carlos Soto, Founder, R3ference, Inc.HTML

2026-08-19 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 816 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I support the proposal.

Opens 'I support the proposal' but asks for a new prong in Rule 400(a) and two other changes - a change request decides it, not the warm opening.

P6Conditional
Loosen

Under a literal reading of footnote 206 they are functionally identical, and so the second project to launch on my platform cannot use the startup exemption at all.

Asks that substantial similarity turn on economic substance rather than bytecode, which widens who may use the exemption.

P10Support
as-proposed

Rule 200(b)(2), which lets an individual be the issuer, is the single most useful line in it for people like me, and I am grateful the Commission wrote it that way.

Explicit endorsement of the entity-eligibility rule exactly as drafted; the direct counter to letter 14's Oppose on the same provision.

P13Conditional
Loosen

I suggest the Commission add a non-exclusive prong to Rule 400(a): the condition is satisfied where the issuer has irrevocably relinquished, at the protocol level, the technical ability to alter the crypto asset's economics

Adds a second, non-exclusive route into the safe harbor while leaving the proposed standard available, so the exit becomes more available.

P14Conditional
Loosen

preemption should apply for so long as the issuer is subject to the exemption's obligations, not for so long as the issuer is current with them

Removes a condition on preemption's continuing availability; endorses the alternative the Commission raises in Question 142.

Answers question 51, 52, 130, 131, 141, 142

↑ back to the top
9

Rabindranath Dikshit, Medical DoctorHTML

2026-08-19 · Individual · Public comment · 359 words

Overall Off-topicPosture n-aFrame other rulemaking

This letter’s wording is not reproduced on this page. The coding stands and is counted in every tally above; the passages behind it are in the document itself — read it on sec.gov.

This letter engages no provision of the proposal. It is counted in the corpus and carries its overall label, and there is nothing to quote against a provision.

↑ back to the top
10

Robert RutkowskiHTML

2026-08-19 · Individual · Public comment · 491 words

Overall OpposePosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENOppose
—

Investors in crypto markets deserve the same transparency, disclosure, accountability, and legal protections afforded to investors in other securities markets.

P3Oppose split
Tighten

The SEC has historically required securities offered to the public to be registered so that investors receive the disclosures necessary to make informed investment decisions.

Prefers full registration disclosure to principles-based disclosure.

P6Oppose
Tighten

I am writing to urge the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to reject its proposed “Regulation Crypto Assets” to the extent that it would exempt crypto-asset offerings from the registration and investor-protection requirements of the federal securities laws.

Would deny the exemption altogether and return these offerings to registration.

P7Oppose
Tighten

Creating a special exemption

Same objection applied to the fundraising exemption; the remedy is registration rather than exemption.

↑ back to the top
11

Alon Cohen, Baton CorporationHTML

2026-08-19 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 59 words

Overall Off-topicPosture n-aFrame non-specific

This letter engages no provision of the proposal. It is counted in the corpus and carries its overall label, and there is nothing to quote against a provision.

↑ back to the top
12

George Soros, Financial AdvisorHTML*

2026-08-19 · Individual · Public comment · 414 words

* Filed under the name of a widely known person. The name is shown as it appears on the SEC comment file; this tracker does not verify who wrote a letter and reports only what the letter says.

Overall Off-topicPosture n-aFrame non-specific

This letter engages no provision of the proposal. It is counted in the corpus and carries its overall label, and there is nothing to quote against a provision.

↑ back to the top
13

Trina CoreyHTML

2026-08-19 · Individual · Public comment · 194 words

Overall ProceduralPosture n-aFrame other rulemaking

This letter’s wording is not reproduced on this page. The coding stands and is counted in every tally above; the passages behind it are in the document itself — read it on sec.gov.

ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENNo position
—
—
P15Defer to Congress—
↑ back to the top
14

Tilden Moschetti, Esq.PDF

2026-08-19 · Legal practitioner or law firm · Public comment · 7,132 words

Overall MixedPosture TighteningFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENOppose
—

I write in opposition to proposed Regulation Crypto Assets as drafted, and in particular to the startup exemption in proposed Rule 200.

Opens 'I write in opposition to proposed Regulation Crypto Assets as drafted' and closes asking for withdrawal and re-proposal of Rule 200.

P2Conditional
Tighten

A narrow pathway could permit distributions for testing, use, staking, network security, or genuine participation without also opening a largely unrestricted retail fundraising channel.

Wants network distribution split off into its own bounded pathway; skeptic reads the bounding as a Tighten.

P3Support split
as-proposed split

The disclosure topics in proposed Rule 103 are also the right topics.

Endorses the Rule 103 topics unchanged; skeptic notes he later asks for independent technical assessment alongside them.

P4Oppose
Tighten

All required offering disclosure should be filed on EDGAR in permanent, time-stamped form; amendments should identify what changed; prior versions should stay publicly available

Replaces issuer-controlled website disclosure with EDGAR filing and a four-business-day event clock.

P5Oppose
Tighten

A public retail offering of up to $5 million with no financial statements is not defensible.

Adds financial statements plus scaled assurance where the rule requires none.

P6Oppose
Tighten

I urge the Commission to withdraw Rule 200 and re-propose it.

Seeks withdrawal and re-proposal with materially stronger conditions.

P7Conditional split
Tighten

The fundraising exemption has the protections Rule 200 lacks.

Yes-with-modifications on Subpart C; skeptic counts seven required changes as opposition in substance.

P8Oppose
Tighten

An issuer-level cap is not a substitute for an investor-level cap, and the Commission has never treated it as one anywhere else.

Adds per-investor limits and moves the test from greater-of to lesser-of.

P9Oppose
Tighten

Disclosing the absence of a lockup does not create a lockup.

Requires mandatory vesting and lockups; endorses Alternatives 2 and 3.

P10Oppose
Tighten

Natural persons and informal groups should not conduct public retail offerings of up to $5 million.

Restricts eligibility to US legal entities with responsible officers and separate books.

P12Conditional
Tighten

Form 1-UC should cover the events that actually matter for these projects.

Expands the current-reporting trigger list to network and code events.

P13Oppose
Tighten

completion and abandonment are not equivalent events for the people who put up the money

Would condition the safe harbor and route abandonment to a separate wind-down framework.

P14Oppose
Tighten

Calling every retail offeree a qualified purchaser because the issuer chose Rule 200 is circular.

Would deny preemption to Rule 200 offerings and narrow secondary-market preemption.

P15Authority defended; Procedural objection

I recognize the Commission has authority to define the term this way, and that the D.C. Circuit upheld a comparable definition in Lindeen v. SEC, 825 F.3d 646 (D.C. Cir. 2016), which the release cites. Authority to do it is not a reason to do it.

P16Costs understated

the release measures what issuers save without pricing what investors give up

Answers question 34, 35, 43, 47, 48, 49, 50, 53, 55, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 75, 80, 81, 82, 104, 109, 110, 124, 131, 133, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144 · Endorses alternative 2, 3, 13

↑ back to the top
15

AJ Schott, Founder, InvestedUSA.orgPDF

2026-08-19 · Trade association or advocacy - industry · Public comment · 842 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

The proposal's core architecture - the startup and fundraising exemptions, principles-based disclosures, and the investment-contract safe harbor with Form TR certification - is clear and well-designed. The comments below are limited to residual operational questions

'clear and well-designed' followed by six recommended refinements.

P1Conditional
Loosen

We encourage the Commission to clarify that fully disclosed economic-participation features - such as revenue-sharing or fee-sharing mechanisms that do not themselves constitute ongoing essential managerial efforts by the original issuer - can coexist with both the exemptions and a subsequent safe-harbor exit.

Scope element: admitting equity-like features widens what may use the regime.

P3Conditional
Tighten

we recommend that the Commission encourage a brief, standardized one- or two-page summary as a front-end component of the offering materials

A standardized summary is added prescription over principles-based disclosure; Tighten by the P3 convention, notwithstanding the letter's framing.

P6Support
as-proposed

The startup exemption's design, which permits direct offerings without a required broker-dealer or funding portal, is a significant practical improvement. We support retention of this feature as currently structured.

Explicit support for the calibration unchanged, and against adding an intermediary requirement.

P13Conditional
Clarify

We recommend that the Commission make available a short menu of optional, non-mandatory objective anchors that an issuer may elect to include in its Form TR filing.

Elective anchors and a maintenance-versus-effort distinction; no change to who may exit, so Clarify.

P14Conditional
Clarify

How long state-law preemption continues after an issuer exits the ongoing reporting obligations of the fundraising exemption.

Asks when preemption ends rather than whether it should exist.

P17Conditional
Clarify

The proposal does not address whether offering proceeds may be held in bonded or milestone-controlled escrow and used as credit support for subsequent non-dilutive financing.

A mechanics question about use of proceeds; no element covers escrow structures.

↑ back to the top
16

Daniel Coviello Jr., CEO, Goliath Engineering Technology LLCPDF

2026-08-20 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 2,393 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

GET supports the Commission's effort to create a tailored pathway for covered investment contracts involving non-security crypto assets. Our comment addresses a narrow technical issue

P3Conditional
Tighten

Technical recommendations for governance disclosure, material-change reporting, and an evidence-based investment-contract safe harbor

Adds governance-evidence requirements to the disclosure topics.

P4Conditional
Tighten

103 disclosures and material amendments on EDGAR or through an equivalent Commission-accessible archive; a mutable issuer website should not be the sole historical record

Moves the record off the issuer's own website, the same tightening ask as letters 14 and 31.

P12Conditional
Tighten

material-change reporting

Expands the events that must be reported as systems and authorities change.

P13Conditional
Tighten

an evidence-based investment-contract safe harbor

Conditions the exit on preserved governance and transition evidence.

↑ back to the top
17

John WoodHTML

2026-08-20 · Individual · Public comment · 90 words

Overall ProceduralPosture n-aFrame other rulemaking
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENNo position
—

Regulation laws need passed, long overdue. Pass laws that weed out the rugpulls and dishonest.

Addresses crypto regulation generally and the CLARITY Act; never addresses this proposal.

P15Defer to Congress

Please pass the Clarity Act.

↑ back to the top
18

Ryan Turner (CEO) and Amy Allgood (General Counsel), ARKONIX, Inc.PDF

2026-08-20 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 9,086 words · 2 signatories

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Crypto Task Force consultation, 2026-07-27.argues the 2026 Interpretation is wrong
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

ARKONIX appreciates the Commission’s sustained engagement with digital asset market participants and the structured rulemaking process that Regulation CA represents.

Accepts the framework and seeks six clarifications and amendments.

P1Conditional
Loosen

ARKONIX respectfully requests that the Commission provide explicit guidance confirming that tokenized interests in autonomously executed, TEE-attested strategy vaults qualify as covered investment contracts under Rule 100.

Seeks confirmation of eligibility rather than a change of scope; skeptic reads admitting a new asset class as Loosen.

P10Conditional split
Loosen

No issuer-level relationship between offerings: ARKONIX is the technology provider, not the issuer.

Asks that infrastructure providers not be aggregated as a group issuer, which narrows who the rule reaches.

P11Conditional
Loosen split

should not be classified as “related persons” for purposes of disqualification analysis under Rule 104/Rule 262(a)

Narrows the related-person population subject to disqualification.

P12Conditional
Clarify split

the relevant events are on-chain events — attestation failures, governance changes, strategy upgrades — and the most reliable reporting mechanism is the on-chain record itself

Proposes on-chain attestation as a substitute for periodic EDGAR reporting under Rule 305.

P13Conditional
Loosen

ARKONIX proposes that the Commission recognize, within Rule 400 or its accompanying guidance, a class of “verifiably autonomous” execution systems

Creates an additional route into the safe harbor and extends it to the ICA and Advisers Act, widening its reach.

Answers question 5, 6, 11, 16, 84, 116, 117, 128, 130, 131, 133, 134, 135

↑ back to the top
19

Anthony LoeraHTML

2026-08-20 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 1,802 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I support the Commission's attempt to bring greater clarity to crypto markets through Regulation Crypto Assets.

P1Conditional
Loosen

The distinction should depend primarily upon what the developer can actually control, not upon labels contained in a website or terms of service.

P6Conditional
Loosen

However, exemptions should remain genuinely usable by individuals, startups, and open-source development teams.

Asks that eligibility stay wide enough for individuals and open-source teams.

P13Conditional
Loosen

A digital asset capable of existing, transferring, and functioning independently of its original promoter should not remain indefinitely burdened by the circumstances under which it may once have been distributed.

Would let assets leave investment-contract status on function rather than on issuer certification, widening the exit.

P14Support
as-proposed

the effort to reduce overlapping state registration requirements are meaningful improvements

Endorses the preemption approach as drafted.

↑ back to the top
20

Shane Hadden, Globefin.orgPDF

2026-08-20 · Individual · Public comment · 1,439 words

Overall ConditionalPosture n-aFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I believe Reg CA recognizes an important development in startup finance

P1Conditional
Loosen

My concern is that the proposal makes one particular technology - a cryptographically secured distributed ledger (“DLT”) - a prerequisite for using the new framework.

Would widen eligibility to economically similar assets held on centralized systems; answers Question 8.

Answers question 8

↑ back to the top
21

Michael RavnitzkyPDF

2026-08-20 · Individual · Public comment · 1,869 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

The proposed Regulation Crypto Assets is a meaningful step toward a federal framework for crypto-asset fundraising and lifecycle management. Several parts of the rule introduce ambiguity or impose burdens that don't match how crypto projects actually operate.

'a meaningful step' followed by ten sections of specific changes.

P1Conditional
Loosen

The single-asset limitation prevents hybrid offerings from using the exemption.

Asks that the definition admit hybrid offerings, widening eligibility; literalist reads it as a definitional clarification only.

P2Conditional
Loosen

the larger $75 million fundraising exemption notably excludes them

Wants network distributions permitted under Subpart C as well as Subpart B.

P4Conditional
Clarify split

Yet Forms NOR and TR require an executive signature and a principal office. A decentralized protocol simply can't satisfy those requirements

Asks that an SPCE be allowed to sign; skeptic reads relaxing the signature requirement as Loosen.

P5Conditional
Clarify

U.S. GAAP doesn't provide clear guidance on on-chain treasuries, gas-fee expenditures, staking rewards, validator income, or multi-sig governance.

Asks the Commission to clarify acceptable valuation methodologies rather than to add or remove a requirement.

P6Conditional
Loosen

The real constraint in the startup exemption isn't the $5 million cap - it's the four-year clock.

Asks for $5m per twelve-month period or a higher first-year cap; both widen capacity.

P7Conditional
Loosen

Forcing a growing protocol to choose between an artificially low capital cap that accommodates decentralized distribution or a larger capital cap that completely strips out the network's functional mechanics creates prohibitive operational frictions

Wants the Tier structure to accommodate network distributions; widens what Subpart C permits.

P10Conditional
Loosen

The rule assumes a traditional corporate issuer with officers, directors, and a principal executive office. Many crypto projects don't operate that way.

The SPCE proposal admits issuers the rule as drafted excludes.

P11Conditional
Loosen

Applying full disqualification to these historical cases would exclude many of the people best positioned to operate under the new rule.

Proposes carve-outs and a shortened tiered lookback; narrows disqualification.

P12Conditional
Clarify

Investors need consistent reporting. The Commission should consider allowing crypto-specific accounting approaches

Asks for clarified reporting standards, not more or fewer reports.

P13Conditional
Clarify

The proposal doesn't define what “separation” means, yet Form TR requires issuers to certify that separation has occurred.

Asks for illustrative non-exclusive metrics; skeptic reads added metrics as a Tighten even though framed as guidance.

P14Support
as-proposed

The Commission's decision to preempt state-level Blue Sky registration requirements for both primary offerings and secondary market transactions is a vital step

Unqualified endorsement of Rule 500 as drafted.

P15Authority defended; Procedural objection

Addressing the remaining APA vulnerabilities highlighted in this comment will give the Commission workable tools

P17Conditional
Clarify

Rule 101(d) says an issuer won't lose the exemption for an insignificant deviation, but the proposal doesn't define “insignificant.”

Asks that the Regulation D Rule 508 / Regulation A Rule 260 three-part structure be borrowed; a definitional fix to the mechanics, no change in reach. Also covers this letter's Rule 100 currency-conversion and valuation-standard asks (§§ VII-VIII).

Endorses alternative 5, 6 · Opposes alternative 12, 13

↑ back to the top
22

Steven Pederzani, Founder, OzmiumPDF

2026-08-21 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 1,143 words

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I support the proposal and write to identify four areas of concern and targeted recommendations.

P1Conditional
Loosen

The adopting release should state expressly that ordinary building, and receipt of a fee share fixed at deployment, do not by themselves satisfy that test.

P2Conditional
Loosen

Many tokens are created with no capital raise but are not airdrops, and for those the proposal offers no equivalent clarity.

Would extend the no-consideration treatment to launchpad-created tokens, narrowing what counts as a covered transaction.

P4Conditional
Tighten

Disclosure Should Be Machine-Readable Throughout

Adds a format requirement to how disclosure reaches investors.

↑ back to the top
23

Yan QingHTML

2026-08-22 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 537 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I welcome the Commission's proposed Regulation Crypto Assets.

P3Conditional
Tighten split

The final rule should expressly permit structured, machine-readable disclosure alongside a human-readable presentation.

Permissive on its face but adds a versioning and hashing discipline to the disclosure record.

P13Conditional
Clarify

The final rule should make clear that such verifiable technical evidence may support an issuer's record of managerial efforts and transition.

Clarifies what evidence counts without changing who may exit.

↑ back to the top
24

Professor Dr. WISITH TUN YHONGHTML

2026-08-23 · Individual · Public comment · 186 words

Overall Off-topicPosture n-aFrame non-specific

This letter’s wording is not reproduced on this page. The coding stands and is counted in every tally above; the passages behind it are in the document itself — read it on sec.gov.

This letter engages no provision of the proposal. It is counted in the corpus and carries its overall label, and there is nothing to quote against a provision.

↑ back to the top
25

Delonte D. Kelly, Kelly Legacy InstitutePDF

2026-08-23 · Other institutional · Public comment · 4,293 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

KLI supports the Commission's use of notice-and-comment rulemaking ... and, subject to the refinements described below, supports adoption of proposed Rule 400.

'subject to the refinements described below, supports adoption of proposed Rule 400'.

P1Conditional
Clarify

ASSET VERSUS INVESTMENT CONTRACT

Asks the Commission to state the asset/contract distinction more precisely in the rule text; definitional, no change in reach.

P13Conditional
Tighten

The final rule should identify nonexclusive indicia of whether promised essential managerial efforts have actually been completed or permanently ceased, retain the proposed Form TR supporting-analysis requirement, and require the filing to distinguish completed performance from abandonment or other permanent cessation.

Adds indicia and a completed-versus-abandoned distinction as filing conditions, making the exit harder to reach.

P15Authority defended; Procedural objection

KLI supports the Commission's use of notice-and-comment rulemaking to address the legal consequences of crypto-asset transactions

Answers question 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135

↑ back to the top
26

ChainpulseHTML

2026-08-23 · Individual · Public comment · 25 words

Overall Off-topicPosture n-aFrame non-specific

This letter engages no provision of the proposal. It is counted in the corpus and carries its overall label, and there is nothing to quote against a provision.

↑ back to the top
27

Kim Stock, Founder, Sovereign Stack InitiativePDF

2026-08-23 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 708 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

we believe the final rule should preserve - and, where possible, sharpen - the clarity these provisions offer to earned-only token models like SST's

P2Support split
as-proposed

SST is not sold for money. It is distributed exclusively as a reward or incentive for activities that operate, secure, or govern the network

Presents the earned-only model as already accommodated and asks that the treatment be preserved.

P13Conditional
Loosen

The Investment Contract Safe Harbor Should Accommodate Already-Decentralized Legacy Networks

Would open the exit to networks that never had an issuer making promises, widening its availability.

↑ back to the top
28

Joyce LaRochelleHTML

2026-08-23 · Individual · Public comment · 99 words

Overall Off-topicPosture n-aFrame non-specific

This letter’s wording is not reproduced on this page. The coding stands and is counted in every tally above; the passages behind it are in the document itself — read it on sec.gov.

This letter engages no provision of the proposal. It is counted in the corpus and carries its overall label, and there is nothing to quote against a provision.

↑ back to the top
29

Jerome James DartePDF

2026-08-24 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Not a comment · 4,928 words

Overall Off-topicPosture n-aFrame non-specific

This letter’s wording is not reproduced on this page. The coding stands and is counted in every tally above; the passages behind it are in the document itself — read it on sec.gov.

This letter engages no provision of the proposal. It is counted in the corpus and carries its overall label, and there is nothing to quote against a provision.

↑ back to the top
30

Sergey Kiklevich, Co-Founder & Chief Executive Officer, Beeezo,LLCPDF

2026-08-24 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 3,228 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Beeezo supports the Commission's effort to develop a regulatory framework that recognizes the technological and economic characteristics of crypto assets while maintaining appropriate investor protections.

P1Conditional
Loosen

the fact that an individual performs an activity and subsequently receives a crypto asset should not, standing alone, determine the securities-law character of the transaction

Would keep task-based commercial compensation outside the perimeter.

P2Conditional
Loosen

We believe economically equivalent activity should not receive materially different securities-law treatment solely because another business settles the same $5 obligation through blockchain-based payment infrastructure.

Would narrow what counts as a covered transaction where the payment is ordinary commercial compensation.

↑ back to the top
31

Gregory Hauw, Ohanae, Inc. and Ohanae Securities LLCPDF

2026-08-25 · Crypto intermediary · Public comment · 3,206 words · 2 signatories

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Ohanae supports the Commission's effort to create a tailored federal securities-law framework for certain investment contracts involving crypto assets while maintaining appropriate investor protections.

Supports the effort and makes five numbered recommendations.

P1Support
as-proposed

we support the Proposal's distinction between the security - the covered investment contract - and a crypto asset that does not independently constitute a security

Endorses the perimeter as drafted; no change in reach sought.

P4Conditional
Tighten

We therefore recommend that EDGAR serve as the central regulatory-status and navigation point for Regulation Crypto Assets.

Moves the disclosure record from issuer websites to EDGAR, the same tightening ask as letter 14.

P13Conditional
Clarify

we recommend that the Commission adopt Rule 400 substantially as proposed while providing additional instructions for Form TR

P14Support split
as-proposed

We therefore recommend that the Commission preserve the basic approach in proposed Rule 500.

Backs Rule 500 as drafted, expressly including the 'remains current with' condition that letter 8 asks to remove.

P17Conditional
Clarify

Regulation Crypto Assets should work alongside other available Securities Act exemptions and registration pathways rather than operate as a regulatory silo.

An integration question under the general provisions; no element covers interaction with other exemptions.

Answers question 124, 125, 128, 130, 131, 132, 141, 142, 143

↑ back to the top
32

Dana Love, PhDPDF

2026-08-25 · Individual · Public comment · 3,189 words

Overall MixedPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I write in support of the separation premise underlying Regulation Crypto Assets, and in opposition to the conditions the Commission proposes for exiting investment contract treatment. Those positions are consistent. The token was never the problem. The promises were

Supports the separation premise, opposes the exit conditions, and asks that Rule 400 be narrowed rather than dropped.

P1Support
as-proposed

I recommend the Commission retain the definition's threshold requirement that the subject crypto asset not itself be a security.

Defends the perimeter as drafted against the academic objection; asks for no change in reach.

P9Conditional
Tighten

the proposed safe harbor lets the promisor certify its own compliance

Engages Question 35 on related-person resale risk alongside the self-certification objection; the remedy adds constraint.

P13Oppose
Tighten

The Commission should limit the Rule 400 safe harbor to issuers that have fulfilled the essential managerial efforts they represented or promised. Extending it to issuers that permanently ceased those efforts switches off disclosure at the moment investors most need it.

Would remove the abandonment branch and add conditions, narrowing who may exit.

Answers question 5, 35, 127, 133

↑ back to the top
33

George Carrington II, Retail InvestorHTML

2026-08-25 · Individual · Public comment · 125 words

Overall SupportPosture n-aFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENSupport
—

I urge the Commission to finalize and implement these rules swiftly.

↑ back to the top
34

Steven Sprague, CEO, Rivetz Corp. and Rivetz Intl. SEZCPDF

2026-08-25 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 6,346 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Crypto Task Force written input.argues the 2026 Interpretation is wrongengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Our recommendations follow. Several ask the Commission only to complete what commenters have already requested. Four raise gaps we believe no one has yet identified.

'we are not asking the Commission to withdraw any of this'; nine recommendations to complete it.

P1Conditional
Clarify

“Essential managerial efforts” appears 79 times in the release. The singular form appears zero times. It determines whether a covered investment contract exists, what Rule 103(b)(1) requires, and the entirety of Rule 400. It is defined nowhere.

Asks for a definition of the term the perimeter turns on; textbook Clarify.

P3Conditional
Clarify split

The problem is not the disclosure. It is that nothing in the proposal says what the disclosure is not.

Keeps Rule 103 intact and adds a non-probative provision; skeptic reads the added protection as Loosen.

P5Conditional
Clarify

Where an issuer recognizes revenue in full upon delivery, it asserts, subject to audit, that no performance obligations remain. That assertion addresses the same question Howey asks.

Asks that an existing accounting election be weighed as evidence; no change to the assurance requirement itself.

P10Oppose split
Loosen

The fundraising exemption reaches $75,000,000 but Rule 300(b)(1) requires a U.S.-organized issuer. Rivetz Intl. SEZC is Cayman.

States that the nexus test excludes the filer entirely; the remedy is a wider eligibility test.

P13Conditional
Loosen

Rule 400 does not gate on “decentralized.” It gates on “functional.” We suggest the word be given its own meaning

Moving the release's own post-functionality sentence (pp. 56-58) into Rule 400 is Clarify on its own. The row stays Loosen on what reaches further: 'functional' defined by holder-exercisable capability, and security maintenance (algorithm migration, key rotation, a disclosed retained migration path) never an essential managerial effort, which the release's view, limited to functional systems and silent on retained authority, does not cover. Expressly rejects Alternative 11.

P15Procedural objection

an interpretive statement leaves private litigants free to urge courts to reject the Commission’s reading, citing Loper Bright Enterprises v. Raimondo, 603 U.S. 369 (2024), so the Commission should instead act through its exemptive authority

Answers question 3, 27, 28, 32, 41, 125, 127, 128, 131, 132 · Opposes alternative 11

↑ back to the top
35

Amy Pearson, TrustLogicPDF

2026-08-26 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 4,572 words

Overall ConditionalPosture ClarifyingFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

The proposal raises an important implementation question: If legal rights, obligations, representations, permissions, or regulatory conditions continue after a crypto asset moves, how do those conditions remain operationally associated with the appropriate rights holder

Supports the framework and proposes an architectural addition.

P1Support split
as-proposed

TrustLogic supports the Commission's effort to create a tailored framework for covered investment contracts involving crypto assets while preserving the distinction between a crypto asset and the investment contract pursuant to which that asset may be offered or sold.

Endorses the separation as drafted; its proposal sits alongside rather than changing the perimeter.

P4Conditional
Clarify

Question 143 asks whether mechanisms could address the inability of unaffiliated secondary-market participants to determine whether an issuer has satisfied ongoing reporting obligations.

Asks that status be made determinable; no change to what must be disclosed.

P13Conditional
Clarify

Form TR Illustrates a Legal State Transition

Treats Form TR as a state change to be made persistent and verifiable; no change to who may exit.

P14Conditional
Clarify

Regulation Crypto Assets should preserve room for architectures in which existing legal relationships can be made persistent, adaptable, verifiable, privacy-preserving, and enforceable after transfer.

Answers Questions 140-144 on fungibility and determinability by proposing an architecture, not by changing the preemption test.

Answers question 140, 141, 142, 143, 144

↑ back to the top
36

Carol Thompson SaucedaHTML

2026-08-26 · Individual · Public comment · 80 words

Overall OpposePosture n-aFrame non-specific
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENOppose
—

The Federal government and the SEC must not saddle Crypto currencies and exchanges with federal oversight and regulation.

↑ back to the top
37

Michael DeaconHTML

2026-08-27 · Individual · Public comment · 85 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Plz consider allowing utility tools to be bought and sold.

P9Conditional
Loosen

if you currently hold a utility token you should be able to sell it , if you have no need for it

Asks that holders be able to resell without restriction.

↑ back to the top
38

Kim Stock, Founder, Sovereign Stack InitiativePDF

2026-08-27 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 958 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Letter 27 on this docket, 2026-08-23.
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

using the Signum blockchain - the base-layer network SSI builds on - as a concrete case study of a legacy, already-decentralized network the safe harbor should be designed to accommodate

P13Conditional
Loosen

no party has made representations or promises to purchasers to perform essential managerial efforts in exchange for consideration

Would make the safe harbor reachable by a legacy network with no issuer to certify, widening the exit.

Answers question 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135

↑ back to the top
39

Michael Zouari, Ariel UniversityPDF

2026-08-27 · Academic researcher - finance, accounting or economics · Public comment · 4,539 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

The Commission should adopt Rule 400, but it should not finalize Form TR as an open-ended narrative certification.

'should adopt Rule 400, but it should not finalize Form TR as an open-ended narrative certification'.

P1Conditional
Clarify

Clarify new promises, related persons, and post-transition conduct

Definitional work on Rule 100 terms answering Question 8; no change in reach.

P3Conditional
Tighten

Require disclosure of material infrastructure dependencies

Adds a required disclosure topic; more prescription is Tighten by the P3 convention.

P13Conditional
Tighten

Retain the issuer-specific promise as the legal standard, but require every Form TR filer to submit a standardized, evidence-backed Managerial-Dependence Schedule (“Schedule MD”).

Adds a mandatory standardized evidentiary schedule to the exit filing, making the safe harbor harder to reach; expressly rejects a universal decentralization threshold.

Answers question 8, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135 · Opposes alternative 11

↑ back to the top
40

Alejandro RodriguezHTML

2026-08-27 · Individual · Public comment · 184 words

Overall Off-topicPosture n-aFrame other rulemaking

This letter engages no provision of the proposal. It is counted in the corpus and carries its overall label, and there is nothing to quote against a provision.

↑ back to the top
41

AnonymousHTML

2026-08-28 · Individual · Public comment · 195 words

Overall Off-topicPosture n-aFrame non-specific

This letter’s wording is not reproduced on this page. The coding stands and is counted in every tally above; the passages behind it are in the document itself — read it on sec.gov.

This letter engages no provision of the proposal. It is counted in the corpus and carries its overall label, and there is nothing to quote against a provision.

↑ back to the top
42

AnonymousPDF

2026-08-29 · Individual · Public comment · 396 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentargues the 2026 Interpretation is wrong
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I respectfully encourage the Commission to ensure that the final Regulation Crypto Assets rule clearly addresses legacy decentralized crypto assets where the original issuer or development company has ceased operations

P13Conditional
Loosen

Legacy decentralized networks should not remain under indefinite regulatory uncertainty simply because an investment contract may have existed during an earlier stage of the network's development.

↑ back to the top
43

Brendan JoyceHTML

2026-08-30 · Individual · Public comment · 1,298 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Regulation Crypto Assets is a serious and welcome attempt to end a decade of regulation by enforcement. My comment does not dispute that architecture. It identifies one silence in it.

P1Conditional
Loosen

Clarify that automation alone does not create issuer, dealer, or transfer agent status.

P10Conditional
Loosen

Non-custodial software that executes a disclosed human principal's instructions should not become a regulated intermediary merely because no human clicks each button.

↑ back to the top
44

Beast Industries LLCPDF

2026-09-01 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Not a comment · 1,892 words

Overall Off-topicPosture n-aFrame non-specific

This letter’s wording is not reproduced on this page. The coding stands and is counted in every tally above; the passages behind it are in the document itself — read it on sec.gov.

This letter engages no provision of the proposal. It is counted in the corpus and carries its overall label, and there is nothing to quote against a provision.

↑ back to the top
45

Morgan HuttesHTML

2026-09-02 · Individual · Public comment · 254 words

Overall SupportPosture As-proposedFrame on-instrumentargues the 2026 Interpretation is wrong
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENSupport
—

I write in support of the Commission's proposed Regulation Crypto Assets.

Urges adoption and asks the Commission to preserve named features; requests no change.

P3Support
as-proposed

principles-based disclosures tailored to networks and tokens rather than industrial-era issuer templates

Endorses the Rule 103 approach without asking for change.

P6Support
as-proposed

a one-time startup exemption of up to $5 million over four years

Lists the calibration approvingly and asks that it be adopted.

P7Support
as-proposed

a fundraising exemption modeled on Regulation A with clear tiers

Endorses the two-tier structure as proposed.

P9Support
as-proposed

preserve ... the non-restricted character of the securities

Explicitly asks that the non-restricted treatment be kept; against Alternative 2.

P10Support
as-proposed

preserve the startup exemption's lack of a U.S.-nexus requirement

Asks that the absence of a nexus test be retained.

P13Support
as-proposed

a safe harbor that turns on cessation of promised efforts rather than an open-ended decentralization test that no issuer can measure in advance

Supports Rule 400 as drafted and rejects Alternative 11; skeptic reads the express rejection of a tightening alternative as a Loosen ask.

P14Support
as-proposed

Blue Sky preemption for covered offerings and certain resales

Endorses preemption without qualification.

Opposes alternative 2, 11

↑ back to the top
46

Julian Rory GilesHTML

2026-09-02 · Individual · Public comment · 55 words

Overall OpposePosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENOppose
—

In my opinon crypto regulations should be more strict.

P10Oppose
Tighten

They should chose witch people could make a crypto coin so there is not oversaturation in the crypto makrets.

Would gate who may issue at all, a substantial eligibility restriction.

↑ back to the top
47

Joon Kim, Founder, JK AdvisoryPDF

2026-09-03 · Legal practitioner or law firm · Public comment · 2,307 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Crypto Task Force written input.engages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

The Release is a significant and, in many respects, welcome step toward providing regulatory clarity to blockchain businesses. However, the Release falls short in key areas.

'a significant and welcome step ... however falls short in key areas'; three recommendations.

P1Conditional
Loosen

I recommend that the Commission add an express exclusion to the “covered transaction” definition in Rule 100

The ask is an express carve-out from a Rule 100 definition, which narrows what the perimeter catches.

P2Conditional
Loosen

Treating every pre-launch airdrop or points program as a “covered transaction” whose value counts toward the startup exemption’s cap harkens back to this Catch-22.

Excludes pre-launch airdrops and points from covered transactions; fewer distributions consume the cap.

P5Conditional
Clarify

For an asset that has not launched and has no public trading market, there is no reliable way to perform that valuation under U.S. GAAP.

Asks for a workable valuation basis for non-cash consideration; a measurement clarification.

P6Conditional
Loosen

My experience advising founders raising seed rounds today is that $5 million is too low to be meaningful. ... I recommend raising the cap to $10 million.

Doubles the startup cap; endorses Alternative 6 at the $10 million variant.

P13Conditional
Loosen

There does not appear to be any earlier notice or filing by which a project can declare its intention to work toward the safe harbor and receive interim protection while it does so.

Adds a notice filing and four-year grace period. Literalist applies the P13 convention (a new condition is a Tighten); primary and skeptic read the effect, which is to extend safe-harbor protection earlier.

Endorses alternative 6, 10

↑ back to the top
48

Kevin Barnes, Chief Executive Officer, Immutifi, Inc.PDF

2026-09-03 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 2,657 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Immutifi supports the Commission's effort to establish a more predictable framework for covered investment contracts involving non-security crypto assets while maintaining appropriate investor protections.

P1Conditional
Clarify

Immutifi recommends retaining a clear boundary between securities that are independently securities under existing law and economically distinct non-security crypto assets.

Asks that the analysis stay asset-specific and transaction-specific; definitional, no change in reach.

P10Conditional
Loosen

Clarify that autonomous software acting under user-delegated authority should not automatically be treated as issuer managerial activity.

P13Conditional
Clarify

The proper analysis should remain asset-specific and transaction-specific, based on economic substance, rights, representations, promises, and the circumstances of the relevant offer or sale.

Clarifies how the cessation analysis applies without changing its availability.

↑ back to the top
49

Kim WalesPDF

2026-09-07 · Trade association or advocacy - industry · Public comment · 4,924 words

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame other rulemakingengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Realizing that chance means benefiting from everything the market has learned operating the first generation for over a decade, and closing the remaining gaps now rather than discovering them through enforcement experience

P5Oppose
Tighten

Tier 1 assurance should not simply mirror Regulation A's zero-assurance baseline, and yes, a reviewed-financial-statement requirement should be added

Adds a reviewed-financial-statement requirement where the proposal requires none, and extends it to startup-exemption issuers above a threshold; more assurance is Tighten.

P8Oppose
Tighten

I recommend the Commission adopt Regulation Crowdfunding's more conservative “lesser of” methodology rather than defaulting to Regulation A's “greater of” approach

Replaces the greater-of limit with the lesser-of formula and adds cross-issuer aggregation of non-accredited exposure; both cap retail purchasing further, so Tighten.

P10Conditional
Tighten split

a project that began as an individual or informal group should be required to have formed an entity before it may rely on the fundraising exemption, the investment contract safe harbor, or continue covered transactions beyond an early threshold

Conditioning entry on entity formation narrows who may rely on the regime, so Tighten under the scope convention. The skeptic weights section 8b instead, whose substituted-compliance pathway would let foreign-authorized issuers in, and reads the net effect on reach as Loosen.

P12Conditional
Loosen

might qualify for reduced periodic reporting frequency or scope rather than remaining subject to the full regime until every element of Rule 400(a) is satisfied

Would cut reporting obligations in proportion to demonstrated decentralization, so Loosen. Offered as a secondary refinement rather than a core ask.

P13Conditional
Loosen

a defined, time-boxed period (e.g., 12–24 months from the Form TR filing) after which a good-faith Form TR filing becomes final and no longer subject to Commission challenge absent fraud in the certification itself

Under the P13 convention direction follows whether the exit becomes more or less available, never whether a condition is added. Published objective indicia plus a finality window make the exit materially more available, so Loosen, even though the checklist half is clarifying.

P14Conditional
Tighten

conditioning the availability of secondary-market preemption under Rule 500 on the transaction occurring through such a registered intermediary once that category exists

Adds a condition to when preemption is available, restricting its reach, so Tighten. She separately commends the Section 18(c) fraud savings clause the proposal already preserves.

P16Baseline unreliable; Benefits overstated

the gap in offering capacity makes that incentive larger, not smaller, than the Release's baseline analysis suggests

Answers question 48, 55, 109, 110, 131, 139, 146, 152, 153 · Endorses alternative 10, 11

↑ back to the top
50

Andy Altahawi, Founder and Chief Executive Officer, Adamson Brothers/Directly ListedPDF

2026-09-09 · Legal practitioner or law firm · Public comment · 3,959 words

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame other rulemakingengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

My support comes with one substantial reservation and a set of refinements.

Opens in support and asks the Commission to adopt promptly, then makes one reservation and seven groups of changes to rule text; asking for a change is what decides it, not the warm opening.

P4Conditional
Tighten split

EDGAR carry a machine-readable status record for each subject crypto asset, keyed to the asset's contract address or equivalent identifier

Adds a machine-readable status record on EDGAR to the disclosure channel, so Tighten; the skeptic weights the reasonable-reliance defense the same ask would give intermediaries and reads the net effect as Loosen.

P5Oppose split
Tighten

the Commission should accept IFRS as issued by the IASB without reconciliation, exactly as it does for foreign private issuers, and should require that any Tier 2 audit be performed by a PCAOB-registered firm

Requires a PCAOB-registered auditor where the proposal requires none, and adds reviewed financial statements to the enlarged startup raise; the literalist takes his statement that he supports the Tier 2 audit requirement at face value and reads Conditional.

P6Conditional
Loosen

I recommend a base limit of $5 million, as proposed, with the ability to raise up to an additional $5 million (a $10 million aggregate over the four-year period) if the issuer files reviewed financial statements with its annual Form NOR amendment.

Doubles the startup aggregate over the same four years. The reviewed-financial-statement condition he attaches is coded on P5; the P6 dial is the cap. Endorses Alternative 6 at its $10 million variant.

P8Oppose
Loosen

the Commission should modify Rule 300(c)(2)(i)(C) so that the 10 percent investment limit does not apply where the sale is made through a registered broker-dealer that has complied with Regulation Best Interest with respect to the retail customer

Disapplies the retail investment limit wherever a broker-dealer has met Regulation Best Interest, widening what a non-accredited investor may buy.

P9Conditional
Tighten

Form TR should disclose the aggregate holdings of related persons in the subject crypto asset, any transfer restrictions on those holdings, and whether those restrictions lapse within twelve months of the filing.

Adds related-person holdings and lock-up lapse disclosure at the exit. Disclosure only, but more than the proposal requires at the moment insider liquidity begins.

P10Oppose
Loosen

I therefore recommend that the Commission replace the U.S.-only test in Rule 300(b)(1) with an eligibility standard built on the Commission's existing foreign-issuer architecture.

Would replace the U.S.-only eligibility test with conditioned foreign eligibility, admitting a class the rule as drafted excludes, so Loosen under the scope convention. The conditions he attaches are coded on P5 and P11 rather than netted off here.

P11Conditional
Tighten

is subject to the Rule 104 disqualification provisions, extended to cover comparable sanctions imposed by the issuer's home regulator

Extends bad-actor disqualification to comparable sanctions imposed by a foreign issuer's home regulator, widening what disqualifies.

P13Conditional
Tighten split

make the exit as disciplined as the entry

The rule-text statement that maintaining, securing, patching and upgrading an already functional network are not essential managerial efforts restates the release's own view (release pp. 56-58; Corporation Finance staff FAQ 2.3), so it does not carry the direction. What remains is a thirty-day waiting period with staff notice of incompleteness and separate completion and cessation pathways, which make the exit harder to use, against a non-admission sentence, which makes it easier. Primary reads the section's own heading and the literalist the refinements that add requirements: Tighten. The skeptic weights non-admission, which the letter says decides whether legacy networks file at all: Loosen.

P14Conditional
Loosen

the definition should reach any secondary transaction, including a dealer's, in a covered investment contract whose issuer is current in its Regulation Crypto Assets filings

Extends Rule 500 preemption to dealer transactions, which the rule as drafted excludes, so more secondary trades escape State registration.

P15Authority defended

Section 18(b)(3) permits the Commission to define qualified purchaser broadly

Invokes the Commission's Section 18(b)(3) authority affirmatively, to support a broader qualified-purchaser definition than the proposal adopts.

P17Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should confirm that a concurrent offshore offering conducted in compliance with Regulation S is not integrated with a Regulation Crypto Assets offering under Rule 152

Framed as a confirmation, but its effect if granted is to put offshore sales outside the offering limits, which takes conduct out of the computation rather than only resolving an ambiguity.

Answers question 49, 50, 85, 86, 141, 142, 143 · Endorses alternative 6

↑ back to the top
51

Rick LiuHTML

2026-09-09 · Individual · Public comment · 883 words

Overall OpposePosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional split
—

While I appreciate the Commission's efforts to establish a clearer, tailored regulatory structure for digital assets, I have grave concerns regarding the investor protection vulnerabilities introduced by the current proposal.

Accepts the framework and asks for three specific revisions, which is Conditional; the skeptic discounts the warm opening and reads three asks that would each replace the mechanism they address, closer to a rule that should not be adopted as drafted.

P3Oppose
Tighten

To effectively prevent deception, the Commission must mandate specific, non-negotiable categories of disclosure for all issuers, regardless of the offering size.

Would replace principles-based disclosure with mandatory categories; more prescription is Tighten by the P3 convention.

P5Oppose
Tighten

Accredited investors require structured, audited financial data and verified technical audits to differentiate legitimate ventures from sophisticated scams

Adds audited financial data and independent financial review where the startup exemption requires neither, the same ask as letters 3, 49 and 50.

P13Oppose
Tighten

Filing a transition report on Form TR should not automatically trigger a safe harbor.

Would gate the safe harbor on a mandatory Commission review and objection period, so the exit becomes materially less available.

P14Oppose
Tighten

Preempting state-level registration and qualification requirements removes a critical layer of localized investor protection.

Would preserve state registration review, restoring reach the rule preempts.

↑ back to the top
52

Michael D. Norman, Ph.D.PDF

2026-09-10 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 7,780 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I support the proposal’s basic architecture and offer five narrow, independently adoptable additions to the record structure connecting proposed Rules 103 and 200 to proposed Form TR

Supports the architecture and asks for five additions to form content; asking for a change is what decides it.

P4Conditional
Tighten

If the Commission retains a separate-website option for Rule 103 information, Form TR should preserve the material statements and version history on which its analysis relies through an EDGAR-filed exhibit or a specific cross-reference to an already-filed copy.

Asks that the version history the analysis relies on be preserved in the EDGAR-filed record rather than on the issuer's website alone, adding a filing where the rule permits website-only, the same tightening ask as letters 14 and 31.

P12Conditional
Tighten

the Commission should consider requiring an amendment after an issuer becomes aware of a material change to information disclosed under Rule 103, while retaining the annual assessment as a backstop

Adds an issuer-known material-change amendment trigger on top of the annual assessment, so more reporting than the rule requires.

P13Conditional
Clarify

The fields organize supporting information; they do not determine legal effect.

Direction follows whether the exit becomes more or less available, never whether a filing requirement is added. The requested Form TR fields and legend are expressly stated to leave Rule 400's conditions and the effect of filing unchanged, so the exit is neither more nor less available; letter 31 is the precedent.

Answers question 65, 68, 69, 71, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131

↑ back to the top
53

Jay WattsPDF

2026-08-31 · Individual · Public comment · 115 words

Overall OpposePosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

in support of the separation premise of underlying Regulation Crypto Assets and in oppostion to the conditions the Commission proposes for existing investment contract treatment

Accepts the separation premise and opposes one component rather than the proposal as a whole, so Conditional rather than Oppose. He states the position without proposing a remedy. Near-verbatim echo of letter 32's opening sentence, retyped with three slips including 'exiting' rendered as 'existing'; coded on its own terms, as it is neither a docket form letter nor a duplicate filing.

P13Oppose
Tighten

the proposed safe harbor lets the promisor certify its own compliance

Rejects the exit conditions as drafted and names self-certification as the defect, so the exit as proposed is too readily available; direction follows availability, which is Tighten. 'Opposition to the conditions' read alone would admit a Loosen reading; the following sentence is explicit that the complaint is laxity, so all three raters resolve it the same way. The separation-premise endorsement is GEN's, not P1: coding P1 for a general endorsement of the framework is the letter 50 trap, and here it would have flipped Overall from Oppose to Mixed.

↑ back to the top
54

Andre JacksonHTML

2026-09-10 · Individual · Public comment · 1,357 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I respectfully request that the Commission give serious consideration to the August 25, 2026 submission of Dana Love, Ph.D., and to the additional investor-protection measures described above.

Accepts the framework and asks for changes to Rule 400 and Form TR content, which is Conditional.

P1Support
as-proposed

the Commission should preserve the distinction between a crypto asset and an investment contract associated with its offer or sale

Asks that the perimeter be kept as drafted; no change in reach, so as-proposed. Follows letter 32's P1 row, whose position this letter expressly adopts.

P9Conditional
Tighten

The end of an investment contract does not eliminate the economic significance of concentrated holdings, future token releases, or potential selling pressure.

Adds related-person holdings, lockups and scheduled unlocks to the exit filing. Disclosure only, but more than the proposal requires, so Tighten: letter 50's P9 row is the same move and letter 32's the same argument. This is insider resale risk specifically, not the general secondary-liquidity argument that belongs elsewhere.

P13Conditional split
Tighten

Form TR provide a standardized Transition Snapshot containing objective, current, and verifiable information rather than relying primarily upon an issuer's certification

Adds a completed-versus-abandoned distinction and a mandatory six-part evidentiary schedule to the exit filing, so the exit becomes harder to reach: Tighten, on letters 25 and 39. Stance splits. Primary and literalist read a letter that asks Rule 400 be strengthened and routes abandonment to a separate wind-down mechanism rather than removed. The skeptic asks what the ask does and reads 'rather than relying primarily upon an issuer's certification' as displacing Rule 400's central mechanism, which is closer to rejecting the provision as drafted. Majority Conditional.

Answers question 5, 127, 128, 130, 131, 133

↑ back to the top
55

Steven Quinn SingletonHTML

2026-09-11 · Individual · Public comment · 614 words

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

None of this weighs against creating a tailored offering regime for crypto assets - the gap Regulation Crypto Assets responds to is real.

Accepts the framework and asks for changes to three rules, which is Conditional.

P6Conditional
Clarify split

Rule 200(b)(3) should specify the functional or technical criteria that make two crypto assets substantially similar, not leave the boundary to a single illustrative example.

Direction splits, and it is the first split on P6. Primary and literalist read a definitional ask that names no change in capacity and complains of bilateral litigation risk, so Clarify. The skeptic discounts that framing, notes the letter calls this a 'parallel gap' to the Rule 400 weakness, and reads specifying criteria as closing a circumvention route, so Tighten. Majority Clarify. One instance owes no convention.

P13Conditional
Loosen

Rule 400 should adopt that already-drafted functionality-and-decentralization test as an available path to the safe harbor alongside self-certification

Adds a second, non-exclusive route into the safe harbor while leaving self-certification available, so the exit becomes more available: Loosen on letters 8 and 18. Direction follows availability, never whether a condition is added, so the letter's rhetoric that self-certification is too weak does not make this a Tighten. Distinguish letter 2, which made the same test a condition rather than an alternative path and is Tighten.

P14Conditional
Tighten

preempting only initial sales while collecting comment on resale preemption specifically, would let that trade-off be evaluated on evidence rather than assertion

Would narrow Rule 500 to initial sales, restoring State reach over resales, so Tighten on letter 49. He asks for a narrower rule or a cited basis rather than rejecting preemption, so Conditional.

P16Costs understated

without a matching estimate of the cost to investors who transact in reliance on a certification that later proves wrong

Code only, no stance or direction, excluded from the Overall tally. The criticism is letter 14's: the release prices what issuers save without pricing what investors give up.

Endorses alternative 11

↑ back to the top
56

AnonymousHTML

2026-09-11 · Individual · Public comment · 49 words

Overall Off-topicPosture n-aFrame non-specific

This letter engages no provision of the proposal. It is counted in the corpus and carries its overall label, and there is nothing to quote against a provision.

↑ back to the top
57

Lee A. Schneider, General Counsel, Ava Labs, Inc.PDF

2026-09-15 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 3,966 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer S7-2026-09 comment, 2026-04-24; Crypto Task Force written input.
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Reg Crypto represents an important first step in developing comprehensive crypto asset regulation

Commends the tailored regime and asks that the scoping definition be replaced; asking for a change is what decides it.

P1Conditional
Loosen

We believe it is drafted more broadly than is necessary or advisable, and respectfully propose that the Commission replace it with the definition of “protocol token” set out in our prior submissions.

Scope element: replacing 'crypto asset' with 'protocol token' removes tokenized tickets, loyalty points, fund interests and payment stablecoins from the regime, narrowing reach, so Loosen. Conditional, not Oppose: the letter offers a fallback revision of the Commission's own draft. Answers Questions 2, 3 and 8.

P13Conditional
Loosen

We encourage the Commission to give the distinction operative effect by making functionality an objective condition in the rule text rather than a preamble gloss.

Asks that functionality become an objective condition in the rule text rather than turn on the issuer's own description of it. The release's view that services after functionality are not essential managerial efforts (pp. 56-58) would on its own be Clarify; what carries the direction is an objective way out of the contract that does not depend on how the issuer defined functionality. The letter does not say whether functionality is an added condition or an alternative route to the exit, and such an ask is coded as a route, so the exit becomes more available: Loosen, as letters 55 and 106.

P15Authority challenged

Drawing payment stablecoins back within a securities offering regime through a broad definition of crypto asset contradicts the GENIUS Act’s specific exclusion

Answers question 2, 3, 8

↑ back to the top
58

Oliver E.HTML

2026-09-16 · Individual · Public comment · 647 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame non-specific
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I therefore encourage the Commission to establish clear, objective, technology-neutral rules that provide regulatory certainty while preserving consumer choice and innovation.

Supports a framework and asks for objective rules; asking for a change is what decides it. The separation of asset from contract is endorsed in general terms, which is GEN's, not P1.

P13Conditional
Loosen

I encourage the Commission to establish objective standards for determining when an investment contract has ended or ceased to exist

Asks for objective standards for when a contract has ended, naming a network being operational, widely distributed and independently maintained as what should count. Unlike letter 68 it names factors. It does not say whether they are added conditions or an alternative route to the exit, and such an ask is coded as a route, so the exit becomes more available: Loosen, as letter 57.

↑ back to the top
59

Scott Moeller and Xiaomeng Zhou, American CryptoFedPDF

2026-09-16 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 5,102 words · 2 signatories

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Crypto Task Force and Division of Corporation Finance discussions, July 2026.
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

which CryptoFed strongly supports, particularly the proposed Startup Exemption in Rule 200

Strongly supports the proposal and asks for three clarifications and for revisions to Form NOR and Form TR Part I; asking for a change is what decides it.

P1Conditional
Loosen

the final rule establish a rebuttable presumption that an independent secondary-market sale is not an investment-contract transaction when the issuer is not the seller, receives no proceeds, and does not coordinate or promote the particular resale or resale program

P2Conditional
Loosen

Ordinary compensatory payments that do not independently satisfy Howey should not count toward the Rule 200(b)(4) offering limit.

Excludes ordinary compensation and independent resales from covered transactions, so fewer transactions consume the cap, as letters 30 and 47. Answers Questions 44, 46 and 54.

P13Conditional
Loosen

the Commission should expressly provide that reliance on Rule 400 does not constitute an admission that the crypto asset previously was subject to an investment contract

Protective Form NOR and Form TR Part I filings without an admission, and a certification of awareness in place of intent to fulfill within four years, lower the cost of using the exit, so it becomes more available. Answers Questions 62 and 134.

Answers question 9, 44, 46, 54, 58, 62, 134, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144

↑ back to the top
60

Amadeus BrandesPDF

2026-09-16 · Individual · Public comment · 4,271 words

Overall ConditionalPosture ClarifyingFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

structure the record, leave the test alone

Accepts the Rule 400(a) test and asks for required Form TR content; asking for a change is what decides it.

P13Conditional
Clarify split

The schedule would add specified disclosure requirements to the Form TR analysis without changing the substantive cessation standard in Rule 400(a).

The residual-dependence schedule is expressly stated to leave Rule 400(a) unchanged, and retaining a listed power does not by itself disqualify, which is letters 31 and 52. The skeptic reads a mandatory evidentiary schedule as letter 39's, which is Tighten. Also answers that no more objective standard should replace the Rule 400(a) test.

Answers question 74, 127, 128, 130, 131, 132, 133 · Opposes alternative 11

↑ back to the top
61

Gregory Hauw and James J. Verdone, Ohanae, Inc. and Ohanae Securities LLCPDF

2026-09-16 · Crypto intermediary · Public comment · 3,236 words · 2 signatories

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Letter 31 on this docket, 2026-08-25.
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We respectfully recommend that the Commission use the final rule and adopting release to connect Regulation Crypto Assets to that existing infrastructure.

Supplements letter 31 with five numbered recommendations; asking for a change is what decides it.

P4Conditional
Tighten

Form NOR, Form TR and the continuing reports should use structured fields, such as Inline XBRL or another Commission-supported machine-readable format, for these data points.

Adds a structured, machine-readable EDGAR filing layer and status record for Form NOR, Form TR and continuing disclosures, the same tightening ask as letters 14, 31 and 52.

P13Conditional
Clarify

The final rule or adopting release should recognize that intermediaries may apply reasonable review periods and risk controls before changing an asset's treatment.

Structured Form TR status fields, reliance protection and intermediary review periods leave Rule 400's conditions untouched and remove no class of conduct, as in letter 31's own P13 row.

P14Conditional
Loosen

We recommend that final Rule 500 cover a qualifying secondary transaction effected by or through a registered broker or dealer, including a dealer acting as principal

Extends Rule 500 preemption to dealer transactions, which the rule as drafted excludes, the same Loosen as letter 50. Letter 31 backed Rule 500 as drafted; the dealer extension is this supplement's added ask.

P17Conditional
Clarify

The final rule should confirm that reasonable transfer controls do not, standing alone, defeat reliance on an exemption or the operation of the market.

Confirmations under the general provisions about broker-dealer participation, transfer controls and atomic settlement; no change in what is caught.

Answers question 59, 128, 141, 144

↑ back to the top
62

Wanda HickeyHTML

2026-09-16 · Individual · Public comment · 103 words

Overall Off-topicPosture n-aFrame non-specific

This letter’s wording is not reproduced on this page. The coding stands and is counted in every tally above; the passages behind it are in the document itself — read it on sec.gov.

This letter engages no provision of the proposal. It is counted in the corpus and carries its overall label, and there is nothing to quote against a provision.

↑ back to the top
63

Dana Love, PhDPDF

2026-09-18 · Individual · Public comment · 3,548 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Earlier letter on this docket (letter 32, 2026-08-25).
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I write in support of the retail access the proposal already provides, and against three ways the Commission is being invited to narrow it.

Accepts the framework and its retail access, and asks that Rule 300(c)(2)(i)(C) be conformed to the Regulation A model; asking for a change to rule text is what decides it. A warm opening does not make it Support.

P8Oppose
Loosen

The Commission should not retain the investment limitation in Rule 300(c)(2)(i)(C) in its current form.

Would withhold the 10 percent limitation from Tier 2 offerings that will trade in an observable market, add a floor below which it never prohibits a purchase, and decline to extend any limitation to Rule 200; if one is extended, cash purchases only. Every branch widens what a non-accredited investor may buy, so Loosen, the same disapplication shape as letter 50. Oppose rather than Conditional because the letter rejects the provision as drafted, as the four earlier P8 rows do.

P14Conditional split
Clarify split

Adopt Rule 500 substantially as proposed. Do not condition qualified purchaser status on underwriting, broker-dealer participation, or any other measure of intermediation.

The letter backs Rule 500 as drafted and separately asks the Commission to state in the adopting release that no exemption in the regulation requires a registered broker-dealer, funding portal or transfer agent, and that no benefit is conditioned on one. That resolves what the rule requires without changing what it preempts, so Clarify, the same species as letter 15. The literalist reads 'Adopt Rule 500 substantially as proposed' as the whole of the ask and codes Support / as-proposed, as it did on letter 31. Refusing the Question 138 wealth threshold and the Question 139 intermediation test are refusals of conditions the rule does not contain, so neither is itself a direction.

Answers question 55, 139, 152

↑ back to the top
64

Kevin LiuHTML

2026-09-21 · Individual · Public comment · 513 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

While I applaud the Commission's effort to move away from regulation by enforcement, the proposed framework treats digital assets primarily as speculative financial vehicles.

Accepts the move away from enforcement-led regulation and asks for three changes to rule text and to what the rules require; asking for a change is what decides it.

P1Conditional
Loosen

Explicitly exempt tokens that are strictly utilized for programmatic micro-transactions between autonomous software/hardware agents from the definition of an investment contract.

Scope element: an express carve-out from the investment-contract definition removes a class of machine-to-machine transfers from the perimeter, so Loosen, the same shape as letter 47's Rule 100 exclusion and letter 57's narrower definition. Conditional rather than Oppose because the ask adds an exclusion to the Commission's draft rather than rejecting it.

P5Conditional split
Loosen

Allow distributed technical networks to satisfy transparency requirements by submitting cryptographically verifiable, on-chain state data on Form TR in lieu of traditional corporate financial statements.

Substituting on-chain state data for financial statements removes the financial-statement requirement for a class of issuers, so Loosen - the first Loosen on P5, whose other rows are five Tighten and three Clarify. Conditional on the permissive framing of the ask, which offers an alternative route rather than removing the requirement generally; the skeptic reads the section heading and the statement that no centralized entity can produce balance sheets as a rejection of the provision as drafted, so Oppose. The letter names Form TR as the vehicle, which is the safe-harbor exit form rather than a disclosure form; the row follows the relief sought, which is not having to produce financial statements.

P13Conditional
Clarify split

Explicitly state that routine software maintenance, open-source code contributions, and safety-critical firmware updates do not constitute "managerial efforts" that invalidate decentralization status.

Routine maintenance, safety patches and firmware updates by a core team are the services the release already says are not essential managerial efforts once a system is functional (release pp. 56-58; Corporation Finance staff FAQ 2.3), so asking that this be stated is Clarify. The skeptic reads 'prevents the network from ever achieving the safe harbor' and the absence of any functional qualifier as reaching further than the release's view, and codes Loosen.

↑ back to the top
65

Riho Vedler, CEO, DigitalTrade4.EUPDF

2026-09-19 · Other institutional · Public comment · 1,900 words

Overall ConditionalPosture ClarifyingFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional split
—

It also identifies potential explanatory examples in an adopting release, without proposing mandatory on-chain proofs

Works within the framework and asks for explanatory examples in the adopting release; asking for a change is what decides it. The literalist applies the ladder's wording, under which Conditional needs a change to rule text or form content, finds none, and reads Support.

P3Conditional
Clarify split

For questions 29–30, one possible explanatory approach in an adopting release is a short, non-exclusive example of a dated, scoped claim

Asks for a non-exclusive example in the adopting release and states that its evidence note is not an additional filing field or attestation requirement, so nothing Rule 103 requires changes: Clarify, on the ground letter 63 took for an adopting-release statement. The skeptic reads the worked example and evidence note as the evidentiary-basis discipline letter 5 asked the rules to require, arriving through guidance instead of rule text, and codes Tighten as on letters 15 and 23, where a permissive framing did not change the direction.

P13Conditional
Clarify

A dated mapping between past promises, completed or ceased actions, material continuing dependencies and later statements would make the issuer’s own analysis more inspectable; it would not establish safe-harbor eligibility by itself.

The dated chronology is offered as an illustration of what an issuer's existing Form TR analysis can contain, and the letter states that it would not establish eligibility or decide the legal standard, which is letters 31 and 52. Unlike letter 25 it adds no indicia and makes nothing a filing condition. Not the condition-or-route ambiguity of letters 57 and 58: on Question 131 the letter says its evidentiary distinction is not a substitute legal test.

Answers question 28, 29, 30, 32, 36, 64, 71, 128, 130, 131

↑ back to the top
66

Troy MurrayPDF

2026-09-16 · Individual · Public comment · 2,914 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I urge the Commission to retain that transition treatment without narrowing it, to confirm its operation in the adopting release, and to extend the same cross-statute consistency to the investment contract safe harbor in Rule 400

Accepts the framework and asks for a rule-text instruction on Rule 104 and an extension of Rule 400 to two further statutes; asking for a change is what decides it.

P10Support
as-proposed

Retain the eligibility of individuals and groups of individuals or entities as issuers under the startup exemption, as provided in proposed Rule 200(b)(2).

Endorses Rule 200(b)(2)'s eligibility of individuals and groups exactly as drafted, as letter 8.

P11Conditional
Clarify split

the adopting release should confirm that the proviso in Rule 104(a) operates without a waiver, no-action letter, or staff determination, in every covered-person capacity listed in Rule 262(a)

Supports the pre-effective-date proviso as drafted and asks the adopting release and a rule-text instruction to confirm how it operates: self-executing, in every covered capacity, with Rule 104's own effective date controlling. That changes nothing about who is disqualified, so Clarify. The skeptic weights the asks that injunction-based disqualification run five years from entry and that any waiver-by-order be available to natural persons, which narrow disqualification, and reads Loosen as on letter 21.

P13Conditional
Loosen

Without parallel treatment, an issuer’s compliant transition report could conclusively end investment-contract status for Securities Act and Exchange Act purposes

Extending Rule 400 to the Investment Company Act and Advisers Act definitions (Question 135) widens what the exit reaches, so it becomes more available, as letter 18.

P15Authority defended

To implement the extension on a durable legal basis, the Commission should invoke Investment Company Act Section 6(c) (15 U.S.C. 80a-6(c)), together with Section 38(a)

Answers question 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 135

↑ back to the top
67

Adam AronHTML*

2026-09-16 · Individual · Public comment · 354 words

* Filed under the name of a widely known person. The name is shown as it appears on the SEC comment file; this tracker does not verify who wrote a letter and reports only what the letter says.

Overall Off-topicPosture n-aFrame non-specific

This letter’s wording is not reproduced on this page. The coding stands and is counted in every tally above; the passages behind it are in the document itself — read it on sec.gov.

This letter engages no provision of the proposal. It is counted in the corpus and carries its overall label, and there is nothing to quote against a provision.

↑ back to the top
68

Samantha WhiteHTML

2026-09-23 · Individual · Public comment · 270 words

Overall ConditionalPosture ClarifyingFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional split
—

I encourage the Commission to consider three issues as it evaluates the proposed framework

Accepts the framework and asks for objective exit criteria and proportionate disclosure; asking for a change is what decides it. The literalist reads three questions put to the Commission as no request for a change to rule text or form content, and reads Support, as on letter 65.

P13Conditional
Clarify

How can the SEC ensure that financial institutions have objective and consistent criteria for determining when a crypto asset is no longer subject to an investment contract?

Asks for objective and consistent criteria for when the contract ends without proposing any factor that would change what the exit requires; definitional, so Clarify. Unlike letter 58 it names no operational or decentralization indicia, so not the condition-or-route ambiguity.

↑ back to the top
69

Eric J. ReidHTML

2026-09-24 · Individual · Public comment · 45 words

Overall Off-topicPosture n-aFrame non-specific

This letter engages no provision of the proposal. It is counted in the corpus and carries its overall label, and there is nothing to quote against a provision.

↑ back to the top
70

Gabriel Shapiro, Founder and CEO, MetaLeX Labs, Inc.PDF

2026-09-24 · Legal practitioner or law firm · Public comment · 9,803 words

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Crypto Task Force written input (Token Safe Harbor Proposal 3.0, March 2025).
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I support the Regulation. It distinguishes the token from the investment contract to which the token may be subject, and recognizes that such a contract can end

Accepts the framework and asks for changes to rule text and form content on eight issues; asking for a change is what decides it.

P1Conditional
Loosen split

I ask the Commission to confirm that where equity and tokens are sold together, the equity may be sold under Regulation D or another available exemption and the token portion under the Regulation

Asks that a sale of equity with tokens not fall outside the covered-investment-contract definition, and that footnote 192's not-an-equity-security position be codified. Reach tie-break: the first, if granted, brings a common deal structure inside the regime, so Loosen. The literalist reads both as confirmations of the definition and codes Clarify.

P3Conditional
Tighten

I ask that Rule 103(b) be supplemented with the following specific items

Supports principles-based Rule 103(b) in general but adds specific items: the token's legal rights or a statement that it has none, ownership of IP, interface, domains and revenue, and token-equity conflicts. More prescription is Tighten by the P3 convention.

P6Conditional
Loosen

Request 53 asks whether $5,000,000 is the right figure. I would raise it

Raises the startup limit, counts programmatic liquidity once or net, excludes compensatory grants, adds testing the waters and a continuing status after year four. Each widens what the startup exemption permits.

P7Conditional
Loosen

I ask the Commission to replace the fixed-price requirement with a disclosed mechanism requirement.

Replaces Rule 300(c)(3)(ii)'s fixed-price requirement with disclosed, contract-enforced pricing mechanisms and repairs Rule 302(b); widens how fundraising-exemption offerings may be sold.

P8Conditional
Clarify split

I support paragraph (D) as proposed, and would urge the Commission not to dilute it.

Supports the representation standard as drafted and asks the adopting release to confirm how it operates onchain, so Conditional / Clarify; opposes adding limits to the startup exemption. The skeptic reads no duty to verify or aggregate, and accredited status by representation, as making the limit less binding: Loosen.

P9Conditional
Loosen

adopting a resale safe harbor for affiliates of a covered investment contract issuer, under which an affiliate's sale is deemed not to involve an underwriter

Asks that affiliate resales be taken outside the restricted and control securities regime, or else a workable affiliate resale safe harbor; either widens insider liquidity. Adds circulating and fully diluted supply and unlock-schedule disclosure, and takes no side on Request 35's lockup.

P10Conditional
Loosen

to admit to the fundraising exemption any foreign issuer that appoints a U.S. agent for service of process and consents to U.S. jurisdiction

Scope convention: admits consenting foreign issuers, deletes or defines the US-assets prong, treats each segregated series as its own issuer and lets a designated entity act for a group. Widens who may use the regime, so Loosen.

P13Conditional
Tighten

The safe harbor should be unavailable for so long as the issuer or its affiliates hold a unilateral, discretionary power to change, halt or censor the system or to mint the token.

A disqualifier for retained unilateral powers, with Form TR disclosure of those powers, changes what the exit requires, as letters 25 and 39. Stated as mandatory, so not the condition-or-route seam. The same letter asks for successor filings and a non-admission rule, which make the exit more available; all three raters weight the disqualifier.

P14Conditional
Loosen

extending Rule 500(b), which as proposed preempts state law only for a transaction

Extends Rule 500(b) preemption to affiliate resales under the proposed safe harbor and keeps it for issuers in a continuing status after year four; the same Loosen as letters 50 and 61.

Answers question 6, 7, 28, 29, 35, 45, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 60, 72, 81, 84, 86, 91, 92, 93, 94, 127, 128, 131, 132, 134

↑ back to the top
71

AnonymousPDF

2026-09-24 · Individual · Public comment · 2,165 words

Overall Off-topicPosture n-aFrame other rulemaking

This letter’s wording is not reproduced on this page. The coding stands and is counted in every tally above; the passages behind it are in the document itself — read it on sec.gov.

This letter engages no provision of the proposal. It is counted in the corpus and carries its overall label, and there is nothing to quote against a provision.

↑ back to the top
72

MoolaMoolahHTML

2026-09-24 · Individual · Public comment · 244 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I request the Commission consider three balanced refinements

Welcomes the rule-based regime and asks for three changes; asking for a change is what decides it.

P6Conditional
Loosen

The current Startup ($5 million) and Fundraising ($75 million) caps are artificially low for the immense technical costs of building decentralized networks.

Raises the startup cap, especially into the second year; widens capacity, as letters 21 and 47.

P7Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should raise these baseline thresholds

Raises the $75 million fundraising ceiling alongside the startup cap; widens what Subpart C permits.

P13Conditional
Clarify split

The SEC should explicitly clarify that routine technical maintenance, such as deploying urgent security patches, does not constitute

Asks the Commission to state that routine maintenance and urgent security patches are not managerial control, which the release already says of a functional system (release pp. 56-58; Corporation Finance staff FAQ 2.3): Clarify. The skeptic reads 'without disqualifying their token's path to decentralization' as reaching the period before functionality, which the release's view does not cover, and codes Loosen.

↑ back to the top
73

Andres QuinteroPDF

2026-09-24 · Individual · Public comment · 1,926 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I support proposed Regulation Crypto Assets, including the startup exemption under Rule 200, if the final rule provides investors with more timely and reliable information.

Supports the framework on condition of added startup-exemption disclosure; asking for a change is what decides it.

P3Conditional
Tighten

An issuer that controls smart-contract code or holds investor assets should obtain an independent assessment before launch and after any material code or custody change.

Adds independent security assessments behind Rule 103(b)(6) and conditions on projections with later comparison to actual results. More prescription is Tighten by the P3 convention.

P4Conditional
Tighten

Rule 103 disclosures, amendments, and prior versions should be filed on EDGAR and remain publicly available

Moves startup-exemption disclosure onto EDGAR with prior versions retained; adds a filing venue outright, as letter 52's EDGAR exhibit.

P5Conditional
Tighten

Entity issuers should also provide annual management-prepared financial statements

Adds annual management-prepared financial statements, or a standardized schedule, to an exemption that requires none.

P8Support
as-proposed

No additional investment limit should be imposed on non-accredited investors if these protections are adopted

Against adding an investment limit to the startup exemption; the retail-access position as drafted.

P9Conditional split
Tighten split

Issuers should disclose insider token allocations, vesting schedules, wallet holdings, and material sales, but the rule should not impose a uniform lockup on every project.

Adds wallet-holdings and material-sales disclosure for insiders while rejecting a uniform lockup: disclosure only, but more than the proposal requires, so Tighten as letters 50 and 54. The skeptic reads the operative ask as the proposal's own disclosure-only design, and Rule 103(b)(7) already covering allocations and lockups: Support, as-proposed.

P12Conditional
Tighten

Specified material events, including cybersecurity breaches, significant asset losses, major management changes, material development delays, and material changes in the use of offering proceeds, should be disclosed within four business days.

Adds six-monthly management-certified financial updates and four-business-day current reports to the startup exemption's annual amendment cycle; a new ongoing-reporting obligation.

Answers question 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69

↑ back to the top
74

Parker McKinleyPDF

2026-09-24 · Individual · Public comment · 806 words

Overall SupportPosture As-proposedFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENSupport
—

I urge the Commission to adopt Regulation Crypto Assets substantially as proposed.

Asks for no change.

P6Support
as-proposed

A seed-stage network with a handful of early believers should not have to go through the same amount of fixed costs as a well-established fund.

Defends the $5 million startup exemption's calibration as proportionate, against critics who call it deregulation.

P7Support
as-proposed

This allows a proportionate design which scales the compliance burden to the size of the raise and the investor money at stake

Defends the tiered fundraising exemption, with financial statements as tiers rise, as drafted.

P13Support
as-proposed

A safe harbor is a more conservative approach than a total inclusion or exclusion of the token after it is no longer like a security.

Endorses the conditional safe harbor as drafted and asks for no change to it.

P14Support
as-proposed

should not also have to clear fifty separate state qualification regimes to reach a national pool of investors

Supports Rule 500 preemption of state registration and qualification as drafted, and against state regulators' objections.

↑ back to the top
75

Laurence KaplanHTML

2026-09-24 · Individual · Public comment · 148 words

Overall Off-topicPosture n-aFrame non-specific

This letter’s wording is not reproduced on this page. The coding stands and is counted in every tally above; the passages behind it are in the document itself — read it on sec.gov.

This letter engages no provision of the proposal. It is counted in the corpus and carries its overall label, and there is nothing to quote against a provision.

↑ back to the top
76

Douglas Borthwick, Founder, The Insumer Model LLCPDF

2026-09-25 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 932 words

Overall ConditionalPosture ClarifyingFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Crypto Task Force written input, 2026-09-25; File No. 4-927 comment, 2026-09-17.
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional split
—

We support keeping the representation standard.

Accepts the framework and asks the adopting release to confirm how the accreditation rule operates; primary and skeptic read that as a request for a change. The literalist reads guidance that the letter says should not be a requirement as no change to rule text, and reads Support, as on letters 65 and 68.

P8Conditional
Clarify

We suggest the adopting release confirm that an issuer relying on the fundraising exemption may treat a purchaser as accredited on the basis of a confirmation of that kind from one of those persons

Supports Rule 300(c)(2)(i)(D)'s representation standard as drafted and asks the adopting release to confirm that a Rule 506(c)-style third-party confirmation, including one recorded against a wallet, may be relied on under the same knowledge standard, optional and no stricter. As letters 66 and 70, support plus confirmations is Conditional / Clarify. The skeptic weighed Loosen and did not take it: the ask adds a form of evidence without changing who is accredited or how far the 10 percent limit reaches, unlike letter 70's no-duty-to-verify-or-aggregate asks.

Answers question 78

↑ back to the top
77

Spencer Ward, Policy & Technology Director, Digital Infrastructure NetworkDOCX

2026-09-04 · Trade association or advocacy - industry · Public comment · 3,501 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

DIN supports the SEC’s proposed crypto-specific offering rules, the Rule 400 safe harbor, and Rule 500 federal preemption, with the targeted changes outlined below.

Accepts the framework and asks for changes to rule text on six topics; asking for a change is what decides it.

P1Conditional
Loosen

Developers who publish code, validators who confirm transactions, node operators, and other technical participants should not face issuer-level obligations simply because they help operate the network.

Asks that passive receipt of a return not by itself create a covered investment contract, and that technical participants not be treated as issuers or promoters. Reach tie-break: if granted, both take classes of activity and actor outside the regime, so Loosen.

P2Conditional
Loosen

The final rule should expressly exclude non-transferable points, credits, or other off-chain or non-token measures of activity that are not themselves crypto assets and cannot be traded.

A non-exclusive safe harbor for protocol-generated rewards, an exclusion for non-transferable points, and pre-launch distributions counted only at the value the issuer receives. Each narrows what counts as a covered transaction, as letters 1 and 47.

P6Conditional
Loosen

DIN recommends increasing the Rule 200 limit to $10 million over the four-year startup period, with future inflation adjustments under Rule 102.

Raises the startup limit to $10 million with inflation adjustment, and counts services and non-cash contributions at the fair value received rather than a later token price. Both widen what the startup exemption permits.

P7Conditional
Loosen

DIN therefore recommends allowing formula-based pricing when the pricing method is clearly disclosed and investors can independently understand and verify how the price is determined.

Replaces the fixed-price requirement with disclosed formula pricing (Questions 91-94), the same ask as letter 70; it widens how an offering may be priced.

P10Conditional
Loosen

For decentralized projects organized through a DAO or similar structure, the Commission should also allow a foundation, administrator, or other authorized representative to submit required filings such as Form NOR, a Notice of Intent, and Form TR.

Lets a representative file for a DAO or group issuer and places filing and liability obligations only on those who control the offering. Widening who can use the regime is Loosen under the scope convention.

P13Conditional
Loosen

Filing the NOI-R400 should provide a one-time, non-renewable four-year transition period.

A notice of intent opening a four-year transition period, a no-admission provision (Question 134) and extension to the Investment Company Act and Advisers Act (Question 135) each make the exit more available, as letters 18, 59 and 66. The routine-maintenance ask restates the release's own view and does not carry the direction.

P14Conditional
Loosen

The final rule also should provide that Rule 500 preemption remains available during a compliant NOI-R400 transition period.

Supports Rule 500 and asks that preemption continue through the proposed transition period and until Form TR takes effect, which extends it past where the proposal lets it lapse.

Answers question 53, 54, 91, 92, 93, 94, 131, 132, 134, 135

↑ back to the top
78

Luke Meagher, Undergraduate Accounting StudentDOCX

2026-09-25 · Individual · Public comment · 1,271 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

the Commission should increase the Startup Exemption limit to reflect the costs associated with software development and compliance and protect secondary market participants from the consequences of issuer filing failures

Commends the framework and asks for two changes to rule text.

P2Conditional
Loosen

certain expenditures, such as non-cash token distributions designed to bootstrap network testing, should not count against the fundraising ceiling when they do not represent proceeds available to fund development or initial operations

Takes non-cash distributions for network testing out of the limit, so fewer distributions consume the cap, as letters 1 and 47.

P6Conditional
Loosen

My recommendation is that the Commission should expand the Startup Exemption limit under Rule 200 to double or triple the proposed amount, to $10-15 million, over the proposed four-year rolling period.

Raises the startup limit to $10-15 million over the same four years.

P14Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should separate secondary market preemption from an initial issuer’s compliance with timely reporting.

Keeps preemption for unaffiliated secondary participants on a reasonable-belief standard, or at least a 60-day grace period before delinquency affects trades; either keeps preemption in place where the proposal would switch it off.

↑ back to the top
79

MiCA Crypto AlliancePDF

2026-09-26 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 9,559 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

The MiCA Crypto Alliance supports the adoption of proposed Rule 103 substantially as proposed, subject to targeted amendments.

Accepts the framework and asks for changes to Rule 103 and Form 1-CRYPTO content.

P3Conditional
Tighten

We therefore recommend a hybrid approach: narrative disclosure should remain principles-based, while factual information that benefits from standardization should be prescribed and machine-readable

Keeps Rule 103 principles-based but adds items: omitted-information statements, development milestones, rights attached to the asset, technical audit status and scope, governing law, the creator of the asset, offering mechanics, an investor summary and prescribed identification fields. More prescription is Tighten by the P3 convention.

P4Conditional
Tighten

The issuer should therefore ensure that the platform either hosts the current disclosure or provides a prominent direct link to it.

Declines a prescribed delivery method but adds dated versions with prior versions retained, availability at the trading platform where investors meet the asset, and Inline XBRL for the form. The added availability and version obligations carry the row, as letter 73.

P9Conditional
Tighten split

We recommend making clear that disclosure concerning related persons should enable an investor to understand, where material, their holdings in the subject crypto asset, the resulting concentration of ownership, any lock-up, vesting or release schedule, applicable resale or transfer restrictions, and any governance or other control rights associated with those holdings.

Supports related-person resale disclosure (Question 34) and asks that it show holdings, concentration, lock-ups and control together. Disclosure only, but more than the proposal requires, as letters 50 and 54. The literalist reads 'making clear' of matters the letter says Rule 103 already captures as Clarify.

P10Conditional
Clarify

Where no jurisdiction of organization can reasonably be identified at all, the Commission should clarify whether such a structure can satisfy the underlying issuer-eligibility requirement rather than treating the issue merely as an incomplete Form 1-CRYPTO field.

Asks for guidance on who is the issuer where control is distributed and whether an unincorporated structure meets Rule 300 eligibility, while stating that the jurisdiction requirement should not be removed. Resolves ambiguity without changing who may use the regime.

Answers question 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 36, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 102, 103

↑ back to the top
80

Rivetz Corp. and Rivetz Intl. SEZCPDF

2026-09-28 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 2,973 words

Overall ConditionalPosture n-aFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Letter 34 on this docket, 2026-08-25.
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

It is a request that the record state what was built, what has been fixed, and what has not

Accepts the proposal and asks for three statements in the adopting release and one amendment to proposed Rule 175; the rule amendment is a change to rule text.

P17Conditional
Loosen

The proposed amendment to Rule 175 extends the forward-looking-statement safe harbor to statements made under Regulation A or subpart C, but not to subpart B

Asks that the forward-looking-statement safe harbor in the Rule 175 amendment also reach startup-exemption issuers, whose plan-of-development disclosure it notes is required. Extending a liability safe harbor to more issuers widens its reach, as letter 50's Regulation S ask.

Answers question 45

↑ back to the top
81

Robert H. Rose, Founder, Parameter Crypto LLCPDF

2026-09-29 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 1,341 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

My recommendations concern how to make the answers plain, comparable and verifiable.

Supports the principles-based approach and asks for changes to rule text and form content on four topics.

P3Conditional
Tighten

I recommend requiring that source code be published and verified on a public block explorer.

Adds non-exclusive examples of a supply and control statement under Rules 103(b)(7) and (b)(8), and requires published, verified source code for contracts that control supply where Rule 103(b)(6) asks only for code the issuer has chosen to publish. More prescription is Tighten.

P12Conditional
Tighten

I believe it should, at least for changes in the power to increase supply or alter the contract, and that the disclosure should include the transaction references

Answers Question 116: changes in control over supply or contract rules become Form 1-UC reportable events, with transaction references. Adds a reporting trigger.

P13Conditional
Tighten split

I recommend that the Form TR analysis be required to address any retained power over supply or contract rules.

A mandatory Form TR discussion of any retained power over supply or contract rules, with an explanation where it is retained, changes what the exit requires, as letters 25 and 70. The skeptic weights the other half: verified on-chain renunciation to count as objective evidence for the certification, which makes the exit easier to reach for issuers who give those powers up.

Answers question 27, 28, 29, 30, 34, 74, 116, 127, 128

↑ back to the top
Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Recommendations 1 to 5 are drafting. Recommendation 6 asks the Commission to state a position.

Takes no view on policy questions but asks for changes to the rule text of the definitions and to the disclosure requirements.

P1Conditional
Clarify

Recommendation 1. Choose one of the two tests and say which.

Asks the Commission to choose between origin and record-keeping in 'associated crypto network', provide for multichain and migrated assets, say whether 'distributed ledger' includes permissioned ledgers and what 'recorded on' requires. States no view on which way any should go; definitional, no change in reach asked.

P3Conditional
Tighten

Whatever form the disclosure requirements take, they should identify these four matters specifically rather than leaving them to a general requirement to disclose material information about the asset.

Names four specific items (upgrade authority, minting, freezing and destruction rights, their separation, bridged representations) in place of a general materiality requirement. More prescription is Tighten.

P10Conditional
Clarify

Recommendation 6. State expressly, in the release accompanying any final rule, whether and how a non-United States issuer may use the regime, and how it interacts with Regulation S.

Asks the Commission to state whether non-US issuers may use the regime and how it interacts with Regulation S, framed as a question with no position on the answer; as letter 68, a question that names no change is Clarify.

Answers question 4, 8

↑ back to the top
83

Anthony Young, Executive Administrator Mountgomery County Government, MarylandHTML

2026-09-29 · Individual · Public comment · 76 words

Overall ProceduralPosture n-aFrame other rulemaking
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
P15Defer to Congress

Congress must act to establish a fair, transparent framework that allows Americans

↑ back to the top
84

Ostrel Software LLCPDF

2026-09-29 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 14,074 words

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

The Proposal is a serious and largely well-executed attempt to give crypto asset issuers a workable path to compliance under existing statutory authority, and it should be adopted.

Supports adoption and asks for changes to rule text, including proposed rule text for two new safe harbors.

P2Conditional
Clarify split

We answer RFC 46 yes, and explain why the Rule 100 formula does not resolve the question for the distributions the startup exemption was written to accommodate.

Asks the Commission to say whether airdrops and reward distributions count at the consideration received or the value distributed, the measurement date, and that a documented valuation is not reopened later. Primary and literalist read resolving an ambiguity. The skeptic reads valuing network use at the issuer's own documented estimate as letting broad distributions consume less of the cap.

P4Conditional
Tighten split

Add to Rule 200(d)(3) a requirement that each amendment be dated, that the issuer identify the information changed, and that each prior version of the information described in paragraph (d)(1) remain publicly accessible

Adds a dated version history at the disclosure address and an annual Form NOR amendment on EDGAR stating status and gross proceeds, as letters 61 and 73; also confirms third-party hosting and adds a five-business-day cure for outages. The skeptic reads the annual filing as the anchor for the reasonable-inquiry defense the letter proposes under Rule 500, and the cure standard as relief, so Loosen.

P5Support
as-proposed

we ask the Commission to retain as proposed the features that make proposed Rule 200 (17 CFR 228.200) usable by the issuers it is written for

Asks that the startup exemption keep no financial-statement requirement, as proposed.

P6Conditional
Loosen

We further ask the Commission to adopt the de minimis participation carve-out RFC 52 contemplates

Moves 'substantially similar crypto asset' into Rule 100 with a de minimis carve-out for minor prior participation, and adds a solicitation-of-interest accommodation before Form NOR. Both widen what the startup exemption permits, as letter 70's testing-the-waters ask.

P8Conditional
Clarify split

We ask the Commission to confirm in the adopting release that the limitation is measured with respect to the offering in which the sale occurs and is not aggregated across separate offerings.

Keeps non-accredited participation without a per-investor cap under Rule 200 (Question 55: no) and asks confirmations that the Subpart C 10 percent limit is per offering and that a purchaser's representation may cover aggregate purchases. Support plus confirmations is Conditional / Clarify, as letters 70 and 76; the skeptic reads no aggregation across offerings as Loosen, as on letter 70.

P9Support
as-proposed

we ask the Commission to retain as proposed the features that make proposed Rule 200 (17 CFR 228.200) usable by the issuers it is written for

Asks that covered investment contracts carry no rule-based resale restrictions, as proposed; as letter 45.

P10Conditional
Clarify

is not excluded from eligibility by reason of being at a pre-revenue or development stage

Keeps individuals and unincorporated groups eligible for Rule 200 (Questions 48 and 49: no) and asks the Commission to state that an issuer with a disclosed plan of development has a 'specific business plan' under Rule 300(b)(2), leaving the blank-check prongs untouched. Resolves an ambiguity in the text as the letter reads it; no change in who may use the regime.

P11Conditional
Loosen

We answer RFC 40 directly: yes, and this is the category.

Proposes an Instruction to Rule 104 so that flat-fee ministerial service providers are not paid solicitors under Rule 262(a). Narrowing who can disqualify an issuer is Loosen, as letter 21.

P14Conditional
Loosen

We support that standard and ask the Commission to extend it beyond purchasers

A reasonable-inquiry standard for purchasers and anyone facilitating a secondary transaction, and continued preemption past the four-year mark; both keep preemption in place where the proposal would switch it off.

P15Authority defended

What the Commission can do by rule, and what we ask it to do, is exempt a defined class of ministerial service providers under Sections 36 and 15(a)(2).

P17Conditional
Loosen

In the interim, we ask the Commission to adopt a conditional safe harbor for ministerial service providers, modeled on the funding portal safe harbor at 17 CFR 227.402(b)

Proposes Rules 106 and 107, conditional exemptions from broker-dealer registration for ministerial service providers and listing platforms; also asks that Rule 200 say whether it covers non-issuer participants, that Rule 101(d) be kept as drafted and that the Section 12(g) position be codified. The safe harbors take a class of persons out of registration, so Loosen.

Answers question 10, 18, 40, 42, 45, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 54, 55, 59, 64, 65, 66, 69, 85, 139, 140, 141, 142, 144

↑ back to the top
85

Shawn SN, CEO, The Native Claim FirmPDF

2026-10-01 · Other institutional · Public comment · 2,014 words

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

The proposal should be finalized only with the targeted amendments below.

Supports the framework and asks that it be adopted with amendments to rule text and forms on six topics; asking for a change is what decides it.

P2Conditional
Loosen

Participation or testing activity that produces no identifiable and reliably measurable economic benefit to the issuer has a value of zero for the offering limit.

Proposes an instruction that non-cash covered transactions count at the fair value of the benefit the issuer receives rather than the market value of the crypto asset distributed, with participation or testing that yields no measurable benefit counted at zero. Reach tie-break: framed as filling a gap, but if granted fewer distributions consume the cap, as letters 77 and 78.

P5Conditional
Tighten

Add a Part FS note requirement for material: crypto-asset classes, accounting policies, carrying amounts, restrictions, and custody

Keeps U.S. GAAP and the proposed choice of U.S. GAAS or PCAOB standards for Tier 2 audits, and adds required crypto-specific notes to the financial statements on asset classes, reporting-entity boundaries, issuance and burn obligations, related-person wallet transactions, concentrations and contingencies. Its phased fallback defers the notes but requires the same information narratively in the meantime. Adds required content, so Tighten.

P9Conditional
Tighten

For each related person, or category of similarly situated related persons when individual disclosure is not material, disclose the number and percentage of outstanding covered investment contracts and subject crypto assets beneficially owned or controlled

Rejects a universal lockup and proposes a new Rule 103(b)(4)(iv): holdings and percentages per related person, acquisition terms, vesting and release terms, unlocks expected in the next 12 months, and sales, pledges and hedges in the preceding 12 months. Disclosure only, but more than the proposal requires, so Tighten, as letters 50, 54 and 79.

P10Conditional
Loosen

Rule 300(b) appropriately seeks domestic accountability, but its requirement that more than 50 percent of issuer assets be located in the United States is poorly suited to distributed-ledger systems.

Replaces the requirement that more than half of an issuer's assets be in the United States with a domestic-organization standard (U.S. organization or unincorporated association, agent for service, books and records, principal administration, named responsible persons), so that U.S. decentralized organizations can qualify. Widening who may use the regime is Loosen under the scope convention, as letter 70.

P13Conditional
Loosen

Rule 400 and Form TR: eliminate the rule-created tacit-admission problem while retaining liability for materially false filings.

A no-admission provision (Question 134) and a deemed cessation date set at the filer's determination, if Form TR follows within 30 days, each make the exit more available, as letters 59 and 77. Liability for false filings is kept. The maintenance ask restates the release's own view and does not carry the direction.

P14Conditional
Loosen

The proposed condition creates an issuer-controlled, purchaser-borne legal cliff.

Proposes rule text under which later issuer noncompliance does not change the qualified-purchaser status of non-affiliate sellers, adds a 30-day cure for issuers and affiliates, and asks for an EDGAR status field that is not a condition. Keeps preemption in place where the proposal would switch it off, as letters 78 and 84.

P17Conditional
Clarify split

Require a network name, chain identifier, and contract address or comparable immutable identifier in addition to token name or ticker.

Technical corrections: a cross-reference to Rule 300(c), consistent use of suspension and termination in Rule 305, renumbering, and a network and contract identifier alongside a token's name or ticker. Primary and literalist take the letter's own heading and read drafting work with no change in reach. The skeptic reads the identifier as an added disclosure item, so Tighten.

Answers question 85, 86, 87, 97, 98, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144

↑ back to the top
86

Bo RedfearnHTML

2026-10-05 · Individual · Public comment · 819 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

But whatever framework the Commission adopts, investor protection and fraud deterrence need to be built in, not added later.

Accepts that clear rules can help and asks for changes to rule text across nine topics; asking for a change is what decides it.

P3Conditional
Tighten

The final rule should set clear minimum required elements so investors can compare offerings and misleading omissions are easier to spot

Adds minimum required disclosure elements on promoters and conflicts, control of the network and admin keys, and safeguarding of proceeds, disclosure of compensation for paid promotion in every promotion, and a plain-English risk summary for startup-exemption offerings. More prescription is Tighten.

P4Conditional
Tighten

All of it should be filed on EDGAR in a searchable format and kept current.

Asks that the disclosure be filed on EDGAR in a searchable format and kept current, which the proposal does not require for all of it. Adds a filing requirement, so Tighten, as letter 52.

P5Conditional
Tighten

I also urge a baseline of financial information and a plain-English risk summary for startup-exemption offerings.

Adds a baseline of financial information to the startup exemption, which requires no financial statements, as letter 73.

P8Conditional
Tighten

In response to Request for Comment 55, I urge the Commission to apply a similar limit to the startup exemption.

Supports the 10 percent investment limit for non-accredited investors in the fundraising exemption and asks that a similar limit apply to the startup exemption (Question 55). Extends the limit to offerings it does not reach, so Tighten.

P9Conditional
Tighten

I urge minimum lockup periods for founders, promoters, and related persons, and prompt public disclosure of their sales.

Asks for minimum lockup periods for founders, promoters and related persons, prompt disclosure of their sales, and disclosure of insider allocations and vesting terms. A holding period where the proposal relies on disclosure, so Tighten.

P11Conditional
Tighten

The Commission should also consider whether people tied to prior crypto-specific frauds that fall outside the listed disqualifying events should be covered.

Supports Rule 104, asks that waivers be rare and publicly explained, and that the Commission consider covering people tied to prior crypto-specific frauds outside the listed events. Widening what disqualifies is Tighten, as letter 50.

P13Conditional split
Tighten

limit the safe harbor to issuers that actually completed their promised efforts

Would limit the safe harbor to issuers that completed their promised efforts, or require a public accounting of the use of proceeds before an issuer that ceased its efforts can rely on it; adds a named-officer certification on Form TR, voids the safe harbor where Form TR was materially false or insiders sold heavily before filing, and lets the Commission object within a set period. Each makes the exit less available, so Tighten, as letters 25 and 54. Primary and literalist read a letter that would keep the safe harbor with these conditions; the skeptic reads the conditions, together, as rejecting the self-certified exit as drafted, as letters 51 and 54.

P14Conditional
Clarify

The final rule should say clearly that state antifraud authority is unaffected

Accepts preemption of state registration and qualification and asks the final rule to state that state antifraud authority is unaffected, with filing and complaint data shared with the states. No change to what preemption covers, so Clarify.

Answers question 55

↑ back to the top
87

Daniel James SchilzHTML

2026-10-05 · Individual · Public comment · 710 words

Overall SupportPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I urge the Commission to finalize it promptly.

Supports the proposal and asks that it be finalized promptly, with an explicit transition provision for tokens already outstanding. That is a change to rule text, so Conditional.

P3Support
as-proposed

I ask only that the final rule resist the temptation to expand the topic list into a de facto line-item regime through guidance.

Supports the principles-based Rule 103 framework as proposed and asks that it not be expanded into line items through guidance.

P5Support
as-proposed

If the Commission layers financial-statement or audit requirements onto this exemption in the final rule, it will defeat its own purpose.

Asks that the startup exemption keep no financial-statement or audit requirement, as proposed, as letter 84.

P13Conditional
Loosen split

a defined window for existing issuers to come into compliance under the new exemptions and safe harbor, without prejudice for pre-rule conduct undertaken in good faith

Supports the safe harbor, asks for concrete guidance on what satisfies completion of essential managerial efforts, and asks for a transition provision under which issuers of tokens already outstanding can come into compliance under the exemptions and the safe harbor without prejudice for pre-rule conduct undertaken in good faith. Primary and skeptic read the transition ask as making the exit available to issuers of tokens already outstanding without regard to pre-rule conduct, so Loosen, as letters 38 and 42. The literalist notes that the release already makes the safe harbor available to issuers that have not used the exemptions (p. 166) and reads the guidance ask, which names no factor, as Clarify.

P15Authority defended

The Commission has the authority to act

Argues that the Commission has the authority to finalize the rules without waiting for market-structure legislation.

↑ back to the top
88

Neil P. Osnato, Founder, Persistence Analytics Group LLCHTML

2026-10-05 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 556 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Letter 5 on this docket, 2026-08-18.
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

The recommendation is narrower: preserve an administrable record of the evidence, dependencies, decision conditions, and revalidation triggers that support material reliance decisions.

Takes no position on the substantive scope of the exemptions or the safe harbor and asks for a record of the conditions on which reliance rests; asking for a change is what decides it.

P13Conditional
Tighten split

should not automatically persist after a material change to that condition

Asks that issuers relying on the safe harbor keep a Reliance Conditions Record of the evidence and dependencies behind that reliance, and that reliance be re-evaluated when a fact essential to it changes. Primary and skeptic read reliance that can lapse after a material change as making the exit less permanent, so Tighten, as the same filer's letter 5. The literalist credits the letter's statement that the recommendation is procedural and evidentiary and takes no position on the safe harbor's scope, so Clarify, as letters 31 and 52.

↑ back to the top
89

Thomas Heaton Spitters, C.P.A., Consultant, AccountantPDF

2026-10-05 · Accountant, audit firm or accounting body · Public comment · 3,587 words

Overall SupportPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

This pronouncement might also include some rules for determining the basis of securities

Accepts the framework, supports Rule 100 as drafted, and asks for wash-sale and basis rules, insider lockouts and a reasonableness standard for secondary preemption; asking for a change is what decides it.

P1Support
as-proposed

do appear to be clear and in plain American English, understandable and practicable for the investor.

States that Rule 100 should be adopted without qualification and that the definitions of covered investment contract, covered transaction, subject crypto asset and related party are clear and practicable. Asks for no change.

P3Support
as-proposed

a principles – based approach in this provision as oriented towards minimizing regulatory and compliance work and worries is called for, possibly and probably.

Supports Rule 103's principles-based disclosure for the varied structures of crypto offerings. Asks for no change.

P9Conditional split
Tighten split

Disclosure controls as established for covered contracts and crypto investments should probably control the lockout period for insiders

Asks that tokenized equities in initial offerings be subject to lockouts and that disclosure controls govern a lockout period for officers, founders, consultants, advisors and family. Primary and skeptic read a lockout period for insiders where the proposal relies on disclosure, so Tighten, as letter 86. The literalist reads the explicit lockout ask as addressed to tokenized equities, which the regime does not cover, and the covered-contract sentence as leaving insider resale to disclosure, as proposed.

P14Conditional
Loosen split

It is possible third – parties will be able to reasonably determine the status of issuers, and in this there must be a standard for reasonableness in compliance.

Describes Rule 500, including that secondary preemption lapses when the issuer falls behind in its filings, and asks for a standard of reasonableness for trading facilities and investors determining whether an issuer is current. Primary and skeptic read it as the reasonable-belief standard of letters 78 and 84, which keeps preemption in place where the proposal would switch it off, so Loosen. The literalist reads an ask that names no standard and no change to when preemption lapses as Clarify.

P17Support split
as-proposed split

The SEC should adjust for inflation the startup exemption and the two tiers of the fundraising exemption periodically.

Supports Rule 102's periodic inflation adjustment of the exemption limits, which the proposal provides at least once every five years (Question 23). The skeptic reads the suggestion that stakeholder recommendations inform the adjustments as an ask about the process, so Clarify.

Answers question 23

↑ back to the top
90

James Ryckman, Chief Executive Officer, Keystone Technology GroupPDF

2026-10-05 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 15,107 words

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Keystone supports both Commissions’ goal of replacing regulation by enforcement with clear, purpose-built rules

Supports the proposal's goal and asks for changes across twelve recommendations, several of them to rule text; asking for a change is what decides it.

P1Conditional
Loosen

Either expand Regulation Crypto Assets, or adopt a companion tokenized-RWA exemption

Asks that investment contracts tied to off-chain assets, which the definition's third prong excludes, be brought within the regime, either by removing that prong or through a companion exemption with principles-based disclosure, and asks for a tailored disclosure path for tokenized notes. Widens what may use the regime, so Loosen.

P4Conditional
Tighten split

Each token has one disclosure record, filed once with the Joint Digital Asset Office (on EDGAR) and anchored on-chain by a hash in the token’s metadata.

Asks for one disclosure record per token, filed on EDGAR in a structured, machine-readable format, updated on material events and relied on by both agencies and every venue, with a public machine-readable register of effective Form TRs. Adds a filing requirement and a format, so Tighten, as letters 50 and 86. The skeptic reads the operative aim, one filing in place of parallel issuer and venue disclosures, as reducing what is required, so Loosen.

P6Conditional
Loosen

Raise the SEC’s proposed startup exemption from $5 million to $20 million over four years, while keeping the disclosure and bad-actor protections.

Raises the startup exemption from $5 million to $20 million over four years, keeping its disclosure and bad-actor conditions, and asks for one low-cost joint filing for startups. Widens what the exemption permits, so Loosen, as letter 77.

P13Conditional
Loosen

Provide that any SEC determination that a Form TR was deficient applies only after notice.

Asks that a finding that a Form TR was deficient apply only going forward, after notice; that intermediaries relying in good faith on an effective Form TR be protected; that a 60-day objection window give a fixed date after which the handoff binds; and that compliance controls kept solely to meet legal obligations not count as essential managerial efforts. Each makes the exit more available or more final, so Loosen. Retained freeze and clawback controls reach beyond the maintenance and security services the release already excludes (pp. 56-58).

P14Conditional
Loosen

Federal preemption should not end at the moment a token leaves the securities regime.

Asks that preemption not lapse when an asset exits under Rule 400, through Rule 500 continuity at exit or a federal spot-market registration path, with state antifraud authority kept. Keeps preemption in place where the proposal would switch it off, so Loosen, as letters 78 and 84.

P15Procedural objection

We respectfully ask the SEC to reopen or extend its comment period so that it runs at the same time as the CFTC ANPRM

Asks the Commission to reopen or extend the comment period to run with the CFTC's advance notice, and to hold a joint roundtable before either agency finalizes its rules.

P17Conditional
Clarify

addresses which trading venues may be used for covered investment contracts during the startup and fundraising exemption periods

Asks for a joint rule or interpretive release assigning secondary trading in subject crypto assets to a single regime while the investment contract lasts, and saying which venues may trade covered investment contracts during the exemption periods. No change in what is caught, so Clarify, as letter 61.

Answers question 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134

↑ back to the top
91

Robert HimesHTML

2026-09-18 · Individual · Public comment · 441 words

Overall Off-topicPosture n-aFrame non-specific

This letter engages no provision of the proposal. It is counted in the corpus and carries its overall label, and there is nothing to quote against a provision.

↑ back to the top
92

Prashant Sharma, Founder, InfinilexPDF

2026-10-05 · Legal practitioner or law firm · Public comment · 4,031 words

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We support the proposal’s core design: principles-based disclosure, a startup exemption that does not turn on where a team is located

Supports the core design and asks for five targeted changes to rule text and forms; asking for a change is what decides it.

P3Conditional
Loosen split

An issuer may provide information required by paragraph (b) of this section by including in its disclosure information prepared in accordance with the disclosure

Proposes a note to Rule 103 letting an issuer answer the Rule 103(b) items with its MiCA or VARA white paper, plus a reconciliation table and a US supplement for anything those documents omit. Primary and skeptic read a second permitted form of the same disclosure as less prescription, so Loosen; the literalist credits the note's requirement that every Rule 103(b) item still be given, so Clarify.

P5Conditional
Loosen

US GAAP or IFRS as issued by the IASB, which the Commission accepts from Canadian Regulation A issuers

Asks that a non-US issuer may present financial statements under IFRS as issued by the IASB as well as US GAAP, with Tier 2 audits as proposed (Question 105). Adds an accepted basis of preparation where the proposal allows one, so Loosen.

P10Conditional split
Loosen

We recommend admitting non-US entities on conditions that each answer a stated concern

Keeps Rule 300(b)(1) and adds a route for non-US entities that file Form F-X, keep a US agent, give enforceability disclosure and accept the bad-actor extension; at a minimum admits Canadian issuers and applies the business-contact tests in the alternative; opposes a domicile test for the startup exemption (Questions 49 and 50). Admits issuers the rule as drafted excludes, so Loosen under the scope convention, as letters 50 and 70. The skeptic reads the rejection of the cumulative US tests as Oppose.

P11Conditional
Tighten

Rule 104 should add final orders of a foreign securities, financial services or virtual asset regulator

Adds final orders of a foreign securities, financial services or virtual asset regulator to the disqualifying events, widening what disqualifies, as letter 50.

P13Conditional
Loosen split

Neither the filing of a transition report on Form TR nor reliance on this section shall be deemed an admission

Supports Rule 400 (Question 124) and asks for a no-admission provision (Question 134), a certification by the issuer through its signatory on a knowledge standard, and confirmation that non-US issuers that sold only offshore may rely on it; each makes the exit more available, as letters 59, 77 and 85. It also asks that the analysis stay mandatory and set out each promised effort with its source, evidence and date of completion. Primary and literalist weigh the availability asks; the skeptic reads the defined, mandatory analysis as changing what the exit requires, as letters 25 and 54.

P17Conditional
Loosen

are not counted toward the offering limits in § 228.200(b)(4) or § 228.300(a)

Asks for a note to Rule 100, modeled on Rule 500(g), excluding a disclosed, flowback-guarded offshore Regulation S tranche from the offering limits, which takes sales out of the computation, so Loosen, as letter 50. Also asks for integration and single-website confirmations and an instruction to the Form 1-CRYPTO legality opinion setting which law it addresses and that it need not address whether the asset is a security.

Answers question 9, 14, 16, 28, 29, 30, 32, 41, 49, 50, 61, 73, 74, 85, 86, 98, 105, 112, 124, 125, 128, 130, 134

↑ back to the top
93

AnonymousHTML

2026-10-05 · Individual · Public comment · 1,480 words

Overall OpposePosture LooseningFrame market structure / systemic risk
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENOppose split
—

Do not build another layer of rules around users while leaving the open vectors exposed. Build the security architecture first, then regulate the system that operates inside it.

The opening thesis is that the proposal has no security architecture and the closing ask is to build that first and regulate after, so the rules should not proceed as drafted. The skeptic reads an ask for added security measures within the framework as Conditional.

P8Oppose
Loosen

The people who actually need legitimate access to capital, markets and digital value should not bear increasingly restrictive limits

Argues that limits on what participants may transact constrain legitimate participants while doing little against sophisticated criminals, and that restrictions on users should not expand until the security architecture works. Rejects participant limits, so Loosen.

↑ back to the top
94

Dana LovePDF

2026-10-06 · Individual · Public comment · 5,727 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Earlier letters on this docket (letter 32, 2026-08-25; letter 63, 2026-09-18).
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I support that disclosure. It is not sufficient, for a reason the proposal's own record supplies.

Supports the related-person disclosure and asks for a redefinition, a parity condition on both exemptions and wider disclosure; asking for a change is what decides it.

P1Conditional split
Tighten

The Commission should revise the definition so that it leads with a functional test and follows with the enumerated roles

Asks that the definition of related person lead with a functional test reaching anyone who acquired subject crypto assets before the first public offer or on terms not then available to the public, including non-controlling pre-offering investors and their non-market transferees, with the enumerated roles kept (Question 11). Widens who is a related person, so Tighten under the scope convention. The skeptic reads the opening answer that the definition does not cover the appropriate scope as Oppose.

P7Conditional
Tighten

apply the affiliate sub-limits in Rule 300(a)(1) and (a)(2) to all related persons

Keeps selling securityholders in both tiers (Question 81) but extends the affiliate sub-limits to all related persons, permits a related person to sell only units its restrictions have released, and requires its acquisition price beside the offering price. Narrows what selling securityholders may sell, so Tighten.

P9Conditional
Tighten

The Commission should require a restriction, but not a number. It should require parity.

Rejects a fixed holding period and asks that both exemptions be conditioned on parity: no related person may transfer, or hedge, a greater proportion of its holdings sooner than founders, directors and executive officers, with any waiver applied to all (Question 35). Also adds disclosure of each related person's acquisition date and price, known hedges, side letters and waivers, an aggregate release schedule, and related-person holdings on Form TR (Questions 34 and 153). Adds a resale condition where the proposal requires disclosure only, so Tighten, as letters 32 and 86.

Answers question 11, 34, 35, 81, 153

↑ back to the top
95

Jade B.HTML

2026-10-06 · Individual · Public comment · 164 words

Overall ConditionalPosture n-aFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

The Commission should add the following: exceeding the limits set in Rules 200 and 300 is significant per se.

Addresses one provision and asks for a change to its rule text; asking for a change is what decides it.

P17Conditional
Tighten split

The Commission should add the following: exceeding the limits set in Rules 200 and 300 is significant per se.

Asks that Rule 101(d) state, as Regulation A's Rule 260 does, that exceeding the startup or fundraising offering limit is never an insignificant deviation (Question 18). Primary and skeptic read the loss of facts-and-circumstances relief for any overage as Tighten; the literalist follows letter 21, whose ask to borrow the Rule 260 structure was coded Clarify.

Answers question 18

↑ back to the top
96

Lee Saba, Head of Market Structure, Rialto Markets LLCPDF

2026-10-07 · Crypto intermediary · Public comment · 1,357 words

Overall ConditionalPosture ClarifyingFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Advance the objectives of Regulation Crypto Assets, subject to the operational clarifications described above.

Supports the framework and asks for operational clarifications and a reliance standard for intermediaries at the safe-harbor transition; asking for a change is what decides it.

P13Conditional
Clarify

provide reasonable reliance protection for regulated intermediaries that act in good faith based upon issuer certifications and Commission filings

Supports Rule 400 and asks when broker-dealers and ATS operators may rely on an issuer's certification or Form TR, what diligence they are expected to do, how open orders, positions and pending transactions are treated at the transition, and for good-faith reliance protection for intermediaries. Leaves Rule 400's conditions untouched and removes no class of conduct, as letters 31 and 61, so Clarify.

P14Support
as-proposed

Rialto strongly encourages the Commission to retain the federal preemption provisions substantially as proposed, including the conditions applicable to secondary-market preemption.

Asks that Rule 500's preemption of state registration and qualification, including its conditions on secondary-market preemption, be kept substantially as proposed, with state antifraud authority preserved; no change asked.

↑ back to the top
97

Bo RedfearnHTML

2026-10-07 · Individual · Public comment · 857 words

Overall Off-topicPosture n-aFrame other rulemakingReturning filer Earlier letter on this docket (letter 86, 2026-10-05).

This letter engages no provision of the proposal. It is counted in the corpus and carries its overall label, and there is nothing to quote against a provision.

↑ back to the top
98

John Coates, John C. Coffee, Jr., James D. Cox, Merritt B. Fox, and Joel SeligmanPDF

2026-10-07 · Academic researcher - law · Public comment · 3,913 words · 5 signatories

Overall OpposePosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENOppose
—

At the very least, Regulation Crypto should be reproposed to address two fundamental weaknesses.

The opening thesis is that the proposal is deeply flawed and should at least be re-proposed, and the close repeats that it should be re-proposed, so Oppose.

P3Oppose
Tighten

Second, the emphasis on principles-based disclosure compliance is overdone.

Argues that the case for principles-based disclosure has not been made and that the crypto-specific topics in Rule 103(b)(5)-(9) could be met through new Regulation S-K items or instructions, with management keeping the discretion it has under items such as MD&A. More prescription, so Tighten.

P6Oppose
Tighten

The proposed Startup Exemption is a serious departure from the nearly century experience of the U.S. securities laws.

Argues the Startup Exemption is unneeded given Regulation A and Regulation Crowdfunding and notes it requires no financial information or narrative on financial condition. Rejecting the exemption in favor of existing exemptions with more required disclosure is Tighten, as letter 10.

P7Oppose
Tighten

This could be addressed simply by amendments to Regulation A or Instructions to Regulation A.

Argues the Fundraising Exemption largely mimics Regulation A with modest softening and that covered investment contracts could instead be made eligible under Regulation A by amendment. Rejecting the new exemption for Regulation A's requirements is Tighten, as letter 10.

P9Oppose
Tighten

Resale, as the Securities Act clearly directs, requires either registration or an exemption.

Rejects the proposal's treatment of covered investment contracts as not restricted securities and asks that resales require registration or an exemption such as Rule 144, as for any other investment contract. Adds a resale restriction where the proposal requires disclosure only, so Tighten.

P11Oppose
Tighten

disqualification provisions give a free pass to become involved in the crypto asset industry after earlier misconduct

Rejects the provision that keeps Rule 104 from reaching convictions, orders and bars issued before its effective date, contrasting the broker-dealer disciplinary standards, which have no such limit. Widening who is disqualified is Tighten, as letter 50.

↑ back to the top
99

Robert H. Rose, Founder, Parameter Crypto LLCPDF

2026-10-07 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 1,150 words

Overall ConditionalPosture n-aFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Earlier letter on this docket (letter 81, 2026-09-29).
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I ask only that the Commission recognize permanent wrapping as one clear option for issuers whose business fits it.

Accepts the framework and its transition path and asks for confirmations about digital-tool tokens held in a permanent security wrapper; asking for a change is what decides it.

P1Conditional
Loosen split

a token functioning as a digital tool, and conveying no economic rights, does not become a security because a separate wrapped form exists

Supports keeping the exclusivity prong of the covered investment contract definition as proposed (Question 6) and asks the adopting release or guidance to confirm that a token working as a digital tool and carrying no economic rights does not become a security because a separate, permanently wrapped form is sold as a security, with the on-chain wrap as the objective line; also asks that later rulemaking on digital securities cover exempt offerings (Question 5). Primary and skeptic read the confirmation as taking that token outside the regime's reach, so Loosen under the reach tie-break; the literalist credits the confirmation framing and the support for the definition as drafted, so Clarify.

Answers question 5, 6

↑ back to the top
100

Nilmini Rubin, Chief Policy Officer and Gregory Schneider, General Counsel, Hedera Hashgraph, LLCPDF

2026-10-07 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 1,142 words · 2 signatories

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

expand the Rule 400 Safe Harbor to protect good-faith issuers who reasonably rely on existing Commission interpretations

Supports the proposal and the 2026 Interpretation and asks for a definition, a codification and an expanded safe harbor; asking for a change is what decides it.

P1Conditional
Clarify split

We suggest that the proposed rule formally adopt the delineation between types of assets included in the March 2026 Interpretation.

Asks that the rule codify the 2026 Interpretation's asset categories, particularly digital commodities, so issuers can tell whether Rule 400 is needed (Question 131). Primary and literalist read a codification of the Commission's own categories as definitional, with no change in what is caught, so Clarify; the skeptic reads the stated purpose, that an asset already a digital commodity would need no transition report, as taking a class of assets out of the regime, so Loosen.

P13Conditional
Loosen

issuers filing Form TR are immunized from actions taken in good faith and not knowingly in violation of a reasonable interpretation of the securities laws

Asks that issuers filing Form TR be shielded from enforcement for conduct before the rule taken in good faith in reliance on the 2019 staff framework and the 2025 and 2026 Commission guidance, by analogy to Section 19(a) (Question 134). A shield for past conduct makes the exit more available, as the non-admission asks in letters 50 and 70 and letter 90's prospective-only deficiency finding, so Loosen. Its separate ask that the release's view that securing, maintaining and upgrading a functional network is not essential managerial effort apply to all issuers (Question 132) restates that view and would be Clarify alone under the maintenance convention; the shield carries the row.

Answers question 131, 132, 134

↑ back to the top
101

Anthony Scaramucci, Founder and Managing Partner, SkyBridge Capital II, LLCPDF*

2026-10-08 · Traditional financial institution or market infrastructure · Public comment · 2,031 words

* Filed under the name of a widely known person. The name is shown as it appears on the SEC comment file; this tracker does not verify who wrote a letter and reports only what the letter says.

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We support both Proposals. They are thoughtful, proportionate, and overdue.

Supports the proposal and asks for objective safe-harbor criteria, an integration confirmation, on-chain delivery and Tier 1 requirements no greater than Regulation A's; asking for a change is what decides it, not the warm opening.

P3Support
as-proposed

The Rule 103 disclosure topics are appropriately tailored.

Supports the Rule 103 topics as drafted and asks that the forms stay streamlined; no change asked.

P4Conditional
Loosen split

permit delivery of disclosure through the issuer’s website and on-chain

Asks that disclosure may be delivered on-chain as well as through the issuer's website, where the proposal relies on the website. Primary and skeptic read a second permitted channel as less prescription on where disclosure lives, so Loosen; the literalist notes the letter does not say the proposal rules out on-chain delivery and reads it as Clarify.

P5Conditional
Clarify split

calibrate the financial statement and ongoing reporting requirements for Tier 1 of the fundraising exemption so that they do not exceed those of Regulation A

The same sentence asks that Tier 1 financial statement requirements not exceed Regulation A's. Tier 1 statements under the proposal, like Regulation A's, need no audit, so primary and literalist read no change in what is required: Clarify. The skeptic reads a ceiling set at Regulation A as Loosen.

P6Support
as-proposed

We support the $5 million startup exemption

Supports the Startup Exemption at the proposed $5 million; no change asked.

P7Support
as-proposed

tier fundraising exemption

Supports the two-tier Fundraising Exemption as proposed; no change asked on its tiers or caps.

P12Conditional
Loosen split

calibrate the financial statement and ongoing reporting requirements for Tier 1 of the fundraising exemption so that they do not exceed those of Regulation A

Asks that Tier 1 ongoing reporting not exceed Regulation A's. The proposal requires periodic and current reporting from Tier 1 issuers (Question 117), which Regulation A does not, so primary and skeptic read the ask as removing it: Loosen. The literalist notes the letter names no report to drop and reads a calibration request as Clarify.

P13Conditional
Clarify

We urge the Commission to make the criteria for completion or cessation of essential managerial efforts as objective and administrable as possible, with illustrative examples

Supports the safe harbor and its certification and asks for objective, administrable criteria with illustrative examples, without proposing any factor that would change what the exit requires; definitional, so Clarify, as letter 68.

P14Support
as-proposed

We strongly support Rule 500

Supports Rule 500's preemption of state registration and qualification for offerings and for secondary transactions while the issuer is current, with state antifraud authority preserved; no change asked.

P17Conditional
Clarify

recommend that the final rule confirm that offerings under Regulation Crypto Assets will not be integrated with offerings made in reliance on Regulation D

Supports Rule 102's inflation adjustment and asks the final rule to confirm that offerings under Regulation Crypto Assets will not be integrated with offerings under Regulation D, Regulation A or Regulation Crowdfunding. A confirmation under the general provisions with no change in what is caught, so Clarify, as letters 21 and 61.

↑ back to the top
102

VeloxVFX LLCPDF

2026-10-09 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 4,162 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

VeloxVFX respectfully recommends a canonical SEC record, a readable public mirror, material-event amendments, retained prior versions, structured transition evidence, and an express statement that Rule 400 reliance does not itself constitute a prior-status admission or Commission determination.

Supports the framework and asks for added Rule 103 content, an EDGAR record with a website mirror, event-driven amendments, a Form TR evidence schedule and a no-admission instruction; asking for a change is what decides it.

P1Conditional
Clarify

The proposed definitions are directionally useful, but their durability will depend on functional rather than product-specific drafting.

Treats the definitions as directionally useful and asks that they be drafted functionally and that the issuer identify its asserted native network, the evidence for it, its dependencies and any migration, and the operative arrangement that forms the covered investment contract (Questions 4, 5 and 8). Resolves what the definitions mean without changing what they catch, so Clarify.

P3Conditional
Tighten

Rule 103 should be adopted with revisions that make lifecycle state, responsibility, source evidence, and material changes easier to identify.

Accepts principles-based disclosure and asks for express added Rule 103 requirements (responsible persons, current status, dependencies, evidence sources, prior versions, the date each state was last assessed) and a compact set of required common fields on top of it (Questions 26, 28 and 29). Adds prescription where the proposal leaves content to the issuer, so Tighten, as letter 98.

P4Conditional
Tighten

Use EDGAR as the authoritative filing location.

Asks that EDGAR carry the authoritative record, with the issuer's website a linked mirror that keeps prior versions or an amendment ledger, an event-driven amendment duty alongside the annual update, field-level change statements, and retention of the disclosure for an archival period after reliance ends (Questions 32, 65, 66, 68 and 69). The proposal puts the disclosure on the issuer's website; adding an EDGAR filing and version and retention duties is Tighten, as letters 14, 31, 52 and 73.

P13Conditional
Tighten

Form TR should require an analysis supporting the Rule 400 determination.

Supports Rule 400 on conditions: a Form TR schedule mapping each represented effort to its status, responsible actor and dated evidence, with an analysis rather than a certification alone (Questions 71, 128 and 130); a separate condition that the analysis address intentions to undertake new essential managerial efforts, so that a technical completion event alone does not suffice (Question 131); and guidance that automation, decentralization or third-party participation does not itself establish cessation (Question 132). Those change what the exit requires, as letters 25 and 39, so Tighten. The request for an express no-admission instruction (Question 134) makes the exit more available and does not carry the row, as on letter 70.

Answers question 4, 5, 8, 26, 28, 29, 31, 32, 33, 36, 58, 59, 64, 65, 66, 68, 69, 70, 71, 74, 124, 128, 130, 131, 132, 134, 149, 150

↑ back to the top
103

Kevin LiuHTML

2026-10-09 · Individual · Public comment · 552 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Earlier letter on this docket (letter 64, 2026-09-21), repeated in the same words.engages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

While I applaud the Commission's effort to move away from regulation by enforcement, the proposed framework treats digital assets primarily as speculative financial vehicles.

Accepts the move away from enforcement-led regulation and asks for three changes to rule text and to what the rules require; asking for a change is what decides it.

P1Conditional
Loosen

Explicitly exempt tokens that are strictly utilized for programmatic micro-transactions between autonomous software/hardware agents from the definition of an investment contract.

An express carve-out from the investment-contract definition removes a class of machine-to-machine transfers from the perimeter, so Loosen, the same shape as letter 47's Rule 100 exclusion and letter 57's narrower definition. Conditional rather than Oppose because the ask adds an exclusion to the Commission's draft rather than rejecting it.

P5Conditional split
Loosen

Allow distributed technical networks to satisfy transparency requirements by submitting cryptographically verifiable, on-chain state data on Form TR in lieu of traditional corporate financial statements.

Substituting on-chain state data for financial statements removes the financial-statement requirement for a class of issuers, so Loosen. Conditional on the permissive framing of the ask, which offers an alternative route rather than removing the requirement generally; the skeptic reads the section heading and the statement that no centralized entity can produce balance sheets as a rejection of the provision as drafted, so Oppose. The letter names Form TR as the vehicle, which is the safe-harbor exit form rather than a disclosure form; the row follows the relief sought, which is not having to produce financial statements.

P13Conditional
Clarify split

Explicitly state that routine software maintenance, open-source code contributions, and safety-critical firmware updates do not constitute "managerial efforts" that invalidate decentralization status.

Routine maintenance, safety patches and firmware updates by a core team are the services the release already says are not essential managerial efforts once a system is functional (release pp. 56-58; Corporation Finance staff FAQ 2.3), so asking that this be stated is Clarify. The skeptic reads "prevents the network from ever achieving the safe harbor" and the absence of any functional qualifier as reaching further than the release's view, and codes Loosen.

↑ back to the top
104

John Jackson, Independent Crypto Regulatory ResearcherHTML

2026-10-10 · Individual · Public comment · 1,802 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

My main recommendation is that the final framework focus more directly on the information investors actually need to understand the difference between:

Supports the effort to write clearer rules and asks for added Rule 103 content, a fuller Form TR record, a machine-readable EDGAR status record and intermediary reliance protection; asking for a change is what decides it.

P3Conditional
Tighten

I would like to see Rule 103 require a short, standardized token-economics section covering things such as:

Supports Rule 103 and asks that it require a standardized token-economics section (supply and future issuance, insider and treasury allocations, lockups and unlocks, what the token is required for, which asset pays fees and where they go, the holder's rights, how network activity affects token demand or supply), disclosure of material infrastructure dependencies, and a plain account of what a staking arrangement does. Adds prescribed content where the proposal leaves content to the issuer, so Tighten, as letter 98.

P4Conditional
Tighten

EDGAR could have a simple machine-readable record showing the exemption being used, whether required filings are current, whether Form TR has been filed,

Asks for a machine-readable EDGAR record of the exemption relied on, whether required filings are current, whether Form TR has been filed, the transition date the issuer claims and any later correction, stated to reflect what the issuer filed and not an SEC endorsement. Adds an EDGAR record where the proposal relies on the issuer's website, so Tighten, as letters 61 and 90. The reliance protection asked for in the same passage is coded under P13.

P13Conditional
Tighten

I do not think Form TR should become a box-checking exercise where an issuer simply states that its essential managerial efforts are finished.

Supports a path for the investment contract to end and asks that Form TR show what was promised, where, whether it was completed or abandoned, when, on what evidence and what remains; that abandonment not be presented as completion; that a materially wrong Form TR be corrected; and that Rule 400 weigh retained powers (minting, contract changes, halting, treasury, governance, with a limited emergency or legal-compliance power not disqualifying) and economic dependence on issuer-funded support. Those change what the exit requires, as letters 25, 39 and 70, so Tighten. The requests that filing Form TR not be treated as an admission, with an antifraud carve-out, and for good-faith reliance protection and a clear operational transition for intermediaries make the exit more available or clarify it and do not carry the row, as letters 70 and 96.

↑ back to the top
105

Michael Bomhoff, Chain Of Title LLCPDF

2026-10-12 · Other institutional · Public comment · 1,146 words

Overall Off-topicPosture n-aFrame on-instrument

This letter engages no provision of the proposal. It is counted in the corpus and carries its overall label, and there is nothing to quote against a provision.

↑ back to the top
106

Lee Schneider, General Counsel, Ava Labs, Inc.PDF

2026-10-12 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 3,956 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Earlier letter on this docket (letter 57, 2026-09-15).
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

New Rule 401 would not replace or modify proposed Rule 400, but would codify analysis and conclusions the Commission has already drawn.

Accepts the framework and Rule 400 and asks that a new Rule 401 and two definitions be added to the rule text; asking for a change is what decides it.

P13Conditional
Loosen

we recommend that the Commission, as part of Reg Crypto, adopt Rule 401 and accompanying definitions providing that a CIC ceases to exist once the associated crypto network or associated crypto application is functional and not controlled.

Asks for a new Rule 401 under which a covered investment contract ceases to exist once the associated network or application is functional and not controlled, as a route beside Rule 400 that leaves Rule 400 as proposed: self-executing, with no filing as a condition, an optional Form TR certification, and a rebuttable presumption for a public statement by listed persons on which unaffiliated persons may rely (Questions 125, 131 and 134). A second, non-exclusive route into the exit makes it more available, so Loosen, as letter 55's second route. The request to reserve the word functional for the technology analysis is definitional and does not carry the row.

Answers question 125, 131, 134

↑ back to the top
107

Michael Bomhoff, Chain Of Title LLCPDF

2026-10-12 · Other institutional · Public comment · 1,330 words

Overall Off-topicPosture n-aFrame on-instrument

This letter engages no provision of the proposal. It is counted in the corpus and carries its overall label, and there is nothing to quote against a provision.

Answers question 32, 66, 69

↑ back to the top
108

Alexandra DamskerPDF

2026-10-13 · Legal practitioner or law firm · Public comment · 6,964 words

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENOppose split
—

Because this letter concludes that it does not, the proposed rules should be reconsidered as set out below rather than adopted as proposed.

The opening thesis is that the investment contract frame does not fit the asset class and the rules should be reconsidered rather than adopted as proposed, so Oppose. The skeptic weighs the closing statement that each of the three changes can be made within the current rulemaking without discarding its work and reads Conditional.

P1Oppose
Loosen split

For the remaining functions, the adopting release should state that Regulation Crypto Assets does not apply.

Offers a nine-function taxonomy as a replacement for the single-instrument frame and asks that the exemptions, disclosure and safe harbor reach only speculative trading on a securities market, access-and-rights tokens, tokens representing an underlying security, and transaction fees intrinsic to a traded security, with the adopting release stating that the regulation does not apply to every other function, and that classification attach at the point of use rather than at issuance. The letter says this is not a narrowing of authority, but removing the excluded functions from the regime narrows what is caught, so primary and literalist read Loosen under the reach tie-break. The skeptic weighs the other half of the scope list, which brings access-and-rights tokens into the regime with public-offering disclosure and privacy requirements and keeps securitized transactions out of the startup exemption, and reads Tighten.

P6Conditional
Tighten split

Tokens issued before a protocol or chain is operational, solely for community development and participant incentive, should not be treated as an unregistered securities transaction where they are not transferable for value until the protocol operates.

Would fold the startup exemption into a pre-certification instrument: tokens issued before the protocol operates, not transferable until it does, held by roughly 500 to 1,000 holders with founders capped at 5% and influencers at 10%, and proceeds applied to the build. The startup exemption as proposed has none of these conditions, so primary and skeptic read Tighten. The literalist takes the stated relief, that such tokens should not be treated as an unregistered securities transaction, and reads Loosen.

P9Conditional
Tighten

they cannot sell for one year from the date the chain or protocol goes live, and then are subject to the volume limitations for the entirety of their holding.

Adds resale restrictions where the proposal treats covered investment contracts as not restricted securities: sales eligible 30 days after launch, a volume limit of 1% of outstanding tokens for six months for pre-certification holders, and founders and influencers treated as affiliates under Rule 144, barred from selling for one year and then volume-limited throughout. A holding period where the proposal has none is Tighten, as letter 86.

P12Conditional
Tighten

Accordingly, issuers will need to be required to supplement disclosure each time a new function is enabled.

Asks that issuers supplement disclosure whenever a token gains a new function, notify the regulator when a function ends, and that reporting parties share relevant transactions with the agency for matching, as with tax reporting. Adds event-driven and transaction-level reporting to the proposal's periodic and current reports, so Tighten.

P14Conditional
Loosen split

Intrastate offerings are the clearest case: an issuer operating in a single state may have no reason to use the federal exemption, in which case state registration remains the only live requirement and the proposal provides no relief.

Notes that Rule 500 preempts state registration only for offers and sales under the exemptions and certain secondary transactions, and that offerings outside them, intrastate offerings above all, get no relief. Primary and skeptic read an ask that state relief reach further than preemption as drafted, so Loosen, as letters 50 and 70 extend it. The literalist finds no stated remedy, only a gap identified, and reads Clarify.

P15Authority challenged

Extending Howey to circumstances never contemplated by Howey, with a regulatory context so far removed from the reality of the operations and the risk for the participants, is unlikely to be as persuasive as it was in the Chevron era.

P16Benefits overstated

The stated justification for the rule is therefore defeated by an adjacent regime the rule does not reach.

Code only, no stance or direction, excluded from the Overall tally. Argues that state money transmission licensing means an issuer that satisfies every requirement still cannot operate, so the rule cannot deliver the capital-formation benefit offered as its justification.

↑ back to the top
109

Lucas StuytPDF

2026-10-14 · Individual · Public comment · 657 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I strongly encourage the Commission to establish comprehensive, standardized public disclosure requirements for cryptocurrency issuers that are comparable to the transparency requirements applicable to publicly traded companies in the United States.

Comments on the framework without rejecting it and asks for disclosure and reporting comparable to public-company requirements; asking for a change is what decides it.

P3Conditional
Tighten

These requirements should be standardized so that investors can evaluate different projects using consistent, reliable information.

Asks for standardized disclosure comparable to public-company filings: financial condition, ownership and control, capital structure and token supply, financing and issuance arrangements, and material developments. More prescription than principles-based Rule 103, so Tighten, as letter 98.

P4Conditional
Tighten

I encourage the Commission to establish a centralized, publicly accessible reporting system for crypto issuers, whether through EDGAR or a comparable framework.

Asks for a centralized public filing system, through EDGAR or a comparable framework, with historical filings and amendments and free machine-readable data. The proposal puts the disclosure on the issuer's website; adding a central filing record is Tighten, as letters 14, 31, 52 and 102.

P5Conditional
Tighten

Financial statements, revenue, expenses, assets, liabilities, and material financial risks.

Lists financial statements among the disclosures crypto issuers should provide where applicable, and asks that the exemptions not reduce the material information available. The startup exemption requires no financial statements, so Tighten, as letters 73 and 86.

P9Conditional
Tighten

Insider transactions and material changes in ownership.

Asks for disclosure of insider transactions and material changes in ownership, and for beneficial ownership and insider transaction reporting where applicable. Disclosure only, but more than the proposal requires of related persons, so Tighten, as letters 73 and 86.

P12Conditional
Tighten

I encourage the Commission to consider ongoing reporting requirements comparable in purpose to Forms 10-K, 10-Q, 8-K, and applicable beneficial ownership and insider transaction filings.

Asks for ongoing reporting comparable in purpose to annual, quarterly and current public-company reports, beyond the proposal's Forms 1-KC, 1-SC and 1-UC. More reporting than the rule requires, so Tighten, as letter 73.

↑ back to the top
110

Andre' M. Trahan, MBA, Founder, President, Doctoral Student in Financial ManagementHTML

2026-10-14 · Individual · Public comment · 192 words

Overall SupportPosture As-proposedFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENSupport
—

I support the proposed Regulation Crypto Assets.

Supports the proposal and asks for no change.

P6Support
as-proposed

For a bootstrapped founder with no outside backing, being able to raise up to five million dollars at home, under clear rules, is the difference between building in the United States and being told to set up offshore.

Supports the startup exemption at the proposed $5 million as the path for his own pilot project; no change asked, as letters 74 and 101.

↑ back to the top
111

AnonymousPDF

2026-10-15 · Individual · Public comment · 1,501 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Earlier letter on this docket (letter 42, 2026-08-29).
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I ask for an affirmative, legally usable outcome—not only a workaround for Form TR.

Works within the proposal and asks for an amendment to Rule 400(b), objective criteria for legacy networks and named-party guidance; asking for a change is what decides it.

P13Conditional
Loosen

permit a rigorously documented filing by an identifiable independent filer when the original issuer has ceased operating and no authorized successor can file.

Asks that Rule 400(b) let an identifiable independent filer satisfy the Form TR filing condition when the issuer has ceased operating and no successor can file, with the Rule 400(a) test still mandatory, and asks for objective criteria in the final rule for legacy networks without functioning issuers and a named-party route to written staff relief. Opens the exit to networks whose issuer cannot file, so Loosen, as the same filer's letter 42.

↑ back to the top
112

Mack Ma, Co-Founder, Chainx World Technology Limited; Matt Ma, Co-Founder, Chainx World Technology LimitedPDF

2026-10-15 · Other institutional · Public comment · 1,991 words · 2 signatories

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

The recommendations above would make the regime easier to verify for investors and for the independent parties they rely on, at little added cost to issuers.

Supports the framework and asks for drafting changes to Rule 103, Form TR, filing format and issuer eligibility; asking for a change is what decides it.

P1Conditional
Clarify split

We suggest the adopting release state that the analysis turns on the rights attached to the crypto asset, not on the network’s field of application.

Supports the condition that no asset other than a nonsecurity crypto asset may be subject to a covered investment contract and asks the adopting release to confirm that tokens representing real-world assets, securities or revenue shares fall outside the definition, and that a network token is not excluded because the network serves tokenized-asset markets (Questions 5 to 7). Primary and literalist read confirmations of the definition as drafted, so Clarify. The skeptic weighs the second confirmation, which keeps data and attestation networks for tokenized assets eligible, as widening who may use the regime, and reads Loosen.

P3Conditional
Tighten

Make privileged on-chain control a specific Rule 103 disclosure item, and require prompt updates when it changes.

Asks that Rule 103 require essential managerial efforts as discrete milestones with objective completion criteria, target dates and published evidence, reported on in each annual update, and that privileged control (administrative keys, upgrade authority, pause and freeze powers, multisignature thresholds, oracle and bridge dependencies) be a listed disclosure item in a standard table, with changes disclosed within about 15 business days (Questions 28, 29 and 68). Adds prescription where the proposal leaves content to the issuer, so Tighten, as letter 102.

P4Conditional
Tighten

The Rule 103 information should be filed on EDGAR as well as posted on the issuer’s website (Question 65), in a structured format with defined fields.

Asks that the Rule 103 information be filed on EDGAR as well as posted on the website, in structured fields with as-of dates, kept accessible for the full period with a dated version history (Questions 32, 65, 66 and 69). Adding an EDGAR filing and version and retention duties is Tighten, as letters 14, 31, 52 and 102.

P10Conditional
Loosen split

These requirements would exclude non-U.S. teams even when they are prepared to accept the same disclosure, financial-statement and jurisdictional obligations as U.S. issuers.

Supports the startup exemption's lack of a U.S.-nexus test and rejects the entity-only and nexus alternatives (Questions 49 and 50), with a U.S. agent for service, consent to jurisdiction and disclosure of team location for non-U.S. startup issuers; and asks for a conditional Fundraising Exemption path for non-U.S. issuers in IOSCO MMoU jurisdictions that accept the same obligations (Questions 85 and 86). Primary and skeptic read the fundraising path, which admits issuers the rule as drafted excludes, as the row's effect on reach: Loosen, as letters 70 and 92. The literalist weighs the new conditions on non-U.S. startup issuers, who are eligible without them as proposed, and reads Tighten, the same shape as letter 49's split.

P13Conditional
Tighten

On Question 130, we therefore favor requiring this analysis in Form TR rather than a bare certification.

Asks that Form TR map each disclosed milestone to its evidence, state which privileged powers remain with the issuer or related persons after the transition, and carry an analysis rather than a bare certification (Questions 130 to 132). Changes what the exit requires, as letters 25, 39 and 102, so Tighten.

Answers question 5, 6, 7, 28, 29, 32, 35, 49, 50, 62, 65, 66, 68, 69, 85, 86, 130, 131, 132

↑ back to the top
113

Davis Polk and Wardwell LLPPDF

2026-10-15 · Legal practitioner or law firm · Public comment · 16,908 words

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrumentargues the 2026 Interpretation is wrong
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional split
—

There is a better way, and it does not require starting over.

GEN convention: enthusiastic support for the objectives and a stated wish to keep the architecture, with a request to replace the Howey-based conditions. Asking for rule-text change decides, so Conditional for primary and literalist. The skeptic weighs what the ask does to entry, exit and secondary-market relief and reads a rejection of the draft's conditions.

P1Oppose
Loosen

Make the startup and fundraising exemptions available for the developer group’s offers and sales of an eligible crypto asset, without requiring the developer to conclude that those sales involve an investment contract

Replaces the covered-investment-contract frame as the condition of entry with an eligible-crypto-asset test, so the offering exemptions no longer depend on a Howey characterization. Widens what is caught by the regime's relief, so Loosen under the reach convention.

P3Conditional
Tighten split

disclosure of the development commitments themselves: the work the developer has promised to do, who will do it, the resources available for it, the principal milestones and the developer’s progress against them

Swaps the required description of promises to engage in essential managerial efforts for an enumerated list of commitments, resources, milestones and progress, and applies it to the periodic updates. A more specified item list removes issuer discretion, so Tighten for primary and literalist; the skeptic reads the removal of a legal characterization as relief. Sits on the P3 and P4 form-of-disclosure seam.

P4Conditional
Tighten

the Rule 103 disclosure (including under the startup exemption) should be filed on EDGAR on a form that identifies the developer group, the asset and the applicable reporting schedule

Asks that the startup exemption's Rule 103 disclosure be filed on EDGAR rather than only on the issuer's website, in a dated, searchable record. More than the proposal requires, so Tighten, as letters 73, 86 and 102.

P7Oppose
Loosen

The Tier 2 limit is not appropriate: Tier 2 should have no upper limit.

Asks that Tier 2 carry no offering cap, scaling disclosure and reporting to size instead. A higher ceiling is Loosen, with Question 82 as the hook.

P13Oppose
Loosen

That safe harbor should replace, not supplement, the completion-or-cessation test in proposed Rule 400(a).

Replaces the completion-or-cessation test with objective exit conditions, a secondary-market safe harbor from the first filing, reliance on the public record unless the person actually knows it is false, non-admission, and corresponding relief under the 1940 Acts and for other enumerated terms. Every element makes the exit and its protection more available, so Loosen, as letters 18, 66 and 96. The letter keeps the safe-harbor architecture and rejects the draft's test, so Oppose rather than Conditional.

P14Conditional
Loosen

The better standard is the one we recommend for the federal relief: a purchaser may rely on the public filing record unless it actually knows the record is materially false or misleading.

Asks that Rule 500 preemption turn on the public filing record rather than the issuer's actual compliance or each unit's issuance route, that qualified-purchaser treatment cover eligible secondary transactions, and that it continue after exit. Preemption reaches further, so Loosen; the stated Section 18 limits describe the law rather than narrow the ask.

P15Authority defended

The Commission should implement the secondary-market safe harbor principally through its express exemptive authority.

Answers question 26, 27, 82, 126, 127, 128, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 140, 141

↑ back to the top
114

Mark HopkinsHTML

2026-10-15 · Individual · Public comment · 2,065 words

Overall ConditionalPosture ClarifyingFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Write the rule so the people building the open alternative know they're allowed to exist.

GEN convention: accepts the framework and asks for four changes (definitions, a working safe harbor, a securities-tethered bad-actor rule and a secondary-market pathway); asking for change decides.

P1Conditional
Clarify

Put workable definitions in the rule text - covered investment contract vs. ordinary software/token creation; asset vs. contract - objective enough that a founder, counsel, and (critically) a counterparty can determine status without waiting for an enforcement action to teach them.

Asks for rule-text definitions that separate the contract from software or token creation and the asset from the contract. The proposal already attaches the securities question to the contract, so the ask changes nothing it catches: Clarify, as letter 25.

P11Conditional
Clarify

Keep bad-actor disqualification expressly limited to securities-connected misconduct on the Reg A model.

Supports the Rule 262 tether and asks the rule to say that money-transmission convictions are not automatic disqualifiers. Rule 262 as imported does not reach them, so the ask confirms how the provision operates without changing who is disqualified: Conditional and Clarify.

P13Conditional
Clarify split

Codify the September 2026 FAQ line on post-functionality work into Rule 400; add a clear evidentiary path for "essential managerial efforts have ended"; add reliance protection for third parties who act on a completed safe-harbor filing.

Asks for the staff FAQ's post-functionality line in Rule 400 itself, an evidentiary path and third-party reliance protection. Stating the release's maintenance principle in rule text is Clarify, and reliance protection is Clarify on letters 31, 61 and 96. The skeptic reads the end of developers' perpetual-promoter status as a wider exit.

P17Conditional
Loosen

Open a workstream - in this release or a paired proposal - for secondary-market and intermediary relief: a lawful pathway for OTC and P2P crypto-asset matching activity that doesn't require pretending to be a national securities exchange.

Asks for intermediary relief for OTC and peer-to-peer matching, and for rule text placing self-custody software and non-custodial tooling outside broker-dealer obligations. Exemptions for intermediaries widen what may operate without registration, so Loosen, as letter 84. P17 is not in posture.

↑ back to the top
115

Jorge Luis Quinones, Founder, Chainbolt Solutions LLCPDF

2026-10-15 · Individual · Public comment · 415 words

Overall SupportPosture As-proposedFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENSupport split
—

I support the Commission's effort to replace enforcement uncertainty with written rules.

GEN convention: supports the framework and asks that burdens stay as proposed and exit conditions stay objective, not for a change to rule text. The skeptic reads the exit-conditions request as an ask.

P3Support
as-proposed

the principles-based disclosure approach is the right call

Endorses principles-based disclosure as drafted; no change asked.

P5Support
as-proposed

I ask the Commission to resist layering audit-grade financial statements or heavy ongoing reporting onto the smallest tier.

Asks the Commission to keep the startup tier free of audit-grade statements, which is the proposal as drafted; no change asked.

P6Support
as-proposed

A $5 million, four-year window is realistic for bootstrapped builders in this industry

Supports the $5 million, four-year startup exemption at the proposed calibration; no change asked, as letters 74 and 110.

P13Support split
as-proposed split

I ask that the exit conditions stay objective and achievable for small teams without securities counsel on retainer

Calls the exit the most important part of the proposal and asks that its conditions stay objective and achievable. Asking that conditions stay as they are is support for the mechanism as drafted. The skeptic reads a request for objective standards, so Clarify, as letter 68.

P14Support
as-proposed

Preempting state registration and qualification requirements for qualifying offerings and secondary transactions is not a gift to issuers.

Supports Rule 500 preemption of registration and qualification for offerings and secondary transactions as proposed.

↑ back to the top
116

Brian P. Christie, CEO, Brainsy Inc.PDF

2026-10-15 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 4,426 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

The Commission should consider these points in the final rule's economic analysis and disclosure framework, in related work on intermediary functions, and in discussions with Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service.

GEN convention: supports the effort and asks for analysis, guidance and named disclosure items; asking for form content decides.

P2Conditional
Clarify split

Evaluate capital formation, compensatory or contributory distribution, and functional network distribution separately when considering covered transactions, noncash consideration, and material disclosure under the proposed exemptions.

Asks that capital-raising, contributor-reward and functional distributions be evaluated separately when deciding what counts as a covered transaction. Names no change in what counts toward the cap, so Clarify, as letter 84; the skeptic reads separate treatment of rewards as fewer distributions consuming it.

P3Conditional
Tighten

The Commission can also evaluate whether its principles-based disclosures should address particularly material distributions to developers and related persons, including the percentage of supply reserved, vesting or unlock schedules, how valuation assumptions are determined, and material liquidity limitations.

Suggests the principles-based disclosures name reserved supply, unlock schedules, valuation assumptions and liquidity limits for developer and related-person distributions. Named items remove issuer discretion, so Tighten, as letters 79 and 104. Thin row; it is the only in-posture row with a direction other than Clarify.

P16Benefits overstated

They nonetheless affect the Commission's evaluation of whether the proposal will produce its predicted distribution, liquidity, and capital-formation benefits.

P17Conditional
Clarify

Through related rulemaking and guidance, distinguish neutral software and rewards administration from regulated brokerage, exchange, custody, or conversion-related functions

Asks for related rulemaking and guidance separating neutral software and rewards administration from regulated intermediation. A request for a line to be drawn with no position on where, as letters 61 and 90, so Clarify. P17 is not in posture.

↑ back to the top
117

James TyleeHTML

2026-10-16 · Individual · Public comment · 562 words

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Clarity delivered through rulemaking is preferable to clarity delivered through enforcement.

GEN convention: endorses the direction and asks for standardized, machine-readable disclosure and an objective exit test; asking for change decides.

P3Conditional
Tighten

The proposal's disclosure requirements should mandate a common, structured set of fields across issuers: token supply and issuance schedule, allocation to insiders and early holders, vesting and lockup terms, and a single authoritative statement of development and functionality representations.

Asks that disclosure mandate a common set of fields instead of leaving topics to the issuer. More prescription is Tighten.

P11Support
as-proposed

Disqualification provisions should track the existing Regulation D bad-actor framework closely.

Asks that disqualification track the Regulation D bad-actor framework rather than a broader bespoke standard. The proposal's cross-reference to Rule 262 already does, and the letter asks for no confirmation, so as proposed.

P13Conditional
Loosen

Objective milestones, such as functional-network and decentralization thresholds the Commission can verify, would give issuers, secondary-market participants, and investors a bright line to plan around.

Asks that the exit rest on objective milestones, naming functional-network and decentralization thresholds the Commission can verify, without saying whether they are added to Rule 400(a) or offered instead of it. Because it names factors it is not letter 68's Clarify; such an ask is coded as a route, so the exit becomes more available: Loosen, as letters 57 and 58.

P14Support
as-proposed

Preemption of specified state registration and qualification requirements is one of the most practically valuable parts of the proposal, and I support it.

Supports preemption of state registration and qualification as proposed.

P17Conditional
Clarify

The proposal should say clearly how covered investment contracts may trade after the offering, and on what venues, rather than leaving that to companion guidance that arrives later.

Asks the final rule to say how covered investment contracts may trade after the offering and on which venues, with no position on the answer. Clarify, as letter 90. P17 is not in posture.

↑ back to the top
118

Zeyuan Li, W-Axis LabHTML

2026-10-16 · Individual · Public comment · 874 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I support the Commission's effort to create a tailored offering regime for crypto assets.

GEN convention: supports the regime and offers two recommendations that change how the efforts prong is applied and what the safe harbor requires; asking for change decides.

P3Support
as-proposed

Principles-based disclosure is the right standard for what must be communicated; verifiability should be the standard for whether the control-point claims underpinning safe-harbor eligibility are true.

Endorses principles-based disclosure for what must be communicated; no change asked to Rule 103.

P13Conditional
Tighten split

I recommend the Commission require, for safe-harbor reliance and for any cessation determination, evidence of the control-point facts described above that a third party can verify

Two asks pull opposite ways. A control-point reading of the efforts prong, under which no discretionary control after deployment weighs against investment-contract status, would make the exit more available (Loosen). Requiring third-party-verifiable evidence for safe-harbor reliance and for any cessation determination adds a condition that makes it less available (Tighten). The primary reads the first as the thesis; the literalist and skeptic read the operative requirement. Label-bearing: this is the only in-posture row.

↑ back to the top
119

Troy Murray, Chief Executive Officer, Graviton Inc., and Co-Founder, BarnBridge DAOPDF

2026-10-16 · Individual · Public comment · 10,259 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Earlier letter on this docket (letter 66, 2026-09-16).
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I ask the Commission to adopt Rule 104 as proposed with the clarifications above, to adopt targeted responses within the noticed alternatives, to keep Form TR usable, to answer Question 135 affirmatively by extending Rule 400’s treatment to the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act, and to make territorial eligibility clear.

GEN convention: accepts the framework and asks for rule-text and form changes beyond the draft; asking for change decides, as letter 66.

P3Conditional
Clarify split

For disclosure, the Commission can supplement the principles-based requirements with illustrative examples and model disclosure, while preserving the obligation to disclose other material information.

Says the Commission can add illustrative examples and model disclosure while keeping the principles-based obligation, as a targeted response to calls for reproposal. Examples that leave the obligation in place are guidance, so Clarify; the skeptic reads added prescription.

P9Support
as-proposed

The proposed exemptions would not make the securities restricted, so Rule 144(d)’s restricted-security holding period would not apply; a resale still needs an available exemption.

Defends the choice not to treat covered investment contracts as restricted securities; the Question 35 holding period is offered only as a fallback tool if the Commission decides adjustment is warranted, so as proposed.

P10Conditional
Loosen split

The Commission should provide by instruction that “United States” has its Regulation S meaning

Asks that United States carry its Regulation S meaning, territories included, for the personnel, assets and administration provisos of Rule 300(b)(1) and any nexus condition added under Questions 50 and 85. Framed as a definition, but if granted it lets officers and assets in the territories count, admitting issuers a narrow reading excludes: Loosen under the reach tie-break. The literalist reads a definitional instruction, so Clarify.

P11Conditional
Clarify split

Adopt Rule 104(a) and (b) as proposed, without adding a rehabilitation finding, payment proof, or other discretionary condition, and confirm by instruction or in the adopting release that

Supports the pre-effective-date proviso as drafted, asks for three confirmations of how it operates and a public check box and locator for Rule 104(b) matters. A confirmation of operation is Conditional and Clarify, as letter 66; the skeptic reads the retained transition as access for a wider class.

P13Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should also consider a defined period after which a Form TR filed in good faith, with complete and accurate disclosure of material facts and the supporting analysis the form requires, cannot be reopened solely because the Commission later changes its interpretation of the requirements governing the completed transition.

Keeps Form TR effective on filing, declines an objection window, and asks for a finality period, reliance protection keyed to the relying person, non-admission, the functionality principle in rule text and extension to the Investment Company and Advisers Acts. The finality period, reliance exemption, non-admission and the 1940 Acts extension make the exit more available, so Loosen, as letters 50, 66 and 70.

P15Authority defended

Section 28 permits class-based relief, subject to its public-interest and investor-protection standards

Answers question 29, 30, 35, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 50, 81, 85, 132, 134, 135 · Opposes alternative 4

↑ back to the top
120

Alexandre Kech, CEO, Global Legal Entity Identifier Foundation (GLEIF)PDF

2026-10-16 · Other institutional · Public comment · 1,999 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

GLEIF recommends that the LEI be included as a required identifier for crypto asset issuers in the new EDGAR collections forms

GEN convention: works within the proposal and asks for a required identifier on seven forms; asking for a form-content change decides.

P4Conditional
Tighten

Requiring the LEI for regulatory reporting is essential to eliminate data ambiguity, ensure high quality, and improve systemic risk monitoring

Asks that a Legal Entity Identifier be a required field on Forms ID, 1-CRYPTO, 1-KC, 1-SC, 1-UC, TR and NOR. A structured-data requirement on the EDGAR filings is more than the proposal requires, so Tighten, as letters 22 and 61. Element mapping is open: the ask could sit in P3 as form content.

↑ back to the top
121

Paul H. Jossey, Principal Attorney, Jossey PLLCPDF

2026-10-16 · Legal practitioner or law firm · Public comment · 10,222 words

Overall MixedPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Overall, I support the proposal and the March 2026 Commission interpretation that preceded it.

GEN convention: supports the proposal and asks for changes to the limits, the investment limitation, the indexing and the currency condition; asking for change decides.

P2Conditional
Loosen

Question 54 notes that tokens issued for services may also count and asks whether the definition is too broad. It is.

Answers Question 54: the definition of covered transactions is too broad because tokens paid for services consume the offering allowance. Keeping compensation out of the count narrows what is caught, so Conditional and Loosen, as letters 30 and 59.

P3Support
as-proposed

Rule 103 is the best-drafted provision in the Release and should be adopted as proposed.

Adopts principles-based Rule 103 as proposed and declines prescriptive line items.

P4Support
as-proposed

The annual website approach should stay, as the Commission itself suggests it may extend that approach to other exemptions.

Keeps the website-based disclosure and its annual update, and declines EDGAR filing of the Rule 200(d) disclosure and more frequent amendments (Questions 65 to 69). First P4 Support with as-proposed.

P5Support
as-proposed

Questions 110 and 111 ask whether to require review or audit for Tier 1 and whether to require PCAOB-registered auditors. Neither.

Declines Tier 1 review or audit and PCAOB-registered auditors, keeping the proposal's assurance levels.

P6Oppose
Loosen

Eliminate the offering limit in Rule 200(b)(4)

Rejects the $5 million startup cap and, if a cap stays, asks for $20 million indexed and removal of the one-time-use condition. A higher or removed ceiling is Loosen; he endorses the $10 million alternative's direction (Alternative 6).

P7Oppose
Loosen

Tier 1 should rise to $75 million and Tier 2 to $250 million, both indexed, or at least to the $150 million Tier 2 figure the Commission considered.

Rejects the Tier 1 and Tier 2 caps in favor of none, or $75 million and $250 million indexed. Higher ceilings are Loosen (Alternative 9).

P8Oppose
Loosen

Delete Rule 300(c)(2)(i)(C) and (D) and add no limit to Rule 200.

Deletes the 10 percent investment limitation and the representation standard; if a limit survives, Tier 2 only with a flat indexed amount and no verification. Removal is Loosen.

P9Support
as-proposed

Question 35 asks whether to impose a mandatory holding period on insiders. It should not.

Declines a mandatory insider holding period and keeps the disclosure-only treatment; as proposed.

P10Support
as-proposed

Questions 49 and 50 ask whether to limit Rule 200 to entities or to issuers with a U.S. nexus. It should not.

Declines the entity-only and U.S.-nexus alternatives, keeping Rule 200 as drafted; as letters 66 and 112.

P11Conditional
Loosen split

The Commission should act on complete waiver applications within 45 days and should publish grants.

Accepts the Rule 262 cross-reference and asks for a 45-day clock on complete waiver applications and published grants. A deadline makes relief from disqualification more available, so Loosen for primary and skeptic; the literalist reads a process commitment that leaves who is disqualified unchanged, so Clarify.

P12Conditional
Loosen

Tier 1 issuers should file the annual Form 1-KC. The semiannual and current reports should be optional.

Rejects the link between Tier 1 preemption and Tier 1 reporting and keeps only the annual Form 1-KC, with semiannual and current reports optional. Less reporting than the proposal requires, so Conditional and Loosen, as letter 101.

P13Support
as-proposed

Questions 127 and 133 ask whether to add conditions to the Rule 400 safe harbor or to limit it to issuers that fulfilled, rather than permanently ceased, managerial efforts. Again no.

Declines added conditions and a fulfillment-only limit on the safe harbor; as proposed.

P14Conditional
Loosen

Question 142 rightly asks whether to condition preemption on the issuer being “subject to (and not necessarily current with respect to)” its obligations.

Asks that Rule 500 be adopted without narrowing, and that secondary preemption turn on the issuer's status rather than its currency, with notice filings limited to the Commission filing and no state conditions on their content. Each reaches further than the proposal, so Conditional and Loosen.

P15Authority defended

Citing Lindeen v. SEC, the Commission has acknowledged its authority over qualified-purchaser criteria and should exercise it.

P16Baseline unreliable

It also relies on one of two inconsistent averages for the same dataset, $7.4 million at page 203 against $11.2 million at page 204.

P17Conditional
Loosen split

Each April 1, the limits and affiliate sub-limits should adjust automatically, without further Commission action, by the prior calendar year’s change in the CPI-U, rounded to the nearest $100,000 and never downward.

Asks that Rule 102's inflation adjustment be self-executing, with a stated series, date and rounding and never downward, and that the adopting release state that the regulation imposes no customer-identification, transaction-monitoring or recordkeeping duties. The primary and skeptic read limits that only rise, so Loosen; the literalist reads the specification of mechanics and a confirmation, so Clarify. P17 is not in posture.

Answers question 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 35, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 49, 50, 53, 54, 55, 63, 65, 67, 68, 69, 80, 82, 83, 84, 110, 111, 117, 127, 133, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 152 · Endorses alternative 6, 9 · Opposes alternative 1, 2, 3, 12

↑ back to the top
122

Michael J. Canning, Principal, LXR GroupPDF

2026-10-16 · Individual · Public comment · 2,247 words

Overall OpposePosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENOppose
—

The Commission should withdraw this proposal and develop an approach grounded in investor outcomes and lasting economic value.

GEN convention: the opening thesis is that the proposal should be withdrawn, so Oppose.

P3Conditional
Tighten split

The Commission should justify that choice by reference to investors’ information needs.

Questions Item 13's financial-condition discussion modeled on Regulation Crowdfunding in place of Form 1-A's full MD&A (Questions 101 and 102), arguing that early-stage uncertainty makes a thorough explanation no less important. Primary and skeptic read a preference for the fuller discussion, so Tighten; the literalist reads a request for justification only, so Clarify.

P7Oppose
Tighten

In response to Request for Comment 75, LXR unequivocally opposes using Regulation A as the model for the proposed fundraising exemption.

Rejects the Regulation A model for the fundraising exemption and cites its investor-return record as a warning. Rejecting the exemption's basis is a tighter regime, so Tighten.

P14Oppose
Tighten

LXR recommends that the Commission reject Rule 500 as proposed.

Asks to preserve state review for startup and Tier 1 offerings and to justify any Tier 2 or secondary preemption separately, as letters 14 and 51. Less preemption is Tighten.

P15Procedural objection

The Commission should undertake further analysis and repropose a framework that addresses these deficiencies.

P16Benefits overstated; Costs understated

Lower issuer expenses do not establish a net public benefit if investors bear greater costs in evaluating offerings, monitoring promoters, or obtaining redress.

Answers question 75, 101, 102, 151, 153

↑ back to the top
123

Chainalysis Inc.PDF

2026-10-16 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 3,607 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

The framework gets the topics right but does not go far enough on how issuer claims should be verified or what compliance infrastructure issuers should describe.

GEN convention: accepts Rule 103's topics and the Form TR filing and asks for added disclosure, address schedules and reporting triggers. Asking for rule-text change decides, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Clarify split

Both definitions should explicitly include layer-2 solutions, cross-chain deployments, multi-contract systems, upgradeability proxies, and off-chain components that interact with on-chain logic.

Asks that the definitions of associated crypto network and application name layer-2, cross-chain and multi-contract deployments (Questions 4 and 8) and supports the related-person definition (Question 11). Primary and literalist read definitional work with no change in what is caught, as letter 82; the skeptic reads a wider network definition as more the issuer must answer for, so Tighten.

P2Conditional
Clarify split

The Commission should distinguish community participation airdrops from investor allocation airdrops for offering limit purposes.

Asks that community-participation and investor-allocation airdrops be treated in proportion to their risk for offering-limit purposes, naming criteria but no exclusion (Question 46). Clarify, as letter 116; the skeptic reads proportionate treatment as fewer distributions counting against the cap.

P3Conditional
Tighten

We recommend adding Rule 103(b)(11) to require disclosure of transaction monitoring and counterparty screening infrastructure.

Asks that each Rule 103(b) topic specify the on-chain metrics issuers provide, and adds an item on AML and sanctions screening and on the quality of analytics tools (Questions 26 to 28). More prescription is Tighten.

P4Conditional
Tighten

Address disclosures should be filed on EDGAR in structured format to enable verification.

Asks that address schedules be filed on EDGAR in structured form, with confidential treatment available for selling securityholders' schedules. A structured-data filing requirement on EDGAR is Tighten, as letters 22, 61 and 120.

P9Conditional
Tighten

Rule 103(b)(4) should require disclosure of addresses controlled by related persons.

Asks that related persons and selling securityholders disclose the addresses they control, and that disclosure say whether lockups are enforced in code, by monitoring or by contract only; no position on a holding period (Questions 34, 35 and 81). Disclosure only, but more than the proposal requires, so Tighten, as letters 50, 54 and 85.

P12Conditional
Tighten

Form 1-UC should be amended to add these crypto-specific triggering events.

Adds protocol upgrades, hard forks, governance-concentration shifts, exploits and bridge failures to the Form 1-UC triggers (Question 116), and on-chain performance indicators to Forms 1-KC and 1-SC (Question 78). More reporting is Tighten, as letters 14 and 81.

P13Conditional
Tighten

That supporting analysis should include objective, verifiable on-chain evidence demonstrating that the associated network operates independently, governance is decentralized, and development activity is no longer concentrated in the issuer.

Supports the Form TR filing and its supporting analysis (Questions 128 to 130) and asks that the analysis include on-chain evidence in five categories, its evidentiary basis, and negative indicators such as retained administrative privileges. It names no thresholds, but a required evidentiary schedule changes what the exit filing must show, so Tighten, as letters 39 and 102. Unlike letter 60, it does not say the schedule leaves Rule 400(a) unchanged.

Answers question 4, 8, 11, 26, 27, 28, 34, 35, 46, 78, 81, 116, 128, 129, 130, 145

↑ back to the top
124

Rose-Ivy J. Dunderdale, Founder, Owner, Dunderdale Holdings LLCHTML

2026-10-16 · Crypto intermediary · Public comment · 641 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Dunderdale supports the Commission's effort to replace state-by-state friction with a coherent federal framework

GEN convention: supports Rule 500 and the federal framework and asks for a change to its dealer carve-out, so Conditional.

P14Conditional
Loosen

to extend preemption to secondary transactions by registered dealers where the issuer satisfies comparable currency-of-disclosure conditions

Extends Rule 500 preemption to secondary transactions by registered dealers, which the rule as drafted excludes, the same Loosen as letters 50 and 61. Its fallback, and its request for guidance on venues under the Innovation Exemption, ask how State registration applies rather than change it.

↑ back to the top
125

John Reed Stark Esq., John Reed Stark Consulting LLC; Lee Reiners, Duke Financial Economics CenterPDF

2026-10-16 · Academic researcher - law · Public comment · 33,994 words · 2 signatories

Overall OpposePosture TighteningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Crypto Task Force written input (roundtable statements, 2025-03-21).argues the 2026 Interpretation is wrongengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENOppose
—

We urge the Commission to withdraw the Proposal in its entirety.

GEN convention: the opening thesis and the close are that the proposal should be withdrawn, so Oppose.

P4Oppose
Tighten

Require startup disclosures to be filed on EDGAR.

Answers Question 65: startup-exemption disclosure should be filed on EDGAR rather than posted only on the issuer's website. Moving the record to EDGAR is Tighten, as letters 14 and 113.

P5Oppose
Tighten

Require audited financial statements for both tiers of the fundraising exemption and require at least reviewed financial statements for the startup exemption.

Adds audited statements for Tier 1 and reviewed statements for the startup exemption, where the proposal requires neither (Questions 104 and 110). More assurance is Tighten, as letters 49 and 51.

P6Oppose
Tighten

No major federal capital-raising exemption combines what the startup exemption combines

Answers Question 43 that the startup exemption should not be adopted, and otherwise asks for a lower limit tied to what token projects have raised (Question 53). Rejecting the exemption in favor of existing exemptions is Tighten, as letters 10 and 98.

P7Oppose
Tighten

Lower the limits and tie them to evidence.

Answers Question 75 that the fundraising exemption should not be adopted and, if it is, asks for lower offering limits tied to what token projects have raised (Question 82). Rejecting the exemption and lowering its ceiling are Tighten, as letters 98 and 122.

P8Oppose
Tighten

Congress answered it in 2012: the crowdfunding statute makes income- and net-worth-scaled limits mandatory.

Answers Question 55 that startup-exemption purchasers should face investment limits scaled to income and net worth, where the proposal has none, and argues the fundraising exemption's 10 percent limit applies only in the offering. Adding a per-investor limit is Tighten, as letter 14.

P9Oppose
Tighten

Require that related persons, and investors who acquired tokens from the issuer at a discount before the public offering, hold those tokens for at least one year or until the issuer has fulfilled its promised essential managerial efforts, whichever is later.

Answers Question 35 with a mandatory holding period for related persons and discounted early investors, and asks that tokens sold under either exemption be restricted securities for a period. Adds resale restrictions where the proposal has none, so Tighten, as letters 14 and 98.

P10Oppose
Tighten

Limit the startup exemption to entities formed or incorporated in the United States, and exclude natural persons and informal groups.

Answers Question 49 by confining startup-exemption eligibility to entities formed in the United States. Conditioning entry narrows who may use the regime, so Tighten under the scope convention, as letter 14.

P11Oppose
Tighten

Apply the disqualification provisions to bad-actor events that occurred before the rule’s effective date

Answers Questions 38 to 41: disqualification should reach events, and Section 12(j) revocation orders, that predate the rule. Widening who is disqualified is Tighten, as letter 98.

P13Oppose
Tighten

Require staff review of every Form TR and a waiting period during which the Commission may object

Answers Question 124 that Rule 400 should not be adopted and, if it is, asks to keep the supporting analysis, add staff review and an objection period, replace the issuer-defined standard with objective criteria of functionality and absence of control, limit the safe harbor to issuers that fulfilled their promises, and not extend it to the Investment Company Act and Advisers Act (Questions 130, 131, 133 and 135). Each makes the exit less available, so Tighten, as letters 51 and 86.

P14Oppose
Tighten

If Rule 500 is adopted in any form, limit preemption to Tier 2 fundraising offerings, as in Regulation A and as Question 144 asks; exclude the startup exemption and Tier 1; and do not extend preemption to secondary-market transactions.

Answers Question 136 that Rule 500 should not be adopted and otherwise confines preemption to Tier 2 primary offerings (Questions 138 to 144). Less preemption is Tighten, as letters 14, 51 and 122.

P15Authority challenged; Defer to Congress; Procedural objection

If a tailored crypto offering regime is sound policy, the choice belongs to Congress, which has taken up that question repeatedly and has not enacted the answer the Proposal would impose.

P16Benefits overstated; Costs understated

It never estimates investor losses at all.

Answers question 35, 38, 39, 40, 41, 43, 45, 49, 53, 55, 65, 75, 82, 104, 110, 124, 130, 131, 133, 135, 136, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144 · Endorses alternative 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, 11, 12, 13

↑ back to the top
126

S.E. Brannon, Administrator, Action Committee for Crypto Clarity within the United States (“ACFCC”)PDF

2026-10-16 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 1,372 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer S7-2026-09 comment, 2026-03-30.
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We support the proposal and the Commission’s decision to replace regulation by enforcement with measurable conditions that issuers can test themselves against before an offering.

GEN convention: states support and then makes seven recommendations, several of them rule-text changes, so Conditional; a warm opening does not make a letter Support.

P1Conditional
Loosen split

A digital tool used within a system should not be treated as subject to an investment contract merely because a different asset in the same system is, or was, subject to a covered investment contract.

Asks the Commission to confirm that the exemptions and the safe harbor operate asset by asset, so that a digital tool is not drawn in by a fungible token in the same system, and asks for guidance on rewards tied to digital tools. If granted, the confirmation keeps a class of assets outside the regime, so Loosen under the reach tie-break, as letter 99; the literalist reads a confirmation, Clarify.

P6Conditional
Loosen

raise the startup exemption limit to at least $15 million

Asks that the startup limit rise to at least $15 million, or that an issuer move to Tier 1 of the fundraising exemption without restarting its disclosure obligations. Both widen capacity, so Loosen, as letter 78.

P13Conditional
Loosen

we recommend that the final rule allows the safe harbor certification to be filed at or shortly after launch

Stating the release's post-functionality view in Rule 400 is Clarify on its own, since the release already says it. The other asks reach further: the same treatment when an independent service provider performs the services, an independent administrator that does not assume essential managerial efforts, third-party-funded buyback-and-burn programs that do not by themselves defeat the safe harbor, and a certification filed at launch that becomes final after a defined period unless staff object. Each makes the exit more available, so Loosen, as letters 100 and 119.

↑ back to the top
Overall ConditionalPosture n-aFrame non-specific

This letter’s wording is not reproduced on this page. The coding stands and is counted in every tally above; the passages behind it are in the document itself — read it on sec.gov.

ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

GEN convention: asks for safe-harbor protection and differentiated treatment of charity-directed tokens in the final framework, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen

Asks that tokens routing transaction fees to registered charities be distinguished from capital-raising tokens and weighed against investment-contract status. If granted, a class of tokens sits outside the regime, so Loosen under the reach tie-break.

↑ back to the top
128

AnonymousHTML

2026-10-17 · Individual · Public comment · 564 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I support Regulation Crypto Assets and ask for one change

GEN convention: supports the proposal and asks for one rule-text change, so Conditional.

P7Conditional
Loosen

Replace the fixed-price requirement with a disclosed-mechanism requirement.

Replaces Rule 300(c)(3)(ii)'s fixed-price requirement with a disclosed pricing mechanism whose rules are published before the sale and which enforces the proceeds cap in code. Widens how fundraising-exemption offerings may be priced, so Loosen, as letters 70 and 77.

Answers question 91, 92, 93

↑ back to the top
129

Dr. Joel Hillier, Founder and CEO, Certisyn, Inc.PDF

2026-10-17 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 3,434 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Certisyn recommends that the Commission describe a Published Disclosure Record

GEN convention: works within the proposal and asks for a Form NOR field and a Form TR coverage statement, so Conditional.

P3Conditional
Clarify split

Certisyn asks for the lightest instrument that reaches each result, and for no change to the principles-based structure of Rule 103.

Asks for non-exclusive examples or adopting-release guidance describing an artifact inventory, digests, third-party time-stamps and a method binding published code to deployed code as responsive to Rule 103(b)(6) and (b)(7) (Questions 27 to 30). Non-exclusive examples add no required item, so Clarify, as letter 65; the skeptic reads the named elements as prescription, Tighten.

P4Conditional
Tighten

file the digest, and leave the document where the rule already puts it.

Answers Question 65 with one Form NOR field carrying a digest and a third-party time-stamp of the website disclosure, each annual amendment kept as a dated version (Questions 66 to 68), in place of the EDGAR filing the question contemplates. A new filing field is still more than the proposal requires, so Tighten, as letters 79 and 84.

P13Conditional
Clarify split

The coverage statement supplies one without altering the condition, because it fixes what the issuer examined before the Commission weighs what the issuer concluded.

Asks that the Form TR analysis carry a coverage statement (the representations disclosed, the number examined, those not examined with reasons, and a not-determined class) and keeps the analysis requirement (Questions 128 and 130 to 132). The letter states that the statement does not alter the Rule 400(a) condition, so primary and literalist credit the stated effect, Clarify, as letter 60; the skeptic reads a required coverage schedule, Tighten.

Answers question 27, 28, 29, 30, 32, 65, 66, 67, 68, 128, 130, 131, 132

↑ back to the top
130

Pavel Cherkashin, Independent ResearcherPDF

2026-10-18 · Individual · Public comment · 1,162 words

Overall ConditionalPosture ClarifyingFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional split
—

I propose that the Commission consider the potential value of open, reproducible, simulation-first research in evaluating disclosure, operational risk, and compliance questions raised by the proposed Regulation Crypto Assets.

GEN convention: works within the proposal and asks the adopting release and staff to take up simulation evidence; primary and skeptic read a request for change, as letter 65. The literalist reads no change to rule text asked, Support.

P1Conditional
Clarify

whether guidance or illustrative examples could clarify the factual distinction between genuinely isolated synthetic testing and actual offers or sales

Asks for guidance separating isolated synthetic testing from actual offers or sales, and states that it seeks no blanket exemption and no change to the definition of security. Definitional, with no change in what is caught, so Clarify.

P3Conditional
Clarify

whether open, machine-readable reporting of assumptions, code versions, and test results could complement principles-based disclosures without creating a mandatory technical standard

Asks whether reproducible simulation records could complement principles-based disclosure, expressly without a mandatory standard. A voluntary complement adds no required item, so Clarify, as letter 65.

↑ back to the top
131

Yaya J. Fanusie, Global Head of Policy, Aleo Network FoundationPDF

2026-10-18 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 2,003 words

Overall ConditionalPosture ClarifyingFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional split
—

The Foundation submits these comments not to contest the framework but to identify a single interpretive gap

GEN convention: supports the proposal and asks the adopting release to confirm how two disclosure items and the Form TR analysis apply to privacy-preserving networks; primary and skeptic read a request for change, as letter 76. The literalist applies the letter's statement that no rule-text amendment is sought, Support.

P3Conditional
Clarify split

does not require public on-chain legibility as a condition of compliance.

Asks the adopting release to confirm that Rule 103(b)(7)'s verification and related-person holdings items are met on privacy-preserving networks by describing zero-knowledge selective disclosure and by issuer attestation, with no rule-text change (Questions 27, 28, 30 and 32). Confirming how an item is met is Clarify; the skeptic reads holdings that investors cannot check on-chain as less required, Loosen.

P13Conditional
Clarify split

confirm that off-chain attestations and cryptographic proofs are sufficient to establish network decentralization where on-chain metrics are not publicly visible.

Asks for guidance on what evidence satisfies the Form TR analysis on privacy-preserving networks (Question 127). What evidence counts, without changing who may exit, is Clarify, as letter 23; the skeptic reads accepting evidence the public cannot check as an easier exit, Loosen.

Answers question 27, 28, 30, 32, 127

↑ back to the top
132

Sayuri Ganesarajah, Head of Legal and Compliance, Hivemind Capital PartnersPDF

2026-10-19 · Traditional financial institution or market infrastructure · Public comment · 535 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We are in support of the safe harbor.

GEN convention: supports Rule 400 and asks that it apply under the Investment Company Act and Advisers Act, a rule-text change, so Conditional.

P13Conditional
Loosen

We recommend that Rule 400 apply equally under the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act.

Answers Question 135 in favor: extending Rule 400 to the Investment Company Act and Advisers Act definitions widens what the exit reaches, so Loosen, as letters 18 and 66. Guidance for advisers is the fallback.

Answers question 135

↑ back to the top
133

Certified Kernel Tech LLCPDF

2026-10-19 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 3,384 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

CertiK supports the principles-based approach.

GEN convention: supports Rule 103(b)(6) and the safe harbor and attaches proposed rule text, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Clarify split

clarify that a crypto asset may have more than one associated crypto network

Asks the Commission to say that a crypto asset may have more than one associated network, for multichain, layer-2 and bridged assets (Questions 4 and 8). Definitional, as letters 82 and 123; the skeptic reads a wider network definition as more the issuer must answer for, Tighten, as in letter 123.

P3Conditional
Tighten

require issuers to identify, as part of the Rule 103(b)(3) or (b)(6) disclosure, each blockchain deployment and issuer-authorized bridge or wrapped representation of the subject crypto asset

Proposes a rule-text instruction listing responsive security disclosure under Rule 103(b)(6), requires each blockchain deployment and bridge to be identified, and asks for specific rather than boilerplate security risk factors (Questions 27 to 30 and 36). Named items and a new required identification are more prescription, so Tighten, as letters 81 and 82.

P4Conditional
Tighten

or at least a cryptographic hash of each version, be filed on EDGAR, and that prior versions remain accessible.

Answers Question 65: startup-exemption disclosure, or at least a hash of each version, should be filed on EDGAR with prior versions kept accessible. Adds a filing requirement, so Tighten, as letters 73 and 84.

P5Conditional
Clarify

Issuers and investors should not treat one as a substitute for the other.

Answers Question 107: audit guidance for crypto assets should distinguish a financial statement audit from a technical security assessment. No change to the assurance the proposal requires, so Clarify, as letter 21.

P12Conditional
Tighten

The Commission should add a Form 1-UC item requiring a current report upon:

Adds a Form 1-UC item for material security incidents and changes to privileged controls, due in four business days (Question 116), an event-driven amendment under the startup exemption (Question 68) and security updates in Form 1-SC (Question 118). More reporting is Tighten, as letters 14, 81 and 123.

P13Conditional
Tighten split

should include an inventory of the privileged roles that existed under the covered investment contract and how each was resolved

Two asks pull opposite ways. A required Form TR inventory of privileged roles and how each was resolved, with the code's security posture at transition (Questions 130 and 133), changes what the exit filing must show, Tighten, as letters 70 and 81; the control indicators are offered as non-exclusive evidence. A disclosed emergency pause function and third-party security services that do not, standing alone, count as essential managerial efforts let an issuer exit with a power retained, which the skeptic weighs as Loosen.

P16Costs understated

The economic analysis does not quantify investor losses from security failures

Answers question 4, 8, 27, 28, 29, 30, 35, 36, 65, 68, 107, 116, 118, 127, 130, 131, 132, 133, 150, 154

↑ back to the top
134

Brad Bourque, Senior Counsel, Hyperliquid Policy Center; Jake Chervinsky, Chief Executive Officer, Hyperliquid Policy CenterPDF

2026-10-19 · Trade association or advocacy - industry · Public comment · 5,379 words · 2 signatories

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We generally support the Proposal and urge its prompt adoption.

GEN convention: supports prompt adoption with five recommended changes, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen

regardless of whether such assets were initially offered and sold subject to a covered investment contract

Asks rule text to confirm that secondary transactions in non-security crypto assets are not securities transactions, and that dispersed holders, validators, delegators and contributors are not a group or central party by reason of aggregate holdings or ordinary participation. Each removes conduct or actors from what is caught, so Loosen under the reach tie-break, as letter 19.

P2Conditional
Loosen

codify the Interpretation’s airdrop guidance through rule text in Regulation Crypto Assets

Asks rule text to codify the 2026 Interpretation's airdrop analysis and extend it to announced, recurring and programmatic airdrops earned by the recipient's own contributions, with ministerial and compliance steps not counted as consideration. Fewer distributions are covered transactions, so Loosen, as letters 1 and 47.

P13Conditional
Loosen

make clear in rule text that the filing of a Form TR or reliance on Rule 400 is not an admission

Asks for a no-admission provision and an alternative certification that the asset was never subject to an investment contract (Question 134), certification without a public supporting analysis (Question 130), protection while essential managerial efforts are ongoing, and rule text that programmatic buybacks are not a promise of such efforts whether or not there is a central party, which reaches further than staff FAQ 2.5. Each makes the exit more available, so Loosen, as letters 47, 59 and 92.

P14Conditional
Loosen

we recommend that the Commission allow issuers that have satisfied the conditions of the safe harbor to elect via Form TR to either (i) opt out of reporting obligations under the Federal securities laws, or (ii) opt into a modified continued reporting obligation.

Supports secondary-market preemption (Questions 138 to 142) and asks that it continue after an asset exits under Rule 400 for issuers that elect an annual certification. Preemption that does not lapse at exit is Loosen, as letters 77 and 90.

P17Conditional
Loosen

the Commission should consider exercising its authority under Section 36 of the Exchange Act to exempt persons that facilitate secondary transactions

Asks the Commission to use Section 36 to exempt persons that facilitate secondary transactions, and transactions on qualifying onchain protocols, from the exchange, broker, dealer and clearing agency definitions. Intermediary relief is Loosen, as letters 84 and 114.

Answers question 130, 132, 134, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142

↑ back to the top
135

Evelyse Carvalho RibasPDF

2026-10-19 · Legal practitioner or law firm · Public comment · 3,283 words

Overall ConditionalPosture n-aFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Earlier letter on this docket (letter 82, 2026-09-29).
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

It asks that the question be answered in the rule rather than inferred from a condition.

GEN convention: takes no position on policy and asks that the definition of crypto asset say whether permissioned and private ledgers are included, a rule-text matter, so Conditional, as her letter 82.

P1Conditional
Clarify

If permissioned-ledger instruments are inside the proposed definition, institutions can plan on that.

Repeats letter 82's ask, now set beside the File No. 4-927 order's public, permissionless ledger condition: say whether distributed ledger in the definition of crypto asset includes permissioned and private ledgers, with no view on the answer. A question that names no change in reach is Clarify, as letter 82.

Answers question 4, 8

↑ back to the top
136

Jason Meyers, Lead Architect, Auditchain Labs AGPDF

2026-10-19 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 21,652 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Because the Proposal relies on disclosure to protect investors, our central recommendation is simple: every Reg CA disclosure should be machine-readable.

GEN convention: answers Question 26 that Rule 103 should be adopted with a change in form, and asks for structured data, new form items and a new Form 1-SU, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen

We recommend that a covered investment contract be permitted to include, in addition to the subject crypto asset, a non-security asset that is necessary to operate, validate or otherwise participate in the associated crypto network

Asks that a covered investment contract may include a functional asset, such as a node software license, with the whole unit eligible for the exemptions (Questions 6, 7 and 19), and that associated crypto application reach off-chain node software. Widens what may use the regime, so Loosen under the scope convention.

P3Conditional
Tighten

Require every Reg CA disclosure to be submitted as structured data in XBRL, with Inline XBRL for the document people read, under one taxonomy published by the Commission

Keeps Rule 103's principles as to content but prescribes form: every item in XBRL, an omission register, each risk factor and related person as its own row, tables that must add up, and new items (token and entity identifiers, communication channels, a smart-contract deployment register, governance parameters, reward allocation). More prescription is Tighten, as letters 23 and 133.

P4Conditional
Tighten

Make the startup disclosure an official form, Form 1-SU, filed with the Commission and posted on the issuer

Asks that the startup disclosure be filed on EDGAR as Form 1-SU (Question 65), each filing carry a cryptographic proof recorded on a public blockchain, and the LEI appear on the forms. An EDGAR filing where the proposal requires website posting is Tighten, as letters 22, 61 and 120.

P5Conditional
Clarify

Alternatives should supplement financial statements, not replace them.

Keeps the financial-statement requirements, asks for accounting guidance on revenue recognition, tokens issued for services and placement fees (Question 106), and offers network measures as a supplement. No change to the assurance required, so Clarify, as letters 21 and 133.

P9Conditional
Tighten

We therefore recommend that related persons be restricted from transferring the subject crypto asset at least until the issuer files Form TR

Answers Question 35 with a related-person transfer restriction lasting at least until Form TR, released on a disclosed milestone schedule. A holding condition the proposal does not impose is Tighten.

P10Conditional
Clarify

Rather than leave the item blank, the form should let the issuer state the legal form of each entity that comprises it

Answers Questions 60 and 61 with coded form fields for an issuer with no jurisdiction of formation and an address for service where there is no principal office. Accommodates such issuers on the forms without changing who may use the regime, so Clarify, as letter 79.

P12Conditional
Tighten

Form 1-UC should keep its issuer events and add five events focused on the associated crypto network or application

Adds five network events to Form 1-UC (Question 116) and four-business-day amendments of the startup disclosure on the same events (Questions 68 and 69), and keeps Form 1-KC (Question 119). More reporting is Tighten, as letters 73, 81 and 133.

P13Conditional
Tighten

Require the analysis. A certification without analysis cannot be evaluated.

Asks that Form TR certify each promised effort against the promise as first made, with deployment transaction identifiers, the disposition of every administrative right and a promise-by-promise analysis (Questions 62, 70, 71, 74 and 130). A required evidentiary schedule changes what the exit requires, so Tighten, as letters 102, 112 and 133.

P14Conditional
Clarify

whether an issuer is current becomes a question that a broker-dealer, trading platform or purchaser can answer automatically at the time of a transaction

Answers Questions 141 to 143: structured EDGAR filings would let secondary participants determine whether an issuer is current. No change to what preemption covers, so Clarify, as letter 35.

P17Conditional
Clarify split

We ask for one definition across the rule and the forms, and for a published, machine-readable list of the holidays that count

Asks Rule 100 to define business day and cash consistently (Question 3) and conversion facts to be disclosed (Question 9). Definitional, so Clarify; the skeptic reads the request for a required fair-value standard under U.S. GAAP (Question 10) as Tighten.

Answers question 3, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 17, 19, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 48, 56, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 88, 89, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 113, 116, 117, 118, 119, 121, 122, 123, 128, 129, 130, 141, 142, 143, 150

↑ back to the top
137

Blaine Casey, Organizer, MicroAi DAO (Wyoming DAO LLC)HTML

2026-10-19 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 856 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional split
—

This proposal is the closest the Commission has come to building the door. Please finish it.

GEN convention: supports the proposal and asks for adopting-release confirmations, a worked example and an interim forbearance statement; primary and skeptic read requests for change, as letter 130. The literalist reads no change to rule text asked, Support.

P1Conditional
Loosen split

confirm in the adopting release that governance tokens functioning solely as an immutable record of organizational decisions

Asks the Commission to confirm that governance tokens issued to software agents as votes, with no sale and no profit expectation, are not investment contracts. If granted, a class of tokens sits outside the regime, so Loosen under the reach tie-break; the literalist reads a confirmation, Clarify, as letter 99.

P6Support
as-proposed

Second, the startup exemption is sized right, and the U.S.-nexus test points the right way.

Endorses the startup exemption's $5 million over four years, Form NOR and no audited financials as drafted; no change asked.

P10Conditional
Clarify split

Please confirm in the adopting release that a DAO LLC formed under a state DAO statute qualifies as a domestic issuer.

Supports the eligibility test and asks the adopting release to confirm that a DAO LLC formed under a state statute is a domestic issuer. Resolves an ambiguity without changing who may use the regime, so Clarify, as letter 79; the skeptic reads it as admitting a contested structure, Loosen.

P13Conditional
Loosen

A statement that good-faith compliance with the proposed certification framework will weigh against enforcement action during the interim

Asks for a worked example of agent-operated governance under the essential managerial efforts test, which names no factor (Clarify, as letter 68), and for a statement that good-faith compliance with the certification framework weighs against enforcement in the interim. The interim protection makes the exit more available, so Loosen, as letter 100.

↑ back to the top
138

Michael Goodwin, Chief Financial and Operating Officer, SQE Holdings LLCPDF

2026-10-19 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 491 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We comment on one element of the proposal only: the required disclosure on security and source code.

GEN convention: asks that the final rule or accompanying guidance extend the security disclosure to key management, so Conditional.

P3Conditional
Tighten split

state expressly that the security disclosure covers key management

Asks that the security disclosure state that it covers key management and describe four matters: which keys control what, rotation and revocation, the effect of a compromise, and cryptographic dependence. Named required content is more prescription, Tighten, as letter 133; the literalist reads the guidance route and the letter's own principles-based framing as Clarify, as letter 131.

↑ back to the top
139

Jiří Król, Deputy CEO, Global Head of Government Affairs, AIMAPDF

2026-10-19 · Trade association or advocacy - industry · Public comment · 3,101 words

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Crypto Task Force written input (March 25, 2025).engages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We support a proportionate framework that facilitates capital formation, distinguishes a crypto asset from the investment contract through which it is offered or sold, and provides investors with reliable information

GEN convention: supports the framework and asks for amendments to Rule 400, Rule 300(b)(1), Form 1-CRYPTO and the Tier 2 ceiling, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen split

The final rules should confirm that customary investor rights alone do not make a fund or adviser an issuer, statutory underwriter or provider of essential managerial efforts.

Asks the final rules to confirm that governance voting, board seats, information rights and protective consents do not make a fund or adviser an issuer, underwriter or provider of essential managerial efforts. If granted, a class of actors sits outside the regime, so Loosen under the reach tie-break; the literalist reads a confirmation, Clarify.

P3Conditional
Tighten

the Commission should require a common core of information explaining investors

Asks Rule 103, Rule 200(d) and Form 1-CRYPTO to require a common core of eight disclosure items, a methodology for any on-chain metrics, and an explanation of any information gap. More prescription is Tighten.

P4Conditional
Tighten

For material hosted outside EDGAR, issuers should be required to maintain a durable record and a clear link to the authoritative version.

Asks that offering, ongoing and transition disclosures stay publicly accessible free of charge with stable identifiers, version histories and archives, and a durable record for anything outside EDGAR. More than the proposal's website obligation, so Tighten, as letters 52 and 129.

P5Conditional
Loosen

to accept IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, with the applicable assurance requirements and disclosure of material comparability issues.

Answers Questions 104 and 105: Part F/S of Form 1-CRYPTO should accept IFRS as issued by the IASB. Adds an accepted basis of preparation, so Loosen, as letter 92.

P6Conditional
Clarify split

expiry under Rule 200, a documented route into Subpart C or another available exemption should be provided

Asks for a documented route from the startup exemption at its expiry into Subpart C or another exemption, covering existing holders and reporting continuity. Names no change to the startup terms, so Clarify; the skeptic reads a continuation route past the four-year runway as Loosen.

P7Conditional
Loosen

use it to calibrate an increase above $75 million, while retaining proportionate investor safeguards

Answers Question 82: set the Tier 2 ceiling from projects' financing needs and compliance costs and raise it above $75 million; keeps Rule 102's inflation adjustment. A higher cap is Loosen.

P9Conditional
Loosen

An optional holding period safe harbor could provide additional certainty without imposing a universal lockup on otherwise unrestricted securities.

Asks for a non-exclusive resale safe harbor for bona fide investment funds, that an unlock schedule alone not show a view to distribution, and disclosed selling-holder participation including affiliate sales (Question 81). Easier resale by early investors and affiliates is Loosen, as letter 70.

P10Oppose split
Loosen

Broader eligibility would expand the investable universe for U.S. managers and bring global projects within a framework providing meaningful information and recourse.

Answers Questions 85 and 86: amend Rule 300(b)(1) to admit eligible non-U.S. issuers in place of the U.S.-organization, officer, asset and administration tests, on conditions such as a U.S. agent and consent to jurisdiction. Replacing the test admits a class the rule excludes, so Oppose / Loosen, as letter 50; the literalist reads the conditions as a modification, Conditional, as letter 34.

P12Conditional
Tighten

We recommend tailored event reporting and clear treatment of information that is genuinely unavailable.

Asks for event reporting on security incidents, changes in protocol control, deviations from development commitments, migrations, major treasury transactions and changes in supply or insider holdings. More reporting is Tighten, as letters 81 and 123.

P13Conditional
Loosen split

A determination satisfying Rule 400 should carry across these statutes so managers do not face inconsistent classification outcomes.

Asks that Rule 400 extend to the Advisers Act and Investment Company Act (Question 135), with a six-month adjustment period and a cure period for non-material filing defects, and supplements Rule 400(a) with examples. Widening the exit's reach is Loosen, as letters 18, 66 and 132. The skeptic weights the required Form TR mapping of commitments to completed or discontinued activity, Tighten, as letter 102.

P14Conditional
Loosen

The final rules should address fungible tokens acquired through different exemptions and adopt reasonable reliance protection for purchasers affected by an issuer

Answers Questions 136 to 144: distinguish Rule 500(a) from Rule 500(b), and protect purchasers who relied on filings when an issuer later defaults on reporting. Preemption that survives an issuer's default is Loosen.

P17Conditional
Clarify

We also request clear guidance on parallel U.S. and offshore offerings addressing Regulation S, integration,

Asks for guidance on parallel U.S. and offshore offerings (Regulation S, integration, offering-limit calculations) and a published roadmap for trading venues, broker-dealers and settlement. Asks that a line be drawn with no position on it, so Clarify, as letters 90 and 117.

Answers question 81, 82, 85, 86, 104, 105, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144 · Opposes alternative 11

↑ back to the top
140

Patrick DaughertyPDF

2026-10-19 · Legal practitioner or law firm · Public comment · 4,193 words

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Crypto Task Force letter (March 20, 2025).
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I write in support of the adoption of Regulation Crypto Assets.

GEN convention: supports adoption and asks for rule-text changes (the crypto asset definition, the offering limits, the legal-opinion exhibit), so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen

They should not be considered investment contracts or, absent a contract, transaction or scheme, subject to investment contracts.

Answers Question 2 with a narrower definition of crypto asset (a representation integral to, and deriving its value from, the programmatic operation of a network) and asks that utility tokens be addressed as not investment contracts. Narrowing what is caught is Loosen under the scope convention.

P2Conditional
Loosen

Ordinarily, the value of that consideration should be zero.

Answers Question 44 that covered transactions are appropriately broad and Question 46 that airdrop consideration should ordinarily be valued at zero and that nominal consideration, such as an email address, is not an offer or sale. Takes such airdrops out of what counts against the cap, so Loosen.

P3Conditional
Tighten split

I suggest editing the disclosure requirements for the fundraising exemption to mandate information that would be required by pages 10-22 of the GDCA Letter, but not issuer information immaterial to token purchasers.

Answers Question 116 by concurring with letter 70's mandatory items (holder rights, treasury and supply controls, intellectual property, token-equity conflicts) and the GDCA guidelines. Primary and literalist read added mandatory items, Tighten; the skeptic reads the removal of issuer information immaterial to token purchasers as less prescription, Loosen. The P3/P4 form-of-disclosure seam.

P6Conditional
Loosen

I suggest $10 million as an offering limit.

Answers Question 53: raise the startup limit from $5 million to $10 million, keep the four-year period with some relief after it. A higher cap is Loosen.

P7Conditional
Loosen

The limits should be higher. In particular, $75 million is too low.

Answers Question 82: both tier limits should be higher, Tier 2 above Regulation A's $75 million. A higher cap is Loosen.

P9Conditional
Loosen

But it will not facilitate resale by insiders. The MetaLeX Labs Letter identifies these problems and proposes solutions with which I concur.

Answers no to every holding-period option in Question 35 and concurs in letter 70's proposals to make insider resale workable. Easier insider resale is Loosen, as letter 70.

P10Conditional
Loosen split

The rules could require disclosure on the part of the issuer or an affiliate such as a foundation or a technology lab or other technology or service provider.

Answers Question 60: an informal DAO cannot carry disclosure obligations, so the rules could place them on an associated foundation, lab or service provider. Letting an affiliate carry the obligations widens who may use the regime, Loosen, as letter 77; the literalist reads a suggestion phrased as could, Clarify.

P12Conditional
Tighten split

Yes, the disclosure requirements could be better tailored to the covered investment contract and the associated crypto network or associated crypto application.

Answers yes to Question 116's proposal that Form 1-UC triggers focus on the network, for example a change in control of the network, rather than the issuer. Network triggers add reportable events, Tighten, as letter 81; the skeptic reads a re-targeting with no event named beyond the question's own example, Clarify.

P13Conditional
Loosen

Accordingly, the SEC should both adopt Rule 401 and make it clear that Rule 401 is merely a safe harbor.

Supports letter 57's Rule 401 (a functional system that is not controlled is outside Howey) as a stated alternative route, with definitions of functional and not controlled, and asks the Commission to say that an investment contract can end by other means. Each makes the exit more available, so Loosen, as letters 8, 18 and 57.

P17Conditional
Loosen

With that, trading markets can develop in these assets within the scope of the SEC

Asks the Commission to extend the File No. 4-927 innovation exemption to covered investment contracts, to codify in Rule 12g5-1 that they are not equity securities (Question 45), and to reword the legal-opinion exhibit to reach the seller (Question 112). Venue relief and a Section 12(g) exclusion are Loosen, as letters 114 and 134.

Answers question 2, 5, 20, 35, 44, 45, 46, 53, 60, 82, 112, 116, 120

↑ back to the top
141

David Weisberger, Co-Founder, Board Member, CoinRoutesPDF

2026-10-19 · Individual · Public comment · 3,553 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I strongly support the direction of the Proposal.

GEN convention: urges adoption and asks for consistent, timely, machine-readable token-economics disclosure, so Conditional.

P3Conditional
Tighten

Issuers should also be required to state plainly, under Rule 103(b)(1) and (b)(3), that the token confers no claim on the issuer

Asks for defined supply terms in Rule 100 (Question 3), a standard supply and allocation disclosure in tables, a required statement of what the token does not confer, and market-making agreements treated as material distribution agreements (Questions 27 to 30). Required items are more prescription, Tighten.

P4Conditional
Tighten

A standard, machine-readable supply data file filed on EDGAR

Asks for a structured supply data file filed on EDGAR with each periodic report and supply event, and marked changes with retained prior versions for website disclosure (Questions 64, 65 and 69). More than the proposal requires, so Tighten, as letters 52 and 129.

P9Conditional
Tighten

it should require that changes to related-person vesting or lockup terms, and early releases from them, be disclosed promptly rather than at the next annual update.

Answers Questions 34 and 35: whether or not a holding period is adopted, changes to related-person lockups and early releases must be disclosed promptly. More disclosure about insider resale is Tighten, as letters 79 and 85.

P12Conditional
Tighten

A supply-event trigger for both exemptions.

Adds a four-business-day supply-event report for both exemptions (unscheduled mints or burns, supply or emission changes, key changes, lockup changes, large related-person transfers), by Form NOR amendment for startup issuers (Questions 68, 99 and 116). More reporting is Tighten, as letters 73 and 81.

P13Conditional
Tighten

Form TR should therefore include a final supply snapshot in the same structured format, together with a statement of any remaining mint, upgrade or administrative-key powers held by the issuer or related persons.

Supports Rule 400 substantially as proposed (Question 124) and asks that Form TR carry a final supply snapshot and a statement of remaining mint, upgrade or key powers (Questions 127 and 128). Required Form TR content on retained powers changes what the exit filing must show, Tighten, as letters 70 and 81.

P14Conditional
Clarify

The Commission could address this by having EDGAR display a simple, machine-readable status indicator for each Regulation Crypto Assets issuer showing whether its required filings are current.

Supports Rule 500 substantially as proposed (Question 136) and answers Questions 141 to 143 with an EDGAR status indicator for currentness. No change to what preemption covers, so Clarify, as letter 35.

P17Conditional
Loosen split

I ask the Commission to clarify which venue regime applies before separation and how venues should handle the transition at separation

Asks which venue regime applies before separation and at a Form TR filing (Clarify, as letter 117), and urges relief comparable to the Tokenized Securities Venue exemption for covered investment contracts. Venue relief is Loosen, as letters 114 and 134; the literalist reads urge it to consider as a request for a line to be drawn, Clarify.

Answers question 3, 27, 28, 29, 30, 34, 35, 64, 65, 68, 69, 99, 116, 124, 127, 128, 136, 141, 142, 143, 153

↑ back to the top
142

Oscar A. Jofre, Co-Founder, CEO, Kore US Inc.; Dr. Kiran Garimella, Co-Founder, CTO/CSO, Kore US Inc.PDF

2026-10-19 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 5,199 words · 2 signatories

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We recommend advancing the proposed framework with targeted changes that make its protections dependable throughout the investment lifecycle.

GEN convention: supports the framework and asks for targeted changes to disclosure, reporting, Form TR and preemption, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Clarify split

The Commission should clarify that tokenization, wrapping, migration to another network, or a change in how ownership is recorded does not by itself alter an instrument

Asks the final rule to keep the asset and investment-contract distinction explicit, accommodate permissioned and hybrid ledgers, define the associated crypto network by material involvement, and keep Rule 400 off notes. Definitional, so Clarify; the skeptic weights the ask that arm's-length vendors not be related persons, which narrows the definition, Loosen.

P3Conditional
Tighten

Under Rule 103, issuers should identify who performs the material functions relevant to their arrangement

Asks for a concise set of comparable factual fields alongside the principles, identification of who performs each material function, and operational disclosures on entitlement records, control of assets and keys, settlement and continuity. More prescription is Tighten.

P4Conditional
Tighten

An EDGAR attachment or a durable, publicly accessible archive could satisfy this requirement.

Asks that dated versions of startup disclosures stay retrievable with a change history and links from the SEC filing, for six years after the last sale or transition filing, with a downloadable copy to investors and evidence standards for delivery. More than the proposal requires, so Tighten, as letters 52 and 129.

P5Conditional
Tighten

Startup disclosures should also include a short, dated, unaudited account of available resources

Adds a short unaudited account of resources, obligations and intended expenditures to the startup exemption, which requires no financial statements. More financial information is Tighten, as letters 73 and 86.

P6Support
as-proposed

We recommend retaining the four-year limit for new offers and sales under the Startup Exemption

Keeps the four-year limit for new offers and sales as drafted; the continuation route for outstanding interests is coded on P14.

P8Conditional
Tighten

We recommend retaining the fundraising approach and assessing a modest, graduated exposure safeguard for non-accredited investors making capital-raising purchases under the Startup Exemption.

Keeps the fundraising investment limit and representation standard and asks the Commission to assess a graduated exposure limit for non-accredited purchasers under the startup exemption, which has none. An added purchaser limit is Tighten, as letter 86.

P11Conditional
Tighten

The Commission should reconsider a blanket new starting date where a person remains subject to a relevant, operative disqualifying order.

Asks the Commission to reconsider Rule 104's grandfather of pre-effective-date events where a disqualifying order remains operative, and at a minimum to state that the exemption overrides no existing order. Widening who is disqualified is Tighten, as letter 50.

P12Conditional
Tighten

Annual updates should be supplemented by prompt notice of material events affecting investor rights, funds, control, or the project

Adds a four-business-day material-event notice for startup issuers, crypto-specific examples for Form 1-UC (Questions 116 and 117) and asks how Rule 305(c)'s holder-of-record count applies to wallets (Question 123). More reporting is Tighten, as letter 73.

P13Conditional
Tighten

A concise commitment-to-evidence schedule could make the analysis useful without requiring a lengthy legal opinion for every project.

Asks that the transition disclosure identify each promise, the work completed, unperformed commitments and supporting evidence, distinguish completion from abandonment, preserve accrued claims, and not let functionality insulate continuing discretionary work. Routine cybersecurity and compliance not counting as managerial effort restates the release. The rest changes what the exit requires, so Tighten, as letters 102 and 104.

P14Conditional
Loosen

We recommend retaining the four-year limit for new offers and sales under the Startup Exemption while allowing a proportionate continuation route for outstanding interests.

Asks that startup issuers may elect continued disclosure after the four-year endpoint so that holders' resales keep preemption, a bounded cure period for remediable filing defects, reliance on a specified public record (Questions 136 to 143), and how agency-broker resales are treated. Preemption that does not lapse at the endpoint is Loosen, as letters 90 and 134.

P17Conditional
Clarify

explaining that otherwise applicable requirements follow the activities actually performed.

Asks the final release to separate an offering exemption from obligations that follow regulated activity, to preserve direct issuance, and to adopt common data definitions and export formats (Questions 95 to 99). Asks that a line be drawn with no position on it, so Clarify, as letters 116 and 117.

Answers question 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 11, 15, 16, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 45, 55, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 76, 78, 88, 89, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 116, 117, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154 · Opposes alternative 11

↑ back to the top
143

Elisa Obillo CPA, Chair, Virginia Society of CPAs Accounting & Auditing Advisory CommitteePDF

2026-10-19 · Accountant, audit firm or accounting body · Public comment · 1,248 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Although we generally believe the proposed rule provides helpful clarity, we respectfully submit the following concerns to help ensure adequate investor protection

GEN convention: accepts the framework and asks for changes to Rule 103, Rule 400, assurance and preemption, so Conditional.

P3Conditional
Tighten

The Commission should consider requiring disaggregated token presentation under Rule 103(b)(7)

Asks for startup disclosure of proceeds raised, spent and remaining, Rule 103 disclosure of market barriers and competing protocols, and tabular disaggregation of freely tradable, locked, treasury and staked tokens. More prescription is Tighten.

P4Conditional
Tighten

improving financial disclosure under Rule 200 and considering whether those disclosures should be filed on EDGAR

Asks the Commission to consider filing the startup exemption's financial disclosures on EDGAR, where the proposal requires website posting. Tighten, as letters 22 and 61.

P5Conditional
Tighten

We also encourage the Commission to evaluate whether an independent review should be required for Tier 1 fundraising offerings of up to $20 million.

Asks the Commission to evaluate independent review for Tier 1, which requires no assurance, and supports the Tier 2 audit and its choice of U.S. GAAS or PCAOB standards as proposed. More assurance is Tighten, as letters 49 and 125.

P13Conditional
Tighten

the Commission should consider amending Rule 400 to require clear supporting evidence for the issuer

Asks Rule 400 to require supporting evidence for Form TR's factual assertions and independent verification of specified facts, with the original promises mapped to what was completed or ceased. An added evidentiary and verification condition is Tighten, as letters 2 and 25.

P14Conditional
Tighten

the Commission should amend the proposed preemption framework to preserve appropriate state notice-filing requirements for exempt offerings that lack independent audit verification or formal SEC review

Asks that preemption keep state notice filings for offerings without audit or SEC review, and that state antifraud authority be stated as unaffected. Narrowing preemption is Tighten.

↑ back to the top
144

Cayetana Santaolalla, Associate Professor of Private International LawPDF

2026-10-19 · Academic researcher - law · Public comment · 4,082 words

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

My proposals are modest in cost and are meant to complement the Commission

GEN convention: welcomes the proposal and offers illustrative rule text for Rules 103, 300(b)(1) and 400 and the forms, so Conditional.

P3Conditional
Tighten

Add governing-law disclosure.

Adds seven Rule 103 items (governing law, proprietary law, place of organization, custody of proceeds, insolvency ranking, dispute-resolution terms, foreign regulatory status) and allows a MiCA white paper as the basis for disclosure with U.S.-specific additions. The substituted-compliance half alone would read as less prescription on form, as letter 92; the added items carry the row, so Tighten.

P5Conditional
Loosen

presents financial statements prepared under U.S. GAAP or under IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board

Would let a foreign issuer under the fundraising exemption present IFRS financial statements as issued by the IASB. Adds an accepted basis of preparation, so Loosen, as letter 92.

P10Conditional
Loosen split

Open the fundraising exemption to foreign issuers on conditions that secure enforceability, and add no U.S. nexus test to the startup exemption

Opens Rule 300(b)(1) to foreign issuers that appoint a U.S. agent, submit to U.S. jurisdiction and give access to records, and rejects a nexus test for the startup exemption (Questions 49, 50 and 86), while making a U.S. agent a condition for foreign startup issuers. Admitting foreign issuers is Loosen, as letters 92 and 112; the literalist weights the new condition on foreign startup issuers, Tighten, as letter 112.

P12Conditional
Tighten

Extend Form 1-UC to foreign proceedings.

Asks that Form 1-UC Item 2 cover foreign insolvency, restructuring, liquidation and foundation dissolution. More reportable events is Tighten.

P13Conditional
Clarify

A determination under this section is made solely for purposes of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

Asks Rule 400 to state that its determination is made only for the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and creates no presumption under any other law. Restates the rule's reach without changing what the exit requires, so Clarify.

P17Conditional
Loosen split

I suggest a safe harbour under which reasonable measures (geographic blocking, purchaser attestations and a clear statement that no offer is made to U.S. persons) are treated as sufficient

Asks how Regulation S and offshore sales interact with the offering limits, with a safe harbor treating geographic blocking and attestations as sufficient, a territorial test for on-chain offers, a fixed method for foreign-currency consideration (Question 9) and confirmation that Chapter 15 is unaffected. The safe harbor takes offshore sales out of the regime, Loosen, as letter 92; the literalist reads questions with no position on the answer, Clarify, as letter 119.

Answers question 9, 49, 50, 60, 61, 72, 73, 86, 97, 121, 122

↑ back to the top
145

Eva Jovanova, Product Manager, Enoda Ltd.PDF

2026-10-19 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 1,773 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We support the proposal.

GEN convention: supports the proposal and asks for confirmations and for rule text in Rule 400 and the Form TR instructions, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen split

State in the adopting release that a record its holder cannot transfer, and that is not offered or sold, is not a crypto asset for the purposes of Regulation Crypto Assets.

Answers Question 8: non-transferable operational records on permissioned ledgers and network-bound gas units are not crypto assets; asks that the 2026 taxonomy be codified and that a foreign category with no U.S. equivalent not raise a presumption. If granted, a class of records sits outside the regime, so Loosen under the reach tie-break; the literalist reads a confirmation, Clarify, as letter 99.

P2Conditional
Loosen

Clarify, at Commission level, that a programmatic distribution is not an offer or sale of a covered investment contract where

Answers Questions 44 and 46: programmatic rewards for third-party-verified physical work on a functional network, with no sale and no promises, are not offers or sales of a covered investment contract, and so do not count against the $5 million limit. Narrowing what is caught is Loosen under the scope convention.

P3Conditional
Clarify split

Confirm that statements made to satisfy or engage with another regulator are not, by themselves, representations or promises of essential managerial efforts to purchasers.

Asks the Commission to confirm, under Rule 103(a)'s consistency principle, that statements to other regulators are not by themselves promises of essential managerial efforts. Resolves how the principle applies without changing a disclosure item, so Clarify; the skeptic reads fewer statements counted as promises, which also eases the exit, Loosen.

P13Conditional
Loosen

Treat a physical network as functional once its physical service is provided and measured.

Asks Rule 400 and the Form TR instructions to state that maintaining, securing and improving a functional network are not essential managerial efforts (Clarify on its own, the release's view), and to extend that to duties imposed by law or sector regulators and define a physical network as functional once its service is measured. Redefining functional reaches further, so Loosen, as letter 34.

Answers question 8, 44, 46, 131, 132

↑ back to the top
146

Dr. Darrell L. Young, P.E.PDF

2026-10-01 · Individual · Public comment · 974 words

Overall ConditionalPosture ClarifyingFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

The rule should say it too, in the one place counsel will look, before the first scheduled migration tests the question.

GEN convention: asks for an addition to the rule text, a new paragraph (c) in Rule 400, so Conditional.

P13Conditional
Clarify split

This places in the rule a position the Commission has already taken in the preamble.

Asks for a Rule 400(c) stating that a disclosed promise to modify, replace or retire a cryptographic algorithm, protocol or parameter set to conform to a published standard is not a new promise of essential managerial efforts (Questions 125, 127 and 133). The release already says that securing and maintaining a functional network is not an essential managerial effort, and an ask to say so in rule text is Clarify, as letters 64 and 72. The skeptic reads the carve-out from the continuing no-new-promises condition as making the exit more available, Loosen.

Answers question 125, 127, 133

↑ back to the top
Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

The Clinic has concluded that the Proposal would be beneficial overall to domestic retail investors, and therefore the Clinic generally supports the Proposal.

GEN convention: generally supports, then asks for solicitation limits, a lower Tier 1 ceiling and a narrower purchase-size limit, so Conditional.

P4Support
as-proposed

the Clinic believes the Forms NOR and TR would help ensure that investors in startup crypto offerings have access to important information related to their investment decision

Supports Forms NOR and TR and the 48-hour circular delivery as proposed, with no change asked.

P5Conditional
Tighten

to subject a larger percentage of ICO issuers to the financial statement auditing requirement of Tier 2

Keeps the two tiers and asks that more issuers fall into the audited tier, which is more prescription.

P6Conditional
Tighten

the proposed startup exemption should include limits on solicitation of the public or at least additional disclosure requirements to notify investors of the potential for misstatements or omissions in distributions of solicitation materials

Supports the $5 million cap and four-year period and asks for limits on solicitation or added warnings, which adds conditions.

P7Conditional
Tighten

the Tier 1 quantitative value should be lowered considerably from the $20 million 5 proposed value

Lowering the Tier 1 ceiling narrows the unaudited exemption, so Tighten.

P8Conditional
Loosen

the proposed limit on non-accredited investor purchase size should only apply to Tier 1 offerings

Confining the 10 percent purchase limit to Tier 1 removes it from Tier 2 offerings, which loosens it.

P10Support
as-proposed

The Clinic also believes the four eligibility requirements of the fundraising exemption are crucial for investor protection.

Supports the four issuer eligibility requirements as proposed.

P13Support
as-proposed

Upon analyzing the investment contract safe harbor, the Clinic believes that implementing this as proposed would serve the best interests of investors.

Supports the safe harbor as proposed.

↑ back to the top
148

Alex Martinez, Independent Crypto Research AnalystPDF

2026-10-19 · Individual · Public comment · 356 words

Overall ConditionalPosture ClarifyingFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional split
—

I recommend one clarification to the principles-based disclosures contemplated by proposed Rule 103

GEN convention: one recommended clarification and no stated objection; literalist reads no objection as Support (letters 130, 131).

P3Conditional
Clarify split

I suggest that the Commission include a non-exclusive example or explanatory guidance under Rule 103 identifying these distinctions where they are material.

Non-exclusive example or guidance asks are Clarify (letters 65, 119, 129); the skeptic reads the required separations as more prescription.

↑ back to the top
149

Sherwood Neiss, Chief Executive Officer, GUARDD, Inc.PDF

2026-10-19 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 12,034 words

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Crypto Task Force written input (May 13, 2025) and staff meeting (July 28, 2026).
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

The mechanism the Commission has chosen is the right one and we support it without reservation.

GEN convention: supports preemption as proposed and asks for a dealer pathway, a recognized disclosure pathway and continuity after Form TR, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Clarify

We respectfully suggest the Commission state 17 plainly in the adopting release whether and to what extent tokenized equity securities fall within Regulation Crypto Assets.

Asks the adopting release to state whether tokenized equity is in scope, without proposing a change.

P4Conditional
Tighten

The relevant condition is that current, standardized information is publicly available, whether through EDGAR or through a recognized publisher.

Asks that instrument and status records stay current on EDGAR or a recognized publisher rather than only the issuer website.

P9Conditional
Tighten split

We support that, and we note those are precisely the fields a recognized disclosure publisher would maintain and publish in machine-readable form.

Rejects the parity condition but supports lockup and unlock disclosure on Form TR, which adds disclosure; the skeptic reads it as a clarification of fields.

P13Conditional
Loosen

We urge the Commission to answer Question 135 in the affirmative, as Davis Polk and Mr. Murray have also asked.

Extending Rule 400 to the Investment Company Act and Advisers Act definitions widens what the exit reaches (letters 18, 66, 132).

P14Conditional
Loosen

Extend Rule 500(b) to secondary transactions effected by or through registered broker-dealers, including dealers acting as principal, which footnote 387 confirms the Commission has authority to do.

Removing the dealer exclusion and keeping preemption after the issuer exits widens what is preempted.

P15Authority defended

That is the covered security route under section 18, and it is the route the D.C. Circuit sustained in Lindeen v. SEC

P17Conditional
Loosen split

the Commission would use its exemptive authority under section 36 of the Exchange Act to recognize Qualified Disclosure Publishers

Asks for an Exchange Act section 36 recognition pathway for disclosure publishers, a new route for secondary trading; the literalist reads it as a definitional framework.

Answers question 35, 135, 140, 141, 142, 144 · Opposes alternative 13

↑ back to the top
150

Johanna Collins-Wood, General Counsel, U.S. Asset Management, Bitwise Asset ManagementPDF

2026-10-19 · Traditional financial institution or market infrastructure · Public comment · 8,618 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Bitwise appreciates the Commission’s thoughtfulness in creating proposed rules uniquely adapted to crypto assets and responsive to the crypto asset industry’s concerns.

GEN convention: appreciative and asks for an observable standard and a reliance framework, so Conditional.

P13Conditional
Loosen split

Bitwise respectfully submits that the final rules should state the standard for separation in terms of facts that an outsider can observe.

Replaces the intent element with observable facts and adds a reliance framework for non-issuers, which makes the exit easier to use; stated to leave Rule 400(a) unrelaxed, so the literalist reads Clarify.

Answers question 128, 130, 131, 132, 134

↑ back to the top
151

Sarah E. Aberg, Chief Legal Officer, Nova Labs, Inc.PDF

2026-10-19 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 6,626 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Crypto Task Force written input (June 18, 2025; July 21, 2025).engages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Nova Labs supports the adoption of Rule 400 and recommends five modifications

GEN convention: supports Rule 400 and recommends five modifications for DePINs, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen

Confirm that the sale of hardware, or the configuration of existing equipment, used to participate in such a network is not an asset

Taking network hardware out of the assets subject to the investment contract narrows what is caught.

P2Conditional
Loosen

scope programmatic network distributions out of the offering limit in proposed Rule 200(b)(4), as Request No. 54 contemplates

Removes programmatic network distributions from the covered-transaction count, or asks for a valuation method, which loosens the cap.

P13Conditional
Loosen

Define “functional” in Rule 100 and confirm that, for a DePIN, functionality is assessed against the network as a whole, including the physical infrastructure the protocol verifies and compensates

Defines functional, asks for objective markers and a path for pre-effective-date networks, and adds non-admission and a section 28 exemption, which makes the exit more available (letters 34, 57).

P15Authority defended

Section 28 of the Securities Act allows the Commission to close that gap.

Answers question 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 44, 53, 54, 70, 71, 124, 125, 131, 132, 134

↑ back to the top
152

James Lefler, Retail Digital Asset InvestorHTML

2026-10-19 · Individual · Public comment · 360 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I support the proposal.

GEN convention: supports the proposal and recommends four additions, so Conditional.

P3Conditional
Tighten

require a short plain-language summary at the top of every Rule 103 disclosure

A prescribed summary form is more prescription (letters 23, 133, 136).

P7Support
as-proposed

I support the 30 percent first-year cap in Rule 300(a)(3)

Supports the first-year cap as proposed.

P8Conditional
Tighten

add a modest investment limit to the startup exemption (Request for Comment No. 55)

Adds an investment limit to the startup exemption, as letters 86, 125 and 142.

P9Conditional
Tighten

a required lockup of at least one year, or one tied to development milestones, would reduce the risk of insiders selling into retail demand

A required lockup for related persons replaces disclosure-only treatment.

P13Conditional
Clarify

keep the requirement that Form TR include a supporting analysis, not just a certification (Request for Comment No. 130), and make each Form TR easy to find on EDGAR

Keeps the Form TR analysis as proposed and asks only that filings be easy to find; no change to the exit conditions.

Answers question 29, 33, 35, 55, 130

↑ back to the top
153

Tokenization SystemsPDF

2026-10-19 · Other institutional · Public comment · 8,202 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

supports the Commission’s decision to build a tailored offering regime rather than continue applying rules written for a different asset class

GEN convention: supports the regime and asks for eight additions, mostly to Rule 400(a), so Conditional.

P3Conditional
Tighten

Tokenization Systems recommends that Rule 103(b)(1) require the issuer to identify the specific milestones or deliverables comprising its represented essential managerial efforts

Requires identified milestones in the Rule 103(b)(1) disclosure, which is more prescription.

P12Conditional
Tighten

require the issuer to file prompt notice if it does resume

Adds a Form 1-UC style notice if essential managerial efforts resume after reliance on the safe harbor.

P13Conditional
Tighten

Tokenization Systems recommends that Rule 400(a) carry a third condition addressed to current, observable control.

A stated mandatory control condition, non-resumption and effective-control reading make the exit harder to use (letter 70).

Answers question 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 124, 125, 127, 128, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134 · Endorses alternative 11

↑ back to the top
Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

The Commission’s proposal is a constructive step toward that clarity

GEN convention: constructive step with a set of requested refinements, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Clarify

We caution against expanding the definition to permit mixed packages

Supports the definition and asks that mixed packages stay out, keeping reach unchanged.

P2Conditional
Clarify

We encourage the Commission to provide clear, administrable guidance distinguishing (i) airdrops that, under the 2026 Interpretation, do not require registration or an exemption, from (ii) distributions that constitute covered transactions relying on Rule 200.

Guidance on which distributions are covered transactions, with no change in what is caught.

P3Conditional
Clarify split

We respectfully suggest that the Commission retain the principles-based core of Rule 103 and, if helpful, supplement it with non-exclusive examples of responsive disclosures

Keep the principles-based core and add non-exclusive examples (Clarify); the skeptic reads resisting a prescriptive checklist as relief.

P4Support
as-proposed

The WSBA supports requiring a notice of reliance on Form NOR prior to covered transactions under the startup exemption.

Supports Form NOR as proposed.

P6Conditional
Loosen

A carefully drawn de minimis participation or investment carveout

A de minimis carve-out from the one-time-use condition makes the startup exemption more available.

P7Support
as-proposed

The WSBA supports retaining both tiers.

Supports the two tiers and the proposed limits.

P8Support split
as-proposed split

The WSBA recognizes the investor-protection rationale for investment limits, particularly for retail purchasers of novel instruments.

Recognizes the rationale and asks only that the limit be monitored; the skeptic reads the monitoring ask as pressure to relax it.

P10Conditional
Clarify split

We respectfully suggest, however, that the Commission provide guidance on how these criteria apply to common crypto-native organizational forms

Guidance on applying the U.S. nexus criteria to foundations and multi-entity structures; the skeptic reads the foreign-issuer access suggestion as widening who may use the regime.

P13Conditional
Clarify split

We ask instead that the final rule state expressly that the first condition of Rule 400(a) may be satisfied by completing some promised efforts and permanently ceasing others.

Asks the rule text to confirm what the letter says the proposal already provides (Clarify); the skeptic reads it as making the exit more available.

P14Conditional
Tighten

Secondary-market preemption should be limited to covered investment contracts that were initially issued pursuant to an exemption under Regulation Crypto Assets

Answers Question 140 by narrowing secondary-market preemption.

P15Authority defended

The WSBA further supports the Commission’s recognition that issuers relying on the proposed exemptions remain subject to the antifraud and antimanipulation provisions of the Federal securities laws.

Answers question 6, 8, 26, 29, 43, 46, 47, 51, 52, 53, 58, 59, 75, 80, 82, 84, 85, 100, 124, 125, 128, 130, 131, 132, 133, 136, 137, 138, 140, 152 · Opposes alternative 11

↑ back to the top
155

Alec SnellingHTML

2026-10-19 · Individual · Public comment · 519 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I generally support this proposal.

GEN convention: generally supports and asks for four changes, so Conditional.

P3Conditional
Tighten

Please require a short plain-English summary at the top of each offering document

A prescribed summary form is more prescription (letters 23, 133, 136).

P8Conditional
Tighten

Add a simple investment limit to the startup exemption (Question 55).

Adds an investment limit to the startup exemption, as letters 86, 125 and 142.

P9Conditional
Tighten

a one-year minimum holding period for related persons, as a condition of both exemptions

A required minimum holding period replaces disclosure-only treatment, and the letter rejects an optional safe harbor.

P13Conditional
Clarify split

Keep the analysis requirement in Form TR (Question 130).

Keeps the Form TR analysis and asks for a plain-English website statement, which changes no exit condition; the literalist counts the added statement as a further requirement.

Answers question 33, 35, 55, 130

↑ back to the top
156

Amy Pearson, Founder, TrustLogicPDF

2026-10-19 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 9,407 words

Overall ConditionalPosture ClarifyingFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Earlier letter on this docket (letter 35, August 26, 2026).
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional split
—

TrustLogic respectfully requests that the Commission consider the following principles in finalizing Regulation Crypto Assets and related interpretive guidance.

GEN convention: asks for principles in the adopting release and guidance, so Conditional; the literalist reads no rule-text change as Support (letters 130, 131).

P4Conditional
Clarify

the Commission should encourage verifiable records that remain accessible and usable by downstream participants and supervisors.

Asks the Commission to encourage durable, machine-readable records rather than to require them; no change to what must be filed (letter 35).

P13Conditional
Clarify

Narrow, disclosed and law-bounded powers to administer asset-level obligations should not automatically be equated with essential managerial efforts, nor should a technical separation or independent label automatically exclude such efforts.

Asks the Commission to weigh retained powers by their actual effect in both directions and to say when unaffiliated participants may rely on public filings; names no change to what the exit requires (letters 35, 96).

↑ back to the top
157

DTI FoundationPDF

2026-10-19 · Other institutional · Public comment · 1,117 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

DTIF supports the Form TR filing requirement and additionally recommends that Form TR identify the crypto asset using a standardized, verifiable identifier.

GEN convention: supports the filing requirement and asks for a new required field on four forms, so Conditional.

P3Conditional
Tighten

DTIF recommends the final rule text require the name and DTI of the subject crypto asset.

Asks that Rule 103(b)(3) require the asset's name, which the release describes but the rule text omits, and its identifier; more prescription.

P4Conditional
Tighten

DTIF recommends that the DTI be included as a required identifier for the subject crypto asset in Form NOR, Form 1-CRYPTO (Part I and Item 5 of Part II), Form 1-KC (Item 2) and Form TR.

A required structured identifier on the EDGAR forms is more than the proposal requires, as letter 120's LEI.

P13Conditional
Clarify split

DTIF supports the Form TR filing requirement and additionally recommends that Form TR identify the crypto asset using a standardized, verifiable identifier.

Answers Question 128 with an identifier field on Form TR and states it takes no view on the safe harbor's scope; the identifier changes which asset a filing names, not when the exit is available. The skeptic reads a mandatory field as an added condition (letter 129).

Answers question 128

↑ back to the top
158

Richard Gibbons, Founder, ReguMetricHTML

2026-10-20 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 462 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We support the direction of the proposal.

GEN convention: supports the proposal and asks for structured formats, a verification standard and persistent posting, so Conditional.

P3Conditional
Tighten

The Commission should clarify that this means information sufficient for an independent party to verify that history against public on-chain data

Framed as a clarification, but asks that the transaction-history item require on-chain reference data rather than issuer assertions; more prescription.

P4Conditional
Tighten

we recommend the Commission require structured, machine-readable formats for the underlying data

Asks for machine-readable data and for startup-exemption disclosures to stay posted for the exemption period; more than the proposal requires.

P13Conditional
Clarify split

The Commission should require the certification to be posted at a stable, publicly accessible location

Supports the certification design and asks where it is kept; no change to what the exit requires. The literalist reads posting for as long as the issuer relies as an added condition.

↑ back to the top
159

Wasim Ahmad, Chief Crypto Officer, Vault12, Inc.PDF

2026-10-20 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 7,964 words · 2 signatories

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentargues the 2026 Interpretation is wrong
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We support the Commission’s work and, in particular, its recognition that a crypto asset can be distinct from the investment contract through which it was first sold.

GEN convention: supports Rule 400 and asks for changes to Rule 400, Form TR, Rule 100 and Rule 500, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen

a SAFT whose only operative right is future delivery of a token is an eligible structure, and the token delivered under it can use Rule 400.

Treating SAFTs with expired fallback terms as eligible and adding application tokens to a functional category widens who may use the regime.

P2Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should adopt a separate consumptive-use safe harbor, outside the startup exemption

Takes purchase-linked loyalty distributions outside the startup exemption and its offering limit.

P3Conditional
Loosen

General descriptions should be allowed where individual identification is not material, and privacy protections should apply consistently.

Allowing general descriptions of related persons and separating plans from commitments asks for less prescription on form (letter 92).

P13Conditional
Loosen

If the Commission has not notified the issuer of an objection within 60 days of a properly filed Form TR, the filing becomes conclusive for the Commission’s purposes.

A 60-day finality window, prospective challenges, reliance protection, legacy offerings named in the rule and open-ended development promises outside essential managerial efforts make the exit more available (letter 90).

P14Conditional
Loosen

Rule 500 preemption for secondary trades in tokens sold before the rule, where the issuer provides specified public disclosure or has filed Form TR.

Extends preemption to secondary trades in tokens sold before the rule and without tracing units, which widens what is preempted.

P17Conditional
Loosen

Tailored exemptive relief, and guidance to FINRA, so that registered crypto trading platforms and broker-dealers can handle covered investment contracts without a months-long approval process.

Venue relief, a safe harbor for independent secondary trades, a noncustodial safe harbor and Rule 175 protection for startup disclosures are new routes, as letters 80, 114 and 134.

Answers question 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 11, 19, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 44, 45, 46, 85, 86, 124, 125, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 141, 142, 143, 144

↑ back to the top
160

John A. Zecca, Executive Vice President, Global Chief Legal, Risk & Regulatory Officer, Nasdaq, Inc.PDF

2026-10-20 · Traditional financial institution or market infrastructure · Public comment · 2,964 words

Overall SupportPosture As-proposedFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional split
—

Our overall position is one of support for a tailored framework, subject to the observations set out in this letter.

GEN convention: supports the framework and asks for statements in the adopting release, so Conditional; the literalist reads no rule-text change as Support (letters 130, 131).

P1Conditional
Clarify

Nasdaq nonetheless recommends that the Commission foreclose the risk of definitional drift by including, in both the adopting release preamble and Rule 100 commentary, an express statement

Agrees that traditional securities are outside the definition and asks for an express statement and a cross-walk to existing terms; no change in reach.

P3Support
as-proposed

The disclosure obligations attached to each exemption pathway are appropriately scaled

Supports the scaled disclosure of both exemptions as proposed.

P13Support split
as-proposed split

Nasdaq supports the Proposal’s Rule 400 conditional safe harbor (the “Off-Ramp”) as a well-crafted mechanism

Endorses Form TR's certification structure and the safe harbor's nonexclusivity and asks for no change. The skeptic reads the introduction's 'modest clarifications', which the letter never specifies, as Clarify.

P17Support
as-proposed

Nasdaq strongly supports that mechanic

Supports Rule 102's inflation adjustment as proposed (letter 89); the extension to thresholds outside this regime is another rulemaking.

↑ back to the top
161

Dennis J. McGowan, Vice President, Professional Practice, Center for Audit QualityPDF

2026-10-20 · Accountant, audit firm or accounting body · Public comment · 1,886 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuationcites FASB 2026-ED400
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We continue to support the SEC’s objective of providing regulatory clarity related to crypto assets.

GEN convention: supports the objective and asks for a disclosure on Form 1-SC and changes to the financial reporting framework, so Conditional.

P3Support
as-proposed

support the proposed requirement for a materiality-based discussion of the entity’s financial condition modeled on Regulation Crowdfunding.

Supports the Item 13 financial-condition discussion as proposed (Question 101 maps to P3).

P5Conditional
Clarify

We support this flexibility, which allows the applicable auditing framework and auditor requirements to be appropriately scaled to the facts and circumstances while preserving the proposed assurance requirements.

Supports the choice of auditing standards and of auditor, asks that any Tier 1 assurance match Tier 2's, that the rules address the public business entity definition, and that non-cash consideration be valued under ASC 820 (Question 10, letters 21 and 47).

P12Conditional
Tighten

we recommend that interim financial statements included in Form 1-SC include specific disclosure that they have not been subject to an audit or a review.

Adds a required statement to Form 1-SC that the interim statements are neither audited nor reviewed; more than the form requires.

Answers question 10, 101, 110

↑ back to the top
162

Kurt Thomas Tett, Founder, MUDRA, Founder and Sole Member, True North Transport LLCHTML

2026-10-20 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 1,361 words

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I support the direction of Regulation Crypto Assets and ask only that its smallest door be wide enough for the smallest issuers to walk through it.

GEN convention: supports the direction and asks for disclosure items, lighter small-raise duties and a cure period, so Conditional.

P3Conditional
Tighten

I support requiring every issuer to disclose, in plain language, how many tokens exist, who can create more, and whether that can ever change.

Adds required plain-language items on supply, minting control and holder rights, and the basis for any value claim; more prescription.

P5Support
as-proposed

Avoid a full audit requirement at the smallest tier, where the cost can exceed the amount raised.

Asks that the smallest raises carry no audit, which is the proposal as drafted (letters 84, 87, 115).

P6Conditional
Clarify

I therefore ask the Commission to state the exemption's eligibility conditions, dollar limits, holder limits, and resale conditions in one place, in plain language

Supports a startup exemption and asks that its conditions be stated in one place in plain language; no change to the cap or the period.

P7Conditional
Loosen

For the tiers to work, I ask that they be set by the amount raised and the size of the issuer

Asks that the lightest tier be a short form, filed once, with no requirement that assumes a finance department; less than Tier 1 requires.

P12Conditional
Loosen

Scale fees and reporting to the tier, so that neither is material next to a very small raise.

Tier 1 and Tier 2 carry the same periodic and current reporting (Question 117); scaling it down for the smallest raise is less reporting (letter 101).

P17Conditional
Loosen

Include a cure period for good-faith filing errors, with correction rather than loss of the exemption as the first remedy.

A cure period makes the exemption harder to lose than Rule 101(d) as proposed; the reverse of letter 95's ask.

↑ back to the top
163

Brian Laverdure, SVP, Digital Assets and Innovation Policy, Independent Community Bankers of America (ICBA)PDF

2026-10-20 · Trade association or advocacy - industry · Public comment · 2,421 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENOppose split
—

The Commission should not finalize Reg Crypto Assets unless it demonstrates that the proposed accommodations are risk-based

GEN convention: the thesis is that the proposal should not be finalized without a risk-based justification and a supplemental analysis, so Oppose; the skeptic reads the safeguards offered 'if the Commission proceeds' as Conditional.

P6Conditional
Tighten

These should include narrower thresholds or eligibility periods

Narrower thresholds and eligibility periods for the startup exemption narrow the exemption.

P7Conditional
Tighten

These should include narrower thresholds or eligibility periods

Narrower offering thresholds for the fundraising exemption narrow the exemption.

P12Conditional
Tighten

enhanced reporting on stablecoin settlement and banking relationships

Adds reporting on stablecoin settlement and banking relationships; more reporting than the proposal requires.

P16Costs understated

Publish a supplemental economic analysis—developed in consultation with the federal banking agencies—of the Proposal’s reasonably foreseeable effects on deposit distribution, bank funding costs, competition, market concentration, and local credit availability.

P17Conditional
Tighten

authority to suspend accommodations when material risks emerge, and an automatic sunset unless the Commission affirmatively renews them

A suspension power and an automatic sunset add conditions to the whole regime.

↑ back to the top
164

Avinesh Reddy, Chief Executive Officer, InsimbiHTML

2026-10-20 · Crypto intermediary · Public comment · 312 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We support the Commission's move to a written framework for covered investment contracts and comment on three points

GEN convention: supports the framework and asks for an intermediary statement, worked examples and a valuation rule, so Conditional.

P2Conditional
Loosen

We ask the Commission to specify valuation timing and a de minimis treatment

A de minimis treatment for use rewards counts less against the $5 million cap.

P5Support
as-proposed

Tier 2's audited-financial requirement is proportionate at $75M.

Supports the Tier 2 audit requirement as proposed.

P13Conditional
Clarify

We ask for worked examples for functional, live systems (including market platforms)

Supports the end-of-efforts test and asks for worked examples; names no factor that would change what the exit requires (letters 68, 101).

P17Conditional
Loosen split

We ask the Commission to state that transmitting or settling a payment in a non-security crypto asset, without discretion over the asset or a promise of returns, does not by itself create an investment contract or broker/dealer status for the intermediary.

Framed as a statement, but its effect would take payment transmission and settlement outside broker-dealer status, so Loosen under the reach tie-break; the literalist reads Clarify (letters 99, 119).

↑ back to the top
165

Public CitizenPDF

2026-10-20 · Investor-protection advocacy organization · Public comment · 1,060 words

Overall OpposePosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENOppose
—

The SEC should respect Congress’ sentiment and withdraw this proposal.

GEN convention: asks that the proposal be withdrawn, so Oppose.

P5Oppose
Tighten

Further, they may not be subject to independent audits.

Objects that the disclosures need not be audited; more assurance is Tighten (letters 49, 51).

P8Oppose
Tighten

But the proposal allows sponsors to target the general public.

Rejects retail access to the offerings, which narrows who may buy.

P11Oppose
Tighten

This gives a free pass to become involved in the crypto asset industry to bad actors.

Rejects the exclusion of pre-effective-date events from disqualification, as letters 98 and 125.

P13Oppose
Tighten

From a public watchdog perspective, this creates a regulatory loophole.

Rejects the safe harbor and the end of disclosure after an exit as too readily available, so Tighten (letter 53).

P14Oppose
Tighten

State securities law enforcers serve as an important line of defense against fraud. This proposal insulates bad actors.

Rejects the qualified-purchaser definition that preempts state registration; less preemption is Tighten (letter 125).

P15Authority challenged; Defer to Congress

Under Section 28 of the Securities Act, the SEC may only exempt securities from standard rules if the agency finds that it is “necessary or appropriate in the public interest and is consistent with the protection of investors.”

↑ back to the top
Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

DGB supports the overall architecture of the proposal

GEN convention: supports the architecture and asks for a change to Rule 300(c)(3)(ii) and for statements on scope and intermediaries, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen

DGB supports permitting a covered investment contract to involve other assets alongside non-security crypto assets

Answers Questions 6 and 7 by letting a covered investment contract involve other assets, and asks that NFTs, liquidity-position records and fees earned on a person's own capital not be presumed securities or profits from another's efforts. Widens what the regime can cover and narrows what is caught, so Loosen under the reach tie-break.

P2Conditional
Clarify split

an airdrop to recipients who provide no consideration is not an investment contract and should not count toward the Rule 200(b)(4) offering limit

Endorses the 2026 Interpretation's treatment of no-consideration airdrops and asks the Commission to confirm that a recipient is not a purchaser; such an airdrop is already outside the investment contract, so nothing new leaves the cap. The skeptic reads the confirmation as narrowing what is caught (letters 84, 123).

P4Conditional
Loosen split

DGB also supports clarifying, in response to Question 90, that blockchain-based publication may satisfy electronic delivery requirements.

Asks that blockchain-based publication satisfy electronic delivery; primary and skeptic read a new delivery route, as letter 101, the literalist a clarification.

P7Conditional
Loosen

the Commission should permit variable pricing under the fundraising exemption where the pricing function is deterministic, publicly disclosed before the offering, and observable on-chain throughout it

Replaces Rule 300(c)(3)(ii)'s fixed-price requirement with a disclosed, deterministic on-chain pricing function, so that an automated market maker may distribute (Questions 93 and 94), as letters 70, 77 and 128.

P17Conditional
Loosen split

The Commission should clarify that contributing one's own assets to an autonomous protocol does not, without additional facts, cause a person to become a broker, dealer, exchange, issuer, underwriter, investment company, or other regulated securities intermediary.

Framed as a clarification, but its effect if granted takes people who commit their own assets to automated market makers out of broker, dealer and exchange status, on the reasoning of the File No. 4-927 order; Loosen under the reach tie-break, as letters 114 and 164. The literalist reads a request for a statement.

Answers question 5, 6, 7, 8, 46, 53, 54, 82, 90, 91, 93, 94, 132, 153

↑ back to the top
167

Global Digital Finance (GDF)PDF

2026-10-20 · Trade association or advocacy - industry · Public comment · 4,323 words

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

GDF welcomes the Commission’s proposed tailored offering regime.

GEN convention: welcomes the regime and asks for changes to rule text, forms and guidance, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Clarify split

The Commission should set out the relevant asset categories and the limits of this offering regime in the rules

Asks for the asset categories and the regime's limits in rule text and for worked perimeter examples, with technology-neutral definitions that cut both ways. Codifying the categories is Clarify, the skeptic Loosen, as letter 100.

P3Conditional
Tighten

Provide a short investor summary supported by a consistent set of material disclosures.

Adds a short investor summary and itemized disclosure of supply, insider allocations and unlocks, governance, technical dependencies and the scope of smart contract audits to the Rule 103 topics; more prescription.

P4Conditional
Tighten

Archived versions should remain available so investors and intermediaries can identify what was represented at the relevant time.

Asks that disclosure histories stay accessible and that material changes be updated promptly, beyond the proposal's posting requirements, as letter 158; concise updates with links to unchanged information do not offset it.

P5Conditional
Clarify

Assurance should be credible and proportionate, and must distinguish issuer financial statements from technical assurance about a network or application.

Asks that financial reporting and assurance be calibrated to what investors need and not collected twice, naming no change to the required levels.

P6Conditional
Clarify

The anti-circumvention objective should be preserved without automatically excluding a genuinely independent project merely because an entrepreneur or investor has participated in another venture.

Asks for guidance on aggregation and the one-time condition and for an orderly route at the end of the startup period, and declines to propose a different limit or period; it names no change to the condition.

P8Conditional
Clarify

The SEC should assess whether additional protections are needed in the startup route

Asks that investment-limit calculation and verification be workable and proposes no numerical change; asking the Commission to assess protections for the startup route (Question 55) names none.

P10Conditional
Loosen

GDF recommends that the Commission permit foreign issuers to qualify where they satisfy equivalent investor-protection and enforcement safeguards

Opens Rule 300(b)(1) to foreign issuers that meet enforcement and disclosure safeguards (Questions 49, 50, 85 and 86); widens who may use the regime, as letters 50, 70 and 144.

P12Conditional
Loosen split

avoid disproportionate Tier 1 reporting burdens relative to comparable offerings

Asks that Tier 1 reporting not be disproportionate to comparable offerings and that the effect of a missed filing on holders be explained. Primary and skeptic read less Tier 1 reporting, as letter 101; the literalist reads a request for explanation.

P13Conditional
Loosen split

Consider an additional objective route for functioning networks without central control.

A non-exclusive functionality route, a reliance safe harbor for unaffiliated intermediaries, non-admission and protection for good-faith reliance on existing positions make the exit more available (letters 8, 59, 100). The skeptic weighs the reasoned explanation of who can alter the system and what remains on abandonment, which changes what the exit requires (letters 25, 104).

P14Conditional
Clarify

GDF supports the proposed qualified-purchaser relief from duplicative state securities registration and qualification requirements

Supports Rule 500 preemption as proposed and asks the final rules to explain its boundary with notice filings, fees and state stablecoin pathways; no change to what is preempted (letters 86, 141).

P17Conditional
Loosen split

the Commission should distinguish deliberate concealment from a promptly corrected administrative error and consider a defined correction process where legally permissible

A correction process for administrative errors under Rule 101(d) makes the exemptions harder to lose, as letter 162's cure period, and Regulation S treatment without token-by-token tracing eases offshore resales. The literalist weighs the requests for guidance on intermediaries, Rule 152 integration and pending transactions (letters 117, 139).

Answers question 47, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 85, 86

↑ back to the top
168

Divij Pandya, Executive Director, Pretty Good Policy for ZcashPDF

2026-10-20 · Trade association or advocacy - industry · Public comment · 1,831 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We support the Commission's effort to distinguish between a crypto asset and an investment contract involving that asset.

GEN convention: supports the framework and asks for instructions in Rules 100 and 103 and text in Rule 400 and Form TR, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Clarify split

Privacy features alone do not disqualify an asset, network, or application.

Supports Rule 100's separation of asset and contract (Question 5) and asks for an instruction that encrypted and zero-knowledge records satisfy the definitions (Question 8); nothing in the definitions excludes them, so Clarify. The skeptic reads it as settling that shielded assets may use the regime.

P3Conditional
Loosen split

The final instructions should permit issuers to omit wallet addresses, personal account identifiers, and unrelated transaction histories when they are unnecessary to convey material information.

Asks that Rule 103(b)(7) accept narrower evidence than full transaction histories and that Form 1-CRYPTO's redaction instruction extend to Rule 103 disclosures; less prescription on what must be shown, the reverse of letter 158's ask (letter 92). The literalist reads a clarification of what the item already allows.

P13Conditional
Loosen

Filing does not itself constitute an admission that an investment contract existed, that the asset was a security, or that the filer was its issuer.

A no-admission provision in Rule 400 and Form TR (Question 134) makes the exit more available, as letters 77, 85 and 134. Its rule-text maintenance statement restates the release's own view and on its own would be Clarify (letters 64, 72).

Answers question 5, 8, 27, 131, 134

↑ back to the top
169

Sarah W. Chen, Partner, Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP; Lewis Rinaudo Cohen, Partner, Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLPPDF

2026-10-20 · Legal practitioner or law firm · Public comment · 14,208 words · 2 signatories

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Crypto Task Force submission (Lewis Rinaudo Cohen, March 20, 2025).
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We commend the Commission for both.

GEN convention: commends the proposal and asks for an additional safe harbor and changes to Rules 400 and 500 and Form TR, so Conditional.

P2Conditional
Loosen

A targeted exemption should permit genuine user rewards, testing compensation, and similar network-building transfers under proportionate disclosure and anti-evasion conditions

A separate exemption for non-fundraising distributions, and no integration of independent secondary volume with an issuer offering, take network-building transfers out of the offering mechanics and the cap (letters 47, 134).

P6Conditional
Loosen

we recommend that the Commission permit one extension of up to twelve months

One twelve-month extension of the four-year startup period, without raising the limit or restarting the exemption, lengthens the exemption (Question 47).

P7Conditional
Loosen

the Commission should permit a token “shelf” and objectively determined variable pricing

A token shelf and objectively determined variable pricing in place of Rule 300(c)(3)(ii)'s fixed price (Questions 91 to 94), as letters 70, 77 and 128.

P9Conditional
Loosen

We recommend that the Commission provide that any resale limitation applies to the person that acquired tokens from the issuer, and to the quantity it acquired, rather than to particular units

Asks how Rule 144 applies to covered investment contracts sold under Regulation D or SAFTs: limits attached to the purchaser rather than to fungible units, issuer reporting under the regulation accepted as current public information and for Rule 144(i)(2), and restricted status ending at separation. Each eases resale by insiders and early purchasers, as letter 139; its suggestion to consider periodic disclosure of insider sales does not outweigh them.

P10Conditional
Loosen

consider permitting foreign issuers to qualify with appropriate disclosure, service-of-process, and enforcement safeguards

Asks the Commission to consider foreign issuers with enforcement safeguards, given the tax and restructuring cost of the U.S. organization conditions; widens who may use the regime, as letters 50 and 144.

P12Conditional
Loosen split

Reporting obligations should fall on the responsible issuer, with appropriate accommodations for information it cannot obtain about independently operated networks.

Focuses continuing reports on the issuer's time-of-sale undertakings, accommodates information it cannot obtain about independently operated networks, and keeps a reporting failure from affecting independent trading. Primary and skeptic read less reporting; the literalist reads a statement of focus.

P13Conditional
Loosen

a later disagreement should operate prospectively for regulatory purposes

A challenge process in which a good-faith Form TR is overturned only prospectively, notices by successors or knowledgeable unaffiliated filers for legacy projects, and a non-admission reservation make the exit more available (letters 50, 70, 77). The specific-undertaking distinction restates staff FAQs 2.1 and 2.3 and on its own would be Clarify.

P14Conditional
Loosen

We recommend that Rule 500 define as a “qualified purchaser” any purchaser in a transaction within the Independent Participant Safe Harbor

Extends preemption to every transaction within the proposed safe harbor without the conditions that the issuer be current, that units be traced or that a startup-exemption time limit apply; widens what is preempted (letter 159).

P15Authority defended

The Commission has authority to adopt that definition.

P16Costs understated

The Commission should expressly account for these costs in its economic analysis

P17Conditional
Loosen

we recommend that the Commission give that allocation effect by adopting the additional safe harbor for independent market participants described herein

A safe harbor exempting everyone but the issuer, its affiliates, underwriters and insiders from Securities Act, Exchange Act, Investment Company Act and Advisers Act registration for trading in tokens still subject to a covered investment contract, whatever the issuer's compliance, is a new route, as letters 134 and 159. Rule 175 protection for startup website disclosures is folded here (letter 80).

Answers question 43, 44, 47, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 91, 92, 93, 94, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144

↑ back to the top
170

Anya Coverman, President, CEO, Institute for Portfolio AlternativesPDF

2026-10-20 · Trade association or advocacy - industry · Public comment · 875 words

Overall SupportPosture As-proposedFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENSupport
—

The IPA supports Rule 500 as proposed.

GEN convention: addresses one provision and asks for no change, so Support.

P14Support
as-proposed

The IPA supports proposed Rule 500 as written and believes that the Commission should adopt Rule 500, as proposed.

Supports Rule 500's qualified-purchaser definition and the authority Section 18(c) leaves to the states, as proposed (letters 21, 74).

P15Authority defended

Section 18(b)(3) gave the Commission the means to extend that designation as markets developed.

↑ back to the top
171

Felicity A. Lewis, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, Amalgamated Token Services, Inc.PDF

2026-10-20 · Crypto intermediary · Public comment · 2,648 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

CoinList strongly supports the Commission's effort to create a tailored offering regime for covered investment contracts.

GEN convention: supports the regime and asks for changes to the Tier 2 audit, Tier 1 reporting and the startup limit, so Conditional.

P2Conditional
Loosen

Where an airdrop does not generate cash proceeds or other capital for the issuer, the value attributed to that distribution should not count toward the startup exemption’s $5 million offering limit.

Excludes non-capital-raising airdrops from the $5 million limit by amending Rule 100 or Rule 200(b)(4) (Questions 9, 10 and 46); fewer distributions consume the cap, as letters 47 and 140.

P5Conditional
Loosen

CoinList therefore recommends that the Commission permit Tier 2 issuers to satisfy the financial assurance requirement through an independent review of their financial statements rather than requiring a full audit in all cases.

A review in place of the Tier 2 audit is less assurance than the proposal requires; keeps Tier 1 without assurance and the U.S. GAAS option and opposes a PCAOB-registration condition (Questions 104 to 111), the reverse of letters 49 and 143.

P12Conditional
Loosen

CoinList recommends that ongoing periodic and current reporting apply only to Tier 2 offerings.

Removes Tier 1 periodic and current reporting (Question 117), as letters 101 and 121, narrows the Tier 2 semiannual report and drops duplicate annual reports; supports termination on filing Form TR as proposed.

Answers question 9, 10, 46, 104, 105, 108, 109, 110, 111, 117, 118, 119, 123

↑ back to the top
172

Jeff Martinez, CRPC®, Founder, Treveri Capital LLCPDF

2026-10-20 · Individual · Public comment · 2,334 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I support this rulemaking, and I think the offering framework is the most useful thing the Commission has done in this area.

GEN convention: supports the rulemaking and asks for exemptive relief for trading venues and, failing that, a change to Rule 500, so Conditional.

P14Conditional
Tighten

Adopting the offering preemption as proposed, and holding the secondary market component until venue status is settled, would address that.

If no venue relief is granted, asks that Rule 500 preempt State law for offerings as proposed but hold secondary-market preemption until venue status is settled (Question 144). Less preemption is Tighten, as letter 154; the letter states it is not arguing that the States should regulate this market.

P17Conditional
Loosen

corresponding dealer relief for the firms that supply liquidity to those venues, no permissioning or whitelisting condition, and a fixed term if the Commission wants one

Asks for a Section 36(a)(1) order exempting venues that trade covered investment contracts from the exchange definition, with dealer relief for liquidity providers and no allow-list condition, on the File No. 4-927 order's terms. Venue relief is a new route for trading, so Loosen, as letters 134 and 141.

Answers question 144

↑ back to the top
173

Sushant Kumar, Co-founder, VandergridHTML

2026-10-20 · Crypto intermediary · Public comment · 582 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I write in support of the proposal's tailored disclosure approach, with three recommendations aimed at making key disclosures verifiable rather than only self-reported.

GEN convention: supports the disclosure approach and makes three recommendations for added disclosure and Form TR content; asking for a change decides, so Conditional.

P3Conditional
Tighten

We recommend that, for each allocation category disclosed under Rule 103(b)(7), the issuer identify the addresses or smart contracts holding it, or state that it cannot and why

Adds the addresses or contracts holding each allocation and each privileged role to Rule 103(b)(7) and (b)(6), and asks that market-making loans, options and volume commitments be disclosed as material agreements under Rule 103(b)(2). Named required content is more prescription, as letters 123 and 141.

P13Conditional
Tighten

We recommend that the transition report supporting reliance on the safe harbor include those facts, with the relevant addresses and contracts, in a form third parties can check against the chain at the time of filing.

Asks that Form TR carry the on-chain facts behind the exit (retained privileged roles, related-person supply, lockup status) with addresses third parties can check. Required Form TR content on retained powers changes what the exit filing must show, so Tighten, as letters 123 and 141; independent verification is only to be encouraged.

Answers question 28, 128

↑ back to the top
174

Michael Ippolito, Co-Founder, Blockworks, Inc.; Jason Yanowitz, Co-Founder, Blockworks, Inc.PDF

2026-10-20 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 10,644 words · 2 signatories

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Crypto Task Force submission and staff meeting on the QODA proposal (July 27 and 29, 2026).
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We recommend that any final rule adopt the following changes as they relate to required disclosures.

GEN convention: asks for six groups of changes with proposed rule text, so Conditional.

P3Conditional
Tighten

We recommend that four items required by the TTF be added to Rule 103:

Keeps Rule 103 principles-based with non-exclusive examples, and adds four items: market-maker, listing and liquidity arrangements, compensation paid in the asset, address-level identification under Rule 103(b)(7) and (b)(8), and the supply methodology. Added items are more prescription, as letters 141 and 173.

P4Conditional
Tighten

should require retention of prior versions and identification of changes, including via a QODA’s repository

Asks the Commission to prescribe the format and delivery of Rule 103 disclosure (Question 32), keep it accessible past the exemption period and any Form TR (Question 66), retain prior versions and mark changes (Question 69), and make the annual amendment event-driven for listed changes (Question 68). The elective agent route sits beside obligations every issuer would carry, so Tighten, as letters 102 and 139.

P13Conditional
Clarify split

We therefore recommend that Form TR require the issuer to identify the disclosure record on which its analysis relies and to state whether that record was maintained on a standardized, versioned basis across the relevant period.

Keeps the Form TR analysis (Question 130) and adds a field naming the disclosure record it relies on and whether it was versioned, described as self-executing and as no new review obligation; asks for confirmation that voluntary disclosure after Form TR is not a new promise. A statement field changes no exit condition, so Clarify, as letters 129 and 157; the skeptic reads a mandatory field as Tighten.

P14Conditional
Loosen split

We respectfully recommend that the Commission provide that a listing venue, custodian, or other regulated intermediary may rely in good faith on a QODA’s record as a diligence input

Proposes a Rule 502 under which intermediaries may rely on a qualified agent's record in determining whether an issuer is current for Rule 500 (Questions 140 to 143). A reliance standard for currentness keeps secondary preemption in place where the issuer's actual status is unknown, so Loosen, as letters 84 and 89; the literalist reads a mechanism for determining currentness, as letter 136.

P16Costs understated; Baseline unreliable

The Proposal also leaves two costs entirely uncounted.

P17Conditional
Loosen split

the Commission should provide expressly that a QODA that meets the qualification criteria and the conduct standard is not, by reason of publishing a disclosure attested to by a responsible filer, deemed to have made the statements in that disclosure.

Proposes a new Rule 501 recognizing qualified onchain disclosure agents, with a conduct standard and a provision that a qualifying agent is not the maker of the statements it publishes, and confirmation that issuers may prepare disclosure through third-party applications. A recognition pathway and liability shield for disclosure publishers is a new route, Loosen, as letter 149; the literalist reads a definitional framework.

Answers question 29, 30, 32, 64, 65, 66, 68, 69, 99, 128, 130, 131, 140, 141, 142, 143

↑ back to the top
175

Doltech, LLC; JUK RewardsPDF

2026-10-20 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 6,705 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I support moving this rulemaking forward.

GEN convention: supports the framework and asks for nine accommodations, including a higher startup limit and a rewards allowance; asking for a change decides, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen split

Equally, an ordinary customer purchase should not automatically become an investment transaction merely because it earns a blockchain-based reward.

Asks for examples separating tokens sold to raise capital from rewards earned through ordinary purchases, and states that such a purchase should not become an investment transaction because it earns a reward. If granted, a class of rewards sits outside the regime, so Loosen under the reach tie-break, as letter 127; the literalist reads a request for examples.

P2Conditional
Loosen

Please establish an appropriately bounded exclusion or separate allowance for genuine consumer rewards that are not capital-raising transactions.

Answers Questions 46 and 54 with a bounded exclusion or separate allowance for consumer rewards and a consistent valuation method and measurement date for non-cash distributions. Fewer distributions consume the cap, as letters 159 and 164.

P3Conditional
Clarify

Under Rule 103, please provide optional model forms, sample disclosures, and checklists for common application types.

Asks for optional model forms, sample disclosures and checklists, listing what a rewards project's disclosure would usefully cover, and that requirements scale with funds raised. Optional examples add no required item, so Clarify, as letters 148 and 154.

P6Conditional
Loosen

In response to Question 53, I favor increasing the startup fundraising limit to $10 million over the proposed four-year period

Raises the startup limit to $10 million over the same four years, with staged closings and a route into the fundraising exemption. A higher cap is Loosen, as letters 77 and 140; the proportionate reporting it pairs with the limit names no item.

P13Conditional
Clarify split

Under Rule 400, please provide objective examples distinguishing essential managerial commitments made to investors from routine operation of an established consumer service.

Asks for examples of when customer support, security patches, fraud prevention and merchant administration would or would not prevent reliance on the safe harbor. The release already says services to maintain a functional system are not essential managerial efforts, and the letter names no factor, so Clarify, as letters 64 and 72; the skeptic reads the routine-operation carve-out as Loosen.

P17Conditional
Loosen split

Provide a reasonable process for correcting immaterial, good-faith filing errors without sheltering misconduct.

A correction process for good-faith filing errors makes the exemptions harder to lose than Rule 101(d) as proposed, Loosen, as letters 162 and 167; it also asks for examples on separate equity and token offerings under the integration rules. The literalist weighs the requests for explanation.

Answers question 29, 46, 53, 54

↑ back to the top
176

Dan Nuñez Cohen, SVP, Head of Legal - North America, Head of Policy - North America, Crypto.comPDF

2026-10-20 · Crypto intermediary · Public comment · 3,493 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We believe that with the changes discussed below, Regulation Crypto Assets (“Reg. CA”) could greatly support the Commission’s mission of promoting capital formation and innovation in crypto asset markets with appropriate investor protections.

GEN convention: supports a tailored regime and asks for five changes to the definitions, the issuer role, intermediary status and integration, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen

Crypto.com believes Reg. CA should permit investment contracts involving assets other than non-security crypto assets, including securities and assets whose status as a security is unclear, without percentage limits.

Answers Questions 6 and 7 by removing the single non-security asset condition, admitting vaults, securities and assets of unclear status without percentage limits, and asks that blind bid-ask secondary trades not be securities transactions. Widens what the regime covers and narrows what is caught, so Loosen, as letters 134 and 166.

P10Conditional
Loosen

Crypto.com thus recommends the Commission expand the class of persons above to serve in the issuer role under Reg. CA to include lead developers or investors willing to take responsibility for disclosures and fund raising.

Lets lead developers, investors or other third parties sponsor an offering and file the forms where no issuer is identifiable. Widening who may use the regime is Loosen under the scope convention, as letters 77 and 140.

P17Conditional
Loosen split

would not cause such intermediaries to become “brokers,” “dealers,” or “exchanges” under the Exchange Act when the transactions were blind bid-ask transactions where the purchasers would not know the issuer is the seller.

Asks the Commission to clarify that intermediaries effecting blind bid-ask secondary trades are not brokers, dealers or exchanges, and for a Rule 152 presumption against integrating offerings filed under separate notices. Framed as a clarification, but its effect takes intermediaries out of registration, so Loosen under the reach tie-break, as letters 164 and 166; the literalist reads Clarify.

Answers question 6, 7, 16

↑ back to the top
177

Sarah E. Aberg , Chief Legal Officer, Noval Labs, Inc.PDF

2026-10-20 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 6,626 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Crypto Task Force submissions (June 18 and July 21, 2025).
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Nova Labs supports the Commission’s goal of a tailored, workable framework for crypto assets

GEN convention: supports the framework and asks for definitions, instructions and Rule 400 changes for DePINs, so Conditional, as letter 151.

P1Conditional
Loosen

Nova Labs recommends that the Commission add an instruction to the definition providing that the sale, lease, or configuration of hardware or equipment used to provide services to or through an associated crypto network or associated crypto application is not an asset “subject to” an investment contract

Proposes a Rule 100 definition under which programmatic network distributions for verified physical service are not offers or sales of a covered investment contract, and an instruction that participation hardware is not an asset subject to the contract (Questions 5 to 7). Narrows what is caught, so Loosen, as letter 151.

P2Conditional
Loosen

(a) scope programmatic network distributions out of the offering limit in proposed Rule 200(b)(4), as Request No. 54 contemplates

In the alternative, takes programmatic service distributions out of the $5 million limit, or values any that count by an objective method fixed at the outset (Questions 44, 53 and 54). Fewer distributions consume the cap, as letters 145 and 151.

P13Conditional
Loosen

Nova Labs recommends that the Commission provide that the condition in Rule 400(a) is deemed satisfied with respect to a DePIN that, for a specified period, has

Defines functional across the whole DePIN, states the post-functionality principle in Rule 400 (Clarify on its own), deems Rule 400(a) satisfied on four objective markers, gives pre-effective-date networks certainty without Form NOR or Form TR, and adds non-admission and a Section 28 exemption (Questions 124 to 134). A deemed-satisfied route and non-admission make the exit more available, as letters 151 and 168.

P15Authority defended

The Commission already relies on that authority for Regulation Crypto Assets.

Answers question 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 44, 53, 54, 70, 71, 124, 125, 131, 132, 134

↑ back to the top
178

Troy Murray, Chief Executive Officer, Graviton Inc., and Co-Founder, BarnBridge DAOPDF

2026-10-20 · Individual · Public comment · 2,084 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Earlier letters on this docket (September 16 and October 16, 2026; letter 119).
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

A workable offering regime has to accommodate what functioning applications do

GEN convention: works within the proposal and asks for rule-text and release treatment of distributions, multi-asset rights, programmatic mechanisms and intermediary relief, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen split

The Commission should explain, with examples and any necessary rule amendments, which rights and transactions sit within a covered investment contract when native functionality involves more than one asset

Answers Questions 6 and 7: where a token's functionality includes a programmatic right to acquire another asset, the Commission should say which components sit within a covered investment contract, amending the rule as needed. Accommodating more than one asset widens what the regime covers, Loosen, as letter 166; the literalist reads a request for explanation.

P2Conditional
Loosen

Bona fide participation and compensatory distributions that do not raise capital should be excluded, with anti-evasion conditions, or measured under the valuation rules without duplicate counting.

Supports rule text confirming that participation distributions on a functional system involve no investment of money (letter 134's proposal), and asks that non-capital distributions leave the Rule 200(b)(4) limit or count at the consideration received, not the secondary-market price (Questions 44, 46 and 54). Fewer distributions consume the cap, as letters 134 and 151.

P13Conditional
Loosen

None of these should, by itself, establish unfinished essential managerial efforts or a new investment contract merely because it produces an economic benefit, involves fees, or occurs while developers remain involved.

Stating the release's post-functionality view in rule text is Clarify on its own. The letter reaches further: formula redemptions, fee-funded allocations, programmatic buybacks and bounded governance changes never establish unfinished efforts, a transfer to governance does not recreate the contract, and non-issuer reliance runs from a Form TR filing with no review period (Questions 131 to 133). The exit becomes more available, as letters 126, 145 and 159.

P17Conditional
Loosen

I join the Hyperliquid Policy Center’s request that the Commission use Exchange Act Section 36 to exempt persons that facilitate secondary transactions in such an asset

Asks for role-based Section 36 relief for automated market makers, wallets and routing services from the start of a compliant offering, with reliance on the current public record. Intermediary relief is a new route, Loosen, as letters 134 and 159.

Answers question 6, 7, 44, 46, 54, 131, 132, 133, 141, 142, 143

↑ back to the top
Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

CFA Institute supports a tailored offering framework that expands legitimate capital formation while giving investors reliable information and clear accountability.

GEN convention: supports a tailored framework and asks for targeted amendments to Rules 103, 200 and 400; the authority and sequencing concerns are coded on P15, not as withdrawal, so Conditional.

P3Conditional
Tighten

In response to Questions 27–30 and 34, we recommend that the Commission require issuers to explain material direct and indirect economic interests of founders, promoters, controlling persons, and affiliates.

Adds required disclosure of insiders' economic interests, allocations and arrangements with public officials, airdrop eligibility and valuation, the source and formula of rewards, and fair presentation of quoted returns. More prescription is Tighten, as letters 86 and 162.

P4Conditional
Tighten

In addition, to preserve evidence of what investors were told, issuers should file a dated baseline disclosure and material amendments on EDGAR.

Asks for event-driven startup updates within four business days of a materiality determination in place of the annual cycle (Questions 67 to 69), and a dated baseline and amendments filed on EDGAR with prior versions kept. More than the proposal requires, as letters 102 and 136.

P12Conditional
Tighten

Some changes may already trigger the form; the purpose is to close identifiable gaps and avoid duplicative reporting.

Asks that Form 1-UC expressly capture material crypto-specific changes outside its current event categories. More reportable events is Tighten, as letters 123 and 144.

P13Conditional
Tighten

In response to Question 133, we recommend limiting Rule 400 to issuers that have fulfilled the essential managerial efforts they represented or promised.

Answers Question 133 by limiting the safe harbor to fulfillment, leaving abandoned arrangements to the general legal analysis. The exit becomes less available, so Tighten, as letter 86.

P15Authority challenged; Procedural objection

However, such frustration does not provide a legal basis for substituting rulemaking for legislative action.

Answers question 27, 28, 29, 30, 34, 67, 68, 69, 133

↑ back to the top
180

Joanna Mallers, Secretary, PTGPDF

2026-10-20 · Trade association or advocacy - industry · Public comment · 5,172 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

PTG supports the Commission’s effort to establish a tailored crypto asset offering framework.

GEN convention: supports the framework and asks for reliance protection, a legacy pathway, intermediary relief and broader preemption, so Conditional.

P13Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should adopt an express safe harbor permitting trading venues, principal trading firms, other secondary market participants, and purchasers to rely on a publicly filed Form TR containing the certification and supporting analysis required to invoke Rule 400.

Keeps the Form TR analysis (Question 130) and adds reliance protection from filing with completed transactions protected, Form TR filings by unaffiliated third parties for legacy assets with a good-faith liability shield, and a non-admission provision (Question 134). The exit becomes more available, as letters 90, 111 and 159.

P14Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should amend Rule 500 to provide a broader, independent pathway for protected secondary market transactions.

A Form TR or third-party certification should itself confer qualified-purchaser treatment for secondary trades, without regard to how the asset was first distributed (Question 140), on a reasonable-belief standard for both Rule 500(b) conditions (Questions 141 and 143), with dealers and liquidity providers kept within it. Widens what is preempted, as letters 84, 90 and 149.

P15Authority defended

The Commission has ample authority to adopt this protection in the final rules.

P16Benefits overstated

then the analysis credits a benefit the rule as proposed would not deliver

P17Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should expressly clarify that borrowing crypto assets, including from an issuer or affiliated holder, for bona fide secondary market liquidity provision does not, standing alone, constitute underwriting, participation in a distribution, or issuer buyback activity.

Asks that inventory borrowing not be underwriting, that liquidity provision alone not make a firm a dealer, for a codified dealer exemption on the File No. 4-927 order's model and a secondary market safe harbor beyond ATS and OTC structures. Intermediary relief is a new route, Loosen, as letters 134 and 159.

Answers question 130, 134, 140, 141, 143, 151, 153

↑ back to the top
181

Arifa Khan, Independent ResearcherPDF

2026-10-20 · Individual · Public comment · 888 words

Overall ConditionalPosture ClarifyingFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional split
—

My recommendation is narrow: clarify how disclosures should describe material changes to cryptographic authorization

GEN convention: works within the proposal and asks for non-exclusive examples and suggested clarifying text, which primary and skeptic read as a request for change, as letter 131. The literalist reads no change to rule text asked, Support.

P3Conditional
Clarify split

In response to Questions 28–30 concerning proposed Rule 103, I recommend non-exclusive examples explaining how disclosures should substantiate material statements such as

Asks for non-exclusive examples of how disclosure substantiates cryptographic security and migration claims (scope, assessment date, successor status, surviving predecessor paths), stating that it prescribes no architecture or deadline. Non-exclusive examples are Clarify, as letters 129 and 148; the skeptic reads the listed content as more prescription.

P4Conditional
Clarify

In considering the amendment arrangements under proposed Rule 200(d), the Commission should include examples involving changes that materially affect previously disclosed security claims.

Asks for examples under the Rule 200(d) amendment provisions, and that publication dates be kept distinct from the dates of the underlying observations. Examples change nothing that must be filed or posted, so Clarify, as letter 156.

Answers question 28, 29, 30

↑ back to the top
182

Young Kim, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer, Bitmine Immersion Technologies, Inc.PDF

2026-10-20 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 2,831 words

Overall ConditionalPosture ClarifyingFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We support the Proposal and the Commission’s broader approach

GEN convention: supports the proposal and asks for a Rule 100 definition or Rule 400 note, a related-person exclusion and statements in the adopting release, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen split

We recommend excluding persons whose only relationship with the issuer is providing infrastructure services to a blockchain network including node operation, validation or protocol staking services on arm’s-length terms

Answers Question 11 by excluding arm's-length infrastructure providers from the related-person definition, which as drafted reaches any contractor to the issuer. Narrowing related person removes a class of actor, so Loosen under the reach tie-break; the literalist reads the confirmation that services alone do not create the status.

P2Conditional
Clarify split

We also ask the Commission to confirm that the reference in the definition of “covered transaction” to rewards for activities related to “securing” a network does not suggest that validators receiving protocol rewards on a functional network take part in an investment contract.

Asks for confirmation that protocol rewards to validators on a functional network do not make them parties to an investment contract. The 2026 Interpretation already treats protocol staking as administrative or ministerial, so nothing new leaves the covered-transaction count: Clarify, as letter 166; the skeptic reads Loosen.

P13Conditional
Clarify split

codify, in the final rule or at minimum the adopting release, its view that once a crypto network is functional, services to secure, maintain, improve or enhance it, including validation and protocol staking, are not essential managerial efforts

Proposes illustrative text excluding post-functionality node operation, validation and protocol staking from essential managerial efforts. The release (pp. 56-58) and the 2026 Interpretation already say this, and the ask reaches no further, so Clarify, as letters 64 and 114; the skeptic reads Loosen.

Answers question 1, 2, 3, 11, 132

↑ back to the top
183

Benjamin L. Schiffrin, Director of Securities Policy, Better Markets Inc.PDF

2026-10-20 · Investor-protection advocacy organization · Public comment · 6,051 words

Overall OpposePosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENOppose
—

As a result, the Commission should withdraw the proposal.

GEN convention: the opening thesis and the close are that the proposal should be withdrawn, so Oppose, as letters 125 and 165.

P3Oppose
Tighten

But it still entails principles-based disclosures.

Objects that principles-based disclosure leaves executives discretion over what investors are told and yields incomparable information, and prefers the disclosure that registration requires. Less discretion is more prescription, Tighten, as letters 10 and 98.

P6Oppose
Tighten

The so-called startup exemption is the most egregious example.

Rejects the startup exemption, which combines retail access, general solicitation and transferability with no financial statements, intermediary or investment limit, in favor of registration. Rejecting the exemption is Tighten, as letters 98 and 125.

P7Oppose
Tighten

it was not enacted to facilitate crypto offerings.

Rejects the fundraising exemption's Regulation A model, arguing that Section 401 of the JOBS Act was not enacted for these offerings and that issuers should register. Rejecting the exemption's basis is Tighten, as letters 122 and 125.

P11Oppose
Tighten

Given the criminality in the crypto industry, this limitation on the bad actor disqualification leaves investors unprotected.

Rejects the exclusion of pre-effective-date events from disqualification, as letters 98, 125 and 165. Widening who is disqualified is Tighten.

P13Oppose
Tighten

The Commission should not allow crypto companies to determine for themselves that at a certain time the federal securities laws cease to apply to their tokens.

Rejects the self-certified exit, its availability after abandonment and its incentive to draft promises narrowly, as too readily available. Direction follows availability, so Tighten, as letters 53 and 165.

P14Oppose
Tighten

This definition, which would render the qualified purchaser limitation meaningless by including all purchasers as qualified purchasers, nullifies Congress’s intent.

Rejects defining every purchaser, retail included, as a qualified purchaser for offerings and secondary trades. Less preemption is Tighten, as letters 125 and 165.

P15Authority challenged; Defer to Congress

The Commission lacks the authority to adopt the proposal.

↑ back to the top
184

Jonathan Jachym, Chief Policy Officer, Payward, Inc.PDF

2026-10-20 · Crypto intermediary · Public comment · 1,856 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

The Proposal is a welcome step toward clearer pathways.

GEN convention: welcomes the proposal and asks for trading relief, reliance on Form TR and wider preemption, so Conditional.

P9Support
as-proposed

Second, it relies on disclosure, rather than prescriptive resale restrictions, to address insider risk, which protects investors without draining that liquidity.

Supports treating covered investment contracts as not restricted securities and relying on disclosure for insider risk, and asks that any further limits be narrow, milestone-based and set by issuers. Asks for no change, so as proposed, as letters 84 and 121.

P13Conditional
Loosen

Allow intermediaries to reasonably rely on a filed Form TR, and provide a practical path for assets distributed before the rule takes effect

Reasonable reliance on a filed Form TR for intermediaries and a path for assets distributed before the rule make the exit more available, as letters 90 and 159.

P14Conditional
Loosen

Extend Rule 500 preemption to dealer and liquidity-provider trades and, to the fullest extent of its authority, to intermediaries, so a national market is not split state by state.

Extends Rule 500 preemption to dealer and liquidity-provider trades and to intermediaries, which the rule as drafted excludes, as letters 50, 61 and 149.

P17Conditional
Loosen

Implement that approach through tailored exemptive relief for U.S. intermediaries, using the same authority the Commission recently exercised for tokenized NMS stocks

Asks that these assets trade on the same U.S. platforms as other digital assets while the issuer is current, through exemptive relief on the File No. 4-927 order's model, coordinated with the CFTC. Venue relief is a new route, Loosen, as letters 134 and 141.

Answers question 35

↑ back to the top
185

Brian Nistler, Head of Policy, Uniswap LabsPDF

2026-10-20 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 3,317 words · 2 signatories

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Crypto Task Force letter (July 10, 2026).
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We support the Commission’s direction and urge it to adopt a final rule.

GEN convention: urges adoption and asks for changes on secondary trading, a Rule 400 test and Form TR finality; asking for a change decides, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should therefore provide in the final rule that a non-security crypto asset subject to a covered investment contract may trade in secondary markets as a non-security while the issuer remains subject to the Proposal’s disclosure obligations.

Asks the final rule to treat secondary trades in the underlying asset as non-securities transactions while the issuer remains subject to disclosure, where the proposal treats them as securities transactions until separation. Narrows what is caught, so Loosen, as letter 134.

P13Conditional
Loosen

It is our view that any standard or test should turn on control of the network.

Proposes a non-exclusive control-based safe harbor in Rule 400 with three onchain-verifiable conditions, a stated alternative route, plus Form TR finality after a 60-day review, good-faith reliance protection, filings by successors or knowledgeable persons for assets without an active issuer and for pre-rule tokens, and non-admission. A stated alternative route and these additions make the exit more available, as letters 55, 90 and 159.

P14Conditional
Loosen

should also condition secondary market preemption under Rule 500(b)(2) on the issuer being subject to, rather than current with, its reporting obligations, or adopt a reasonable belief standard for secondary market participants

Secondary preemption that turns on the issuer being subject to its obligations rather than current, or on a reasonable-belief standard, and that applies regardless of venue or intermediary, keeps preemption in place where the proposal would switch it off, as letters 78 and 121.

P17Conditional
Loosen

Extend comparable exchange and dealer relief to secondary trading in covered investment contracts whose issuer is current in its Regulation Crypto Assets filings, either in the final rule or by a companion exemptive order issued at adoption.

Asks for exchange and dealer relief on the File No. 4-927 model and confirmation that non-custodial smart contracts, passive liquidity provision, non-custodial interfaces and auction contracts are not exchange, broker, dealer or underwriter activity, with reliance on EDGAR filing status. Intermediary relief is a new route, Loosen, as letters 134 and 159.

Answers question 131, 142, 143

↑ back to the top
186

Adam Sternbach, VP, Legal, Yuma Holdings, LLCPDF

2026-10-20 · Crypto investor or venture fund · Public comment · 9,618 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We write in support of the Commission’s proposed Regulation Crypto Assets (“Reg Crypto” or the “Release”) and to recommend one addition.

GEN convention: supports Subparts A to E substantially as proposed and proposes a new subpart with rule text; asking for a change decides, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen split

We recommend defining "issuer" for purposes of Regulation Crypto Assets to include the promoter primarily responsible for public communications concerning the subject crypto asset where no issuer exists or the issuer cannot reasonably be identified.

Answers Question 3 with a definition of issuer reaching the promoter primarily responsible for public communications where no issuer is identifiable. Primary and skeptic read the effect, which lets assets distributed without an identifiable issuer use the regime, as letter 140; the literalist reads a definition.

P3Conditional
Clarify split

Proposed Rule 607(d) supplies it for the subpart, and we recommend a comparable provision for Rule 103 whether or not the subpart is adopted.

Keeps Rule 103's items and adds a provision that complying with a disclosure requirement is not itself evidence of a voluntary representation. A non-probative provision is Clarify, as letter 34; the skeptic reads the added protection as Loosen.

P12Conditional
Clarify

We recommend the Commission clarify how "held of record" applies to crypto assets.

Asks how Rule 305(c)'s held-of-record count applies to self-custodied crypto assets, without proposing an answer. A request to resolve an ambiguity in the suspension mechanism, so Clarify.

P13Conditional
Loosen

We recommend an express provision of the kind set out in proposed Rule 600(d): that reliance is not evidence that a covered investment contract exists or existed, that the crypto asset is a security, or that the relying person is or was an issuer.

Asks for non-inference text in Rule 400 (Question 134) and a rule-level statement that a pre-committed, formula-based repurchase program is not a promise of essential managerial efforts, reaching issuers with a central party that staff FAQ 2.5 does not. Non-admission and the wider repurchase statement make the exit more available, as letters 77, 85 and 168.

P14Conditional
Loosen

The Commission asks whether preemption should be limited to covered investment contracts initially issued under a Regulation Crypto Assets exemption. We recommend it should not, for the reasons in Part VI.

Answers Question 140 against limiting secondary preemption by issuance route, asks that Rule 500(b)(1)'s text be conformed to the release's broader reading, and that compliance with the new subpart satisfy Rule 500(b). Widens what is preempted, as letters 159 and 169.

P17Conditional
Loosen

We recommend that the Commission adopt proposed Subpart F, Rules 600 through 607.

Proposes a new exemption for at-the-market sales by issuers and related persons into an existing trading market, with Rule 103 disclosure, seasoning, sales-scaled financial statements, a 30 percent related-person limit and a volume cap on discretionary sales, outside the offering caps and available to issuers that launched before the rule; it leaves Rule 300(c)(3)(ii)'s prohibition in place (Questions 92 and 93). A new route, so Loosen, as letters 159 and 169.

Answers question 3, 92, 93, 134, 140

↑ back to the top
187

Joshua Garcia, Outside General Counsel, Hawkeye Digital, Inc.; David Wachsman, President, Hawkeye Digital, Inc.PDF

2026-10-20 · Other institutional · Public comment · 3,844 words · 2 signatories

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We support the Commission’s effort to create offering exemptions and a safe harbor tailored to crypto assets.

GEN convention: supports the exemptions and safe harbor and suggests four changes, so Conditional.

P3Conditional
Clarify split

We suggest the Commission name the results of any existing third-party code audit as an example of disclosure that may respond to Rule 103(b)(6).

Asks that existing third-party audit results be named as an example of responsive security disclosure, stating that issuers should not be required to obtain an audit (Questions 28 and 29). A non-exclusive example is Clarify, as letters 119 and 129; the skeptic reads a named item as more prescription.

P6Conditional
Loosen

We request that the Commission raise the offering limit in the startup exemption from $5 million to $10 million

Answers Question 53: raise the startup limit to $10 million over the same four years. A higher cap is Loosen, as letters 77 and 140.

P7Conditional
Loosen

We request that the Commission adopt a filing-based path for Tier 1 offerings.

Lets Tier 1 offerings begin 20 days after a public Form 1-CRYPTO filing without a notice of qualification, keeping the $20 million cap and ongoing reporting (Question 76). Less than Tier 1 requires, so Loosen, as letter 162.

P13Conditional
Loosen split

We suggest the Commission state the three factors in the adopting release, or any other set of discrete factors derived from existing case law.

Answers Questions 131 and 132 with three factors for where administrative and ministerial functions end (discretion versus automation, fees paid for expertise, distributed functionality), applied to each function an issuer keeps performing after Form TR. Naming factors takes the ask out of letter 68's Clarify; unstated as condition or route, so read as a route, Loosen, as letter 117; the literalist reads adopting-release guidance.

P16Costs understated

We also note that crypto asset issuers have reported far higher legal fees for Regulation A offerings than the Commission’s estimates assume.

Answers question 28, 29, 53, 76, 131, 132, 147, 148

↑ back to the top
188

N. John Bey, President, American Association for JusticePDF

2026-10-20 · Investor-protection advocacy organization · Public comment · 1,839 words

Overall OpposePosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENOppose
—

Because this proposal only serves to provide special rules for the digital asset industry at the expense of other market participants and investors, it should be withdrawn.

GEN convention: the opening thesis and the close ask that the proposal be withdrawn, so Oppose.

P3Oppose
Tighten

For instance, the proposal fails to consider the impact of allowing issuers to determine what is material, flipping the emphasis from investors to issuers, thereby deviating from the applicable legal standard of materiality.

Objects that principles-based disclosure lets issuers decide what is material and that no further limits on required disclosure are justified. Less issuer discretion is more prescription, Tighten, as letters 10 and 183.

P6Oppose
Tighten

There is already a framework of existing exemptions

Argues that Section 4(a)(2), Regulation D, Regulation A and Regulation Crowdfunding already serve these issuers, so neither new exemption is needed. Rejecting the startup exemption in favor of existing exemptions is Tighten, as letters 98 and 125.

P7Oppose
Tighten

the SEC did not adequately and reasonably consider these viable alternatives that digital asset companies are already utilizing now.

Rejects the fundraising exemption on the same ground, that existing exemptions, Regulation A among them, are viable alternatives. Rejecting the exemption is Tighten, as letters 98 and 125.

P13Oppose
Tighten

The SEC does not have the authority to attempt this end-run around the Howey test and federal law.

Rejects the safe harbor, arguing that whether an asset ceases to be an investment contract is for the courts and that resales should stay regulated until a legal determination is made. The exit becomes unavailable, so Tighten, as letters 53 and 165.

P14Oppose
Tighten

The proposed rule erodes the effectiveness of state securities regulators by weakening their ability to track and monitor fraud or misconduct.

Rejects preemption of State registration and qualification and asks that States keep their licensing and registration role. Less preemption is Tighten, as letters 125 and 165.

P15Authority challenged; Defer to Congress; Procedural objection

Without this explicit authorization from Congress, the SEC does not have the authorization to act.

↑ back to the top
Overall OpposePosture TighteningFrame on-instrumentargues the 2026 Interpretation is wrong
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENOppose split
—

First and foremost, PIABA suggests that no new exemptions should be made.

GEN convention: the opening thesis opposes the proposal to the extent it reduces investor protection and the close asks that no new exemptions be made and that the regime be conformed to existing frameworks, so Oppose. The skeptic reads the safeguards offered if the Commission proceeds as Conditional, as letter 163.

P3Conditional
Tighten

The principles-based structure also gives issuers substantial discretion over what to disclose, how much detail to provide, and how to characterize negative information.

Accepts the Rule 103 topics as relevant and does not oppose tailored disclosure, but objects that principles-based narrative leaves issuers discretion and asks for standardized information alongside it. More prescription is Tighten, as letters 117 and 142.

P4Oppose
Tighten

It also should require prompt disclosure after a material change rather than relying principally on an annual updating cycle.

Rejects website disclosure with annual updating and asks that all Rule 103 disclosures, financial statements and amendments be filed on EDGAR with prior versions kept, and updated promptly on material change (Questions 65, 66 and 69). Moving the record to EDGAR is Tighten, as letters 14 and 125.

P5Oppose
Tighten

Financial statements provide information that narrative descriptions cannot replace.

Calls the startup exemption's lack of any financial statements its most serious defect and asks that financial statements and amendments be filed. More financial information where the proposal requires none is Tighten, as letters 49 and 51.

P6Oppose
Tighten

An aggregate offering cap simply does not protect any investor.

Rejects the startup exemption as drafted, argues that the $5 million cap protects no individual investor, and asks that any startup offering give retail investors no fewer protections than Regulation Crowdfunding, including a registered funding portal. Rejecting the exemption's calibration and adding conditions is Tighten, as letters 125 and 183.

P7Oppose
Tighten

Amend Rule 261(c) to make covered investment contracts eligible for Regulation A

Prefers making covered investment contracts eligible for Regulation A, with Rule 103's tailored disclosure, to a parallel fundraising exemption, and otherwise asks that it carry Regulation A's liability and a registered intermediary. Rejecting the new exemption for Regulation A is Tighten, as letter 98.

P8Oppose
Tighten

Adopt investment limits for the Startup Exemption (Request No. 55), consistent with Regulation Crowdfunding.

Answers Question 55 with Regulation Crowdfunding-style investment limits for the startup exemption, which has none. An added purchaser limit is Tighten, as letters 86 and 125.

P9Oppose
Tighten

Measures such as mandatory insider lock-ups, volume limits, requiring advance notice and prompt reporting of insider sales, blackout periods, and limits on resale will impose limited burden on legitimate projects.

Rejects the disclosure-only treatment of insider resale and asks for the minimum related-person holding period the release considered (Alternative 3), with volume limits and prompt reporting (Questions 34, 35 and 81). Adds resale restrictions, as letters 125 and 155.

P13Oppose
Tighten

The Commission should delete “or otherwise permanently ceased” from Rule 400(a) and withdraw the abandonment route.

Answers Question 133 by limiting the exit to completion, and adds a staff objection period, officer certification, an independent attestation of control indicia in Form TR, a related-person no-sale period after filing, removal of the post-functionality carve-out and preservation of accrued claims. The exit becomes less available, so Tighten, as letters 86 and 125.

P14Oppose
Tighten

If the Commission adopts the startup exemption, it should exclude that exemption entirely from Rule 500.

Asks that Rule 500 be withdrawn or deferred to Congress, or at minimum exclude the startup exemption, cover only qualified Tier 2 offerings and leave secondary trading unpreempted unless it runs through a registered broker-dealer (Questions 136 to 144). Less preemption is Tighten, as letters 125 and 165.

P15Authority challenged; Defer to Congress

The Commission should identify the specific authority for the deeming provision

P16Costs understated

The Commission’s economic analysis should weigh the investor losses that state review would have prevented, not only the issuer cost of complying with multistate review.

P17Conditional
Tighten

Make record preservation a condition of every exemption and safe harbor in Part 228, exclude recordkeeping failures from Rule 101(d), require prompt production to the Commission

Adds record preservation as a condition of every exemption and the safe harbor, excluded from Rule 101(d), a purchaser liability undertaking modeled on Section 4A(c), a bar on remedy waivers and a statement that paid sellers must register as brokers. Conditions on the whole regime are Tighten, as letter 163.

Answers question 14, 34, 35, 55, 65, 66, 69, 81, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144 · Endorses alternative 3

↑ back to the top
190

Deborah McCrimmon, Deputy General Counsel, RipplePDF

2026-10-20 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 9,016 words · 3 signatories

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Crypto Task Force letters (March 21 and May 27, 2025; January 9, 2026) and a letter to the Commission (May 7, 2026).
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Ripple fully supports the Commission’s efforts to provide a regulatory framework for crypto assets, and urges the Commission to adopt the Proposal in a final rule.

GEN convention: urges adoption and offers targeted refinements to Rules 400 and 500 with rule text; asking for a change decides, so Conditional.

P1Support
as-proposed

Ripple supports the definitions of “covered investment contract” and “subject crypto asset” as proposed.

Supports the definitions separating the investment contract from the crypto asset as drafted and asks that the adopting release preserve them without qualification. No change in reach, as letters 31 and 89.

P3Support
as-proposed

A disclosure regime that elicits the information investors actually need can protect investors more effectively than a formalistic regime that produces information of limited relevance.

Defends the tailored, principles-based Rule 103 disclosure as drafted and asks for no change to it, as letters 87 and 89.

P13Conditional
Loosen

Ripple recommends that Rule 400 provide that a person that transacts in a crypto asset in good faith in reliance on a filed Form TR acts in conformity with a Commission rule for purposes of Section 19(a) of the Securities Act and Section 23(a)(1) of the Exchange Act.

Supports Rule 400 and rejects limiting it to fulfillment (Question 133) and adding decentralization or control criteria. Asks for a no-presumption paragraph, good-faith reliance with prospective-only challenges (Questions 125, 128 and 134), extension to the Investment Company and Advisers Act definitions (Question 135) and no recharacterization as another instrument (Question 126). Each makes the exit more available, as letters 66, 90 and 100.

P14Conditional
Loosen

Ripple proposes revising Rule 500(b) to reach transactions “by any person other than (i) an issuer or underwriter, or (ii) a dealer participating in a distribution

Supports the qualified-purchaser definition (Question 138), narrows the dealer exclusion to dealers in a distribution, supports the reasonable-belief and subject-to alternatives (Questions 141 and 142) with a good-faith safe harbor, and keeps preemption through a startup issuer's Form TR. Widens what is preempted, as letters 50, 61 and 121.

P15Authority defended

The Commission has ample statutory authority to adopt Reg Crypto, and the Proposal is consistent with Howey.

P16Baseline unreliable

Ripple notes that the baseline against which the Proposal is measured should account for both the tangible costs of the ambiguity it resolves, and the past economic value lost due to the lack of clear rules.

Answers question 125, 126, 128, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 138, 141, 142, 143, 147, 148, 149, 154 · Opposes alternative 11

↑ back to the top
191

Karen E. Ubell, Goodwin Procter LLPPDF

2026-10-20 · Legal practitioner or law firm · Public comment · 4,450 words

Overall ConditionalPosture As-proposedFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Regulation Crypto Assets is a thoughtful and constructive framework for crypto asset offerings.

GEN convention: supports two core premises and asks for a provision on secondary transactions and intermediaries; asking for a change decides, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen

I urge the Commission to permit transactions in a non-security subject crypto asset through crypto-native transfer infrastructure, decentralized and centralized exchanges

Asks for a provision that, while the issuer complies with its disclosure requirements, transactions in the subject crypto asset by persons other than the issuer and related persons are not offers or sales of the covered investment contract. Narrows what is caught, so Loosen, as letters 134 and 185.

P3Support
as-proposed

Rule 103 is better suited to answering those questions than the line items of Regulation S-K or Form 1-A.

Supports Rule 103's tailored, principles-based disclosure as drafted and asks for no change to it, as letters 87 and 190.

P15Authority defended

The Commission has ample authority to provide this relief under Section 28 of the Securities Act and Section 36 of the Exchange Act

P17Conditional
Loosen

are not required, solely by reason of that activity, to register as exchanges, brokers, dealers, clearing agencies or transfer agents.

Asks that decentralized protocols and crypto trading platforms facilitating those transactions not need to register as exchanges, brokers, dealers, clearing agencies or transfer agents for that reason alone, or a prompt follow-on rule. Intermediary relief is a new route, Loosen, as letters 134 and 185.

Answers question 140

↑ back to the top
192

James PreisslerHTML

2026-10-20 · Individual · Public comment · 597 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I write in support of the Commission's decision to address crypto asset offerings through rulemaking rather than enforcement.

GEN convention: supports the proposal and asks for objective serial-raise criteria and objective exit conditions, so Conditional.

P5Support
as-proposed

Requiring GAAS/PCAOB-audited statements at the $75 million tier is proportionate

Supports the Tier 2 audit under U.S. GAAS or PCAOB standards as proposed and asks that Tier 1 not be expanded into a mini-registration. No change asked, as letter 164.

P6Support
as-proposed

At the $5 million startup tier, the Form NOR plus website disclosure approach is what makes the exemption usable at all.

Supports the startup exemption's Form NOR and website disclosure at the proposed $5 million; no change asked, as letters 101 and 115.

P7Conditional
Tighten

Please specify objective separation criteria — elapsed time, use-of-proceeds accounting, and a prohibition on pre-committed tranche structures marketed as a single raise.

Supports successive $75 million Tier 2 raises but asks for objective separation criteria and a prohibition on pre-committed tranches marketed as one raise. An added condition on how the limit renews is Tighten, as letter 147.

P13Conditional
Tighten

Where active control persists, exit should be denied no matter how the project markets itself.

Asks that the exit depend on verifiable dispersion of holdings and voting power and the absence of anyone performing essential managerial functions, and be denied where control persists. A stated mandatory condition is Tighten, as letters 2 and 70.

P14Support
as-proposed

I support proposed Rule 500 on those terms.

Supports preemption of State registration with State antifraud authority preserved, as proposed, as letters 101 and 115.

P17Conditional
Clarify

A statement of the Commission's intended sequencing for those rules would materially increase the value of commenting on and complying with this one.

Asks the Commission to state how it intends to sequence trading venue, broker-dealer and custody rules, with no position on their content. A request for a line to be drawn, so Clarify, as letter 117.

Answers question 83, 131

↑ back to the top
193

Miller Whitehouse-Levine, CEO, Solana Policy Institute; Patrick Wilson, General Counsel, Solana Policy InstitutePDF

2026-10-20 · Trade association or advocacy - industry · Public comment · 11,532 words · 2 signatories

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We commend the Commission for its thoughtful approach and strongly support the prompt adoption of the proposal.

GEN convention: supports prompt adoption and makes detailed recommendations to rule text and forms; asking for a change decides, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen split

We recommend that the Commission retain the categories enumerated in the proposed definition but overlay a materiality nexus

Keeps the single-asset definition as proposed (Questions 6 and 7), lets an issuer name more than one associated network or application (Questions 4 and 8), and overlays a materiality nexus on related person (Question 11). Narrowing related person removes a class of persons, Loosen, as letter 182; the literalist reads definitional work.

P3Conditional
Loosen split

We support this principles-based approach and would oppose potential efforts to replace proposed Rule 103 with a prescriptive checklist.

Supports principles-based Rule 103 with illustrative examples stated not to set a floor, and asks that generic risks need not be disclosed, that the unknown-or-unavailable limit reach information the issuer cannot verify, that ecosystem disclosure not require vouching for participants and that consistency attach only to identified channels (Questions 26 to 29 and 36). Less prescription on what must be shown, Loosen, as letter 159; the literalist reads confirmations.

P4Conditional
Loosen split

We recommend that the Commission permit delayed or confidential disclosure where immediate publication of information or disclosure of an event would create a material security risk.

Two kinds of ask. Change summaries and an archive of prior versions (Question 69) add to what is posted, Tighten. An EDGAR filing alone satisfying delivery (Question 89), crypto-native investor notices (Question 90) and delayed or confidential disclosure of security risks lessen how disclosure must reach investors, Loosen, as letter 101. Primary and skeptic weigh the second group; the literalist the explicit requirements.

P6Conditional
Loosen

That said, we believe that the four-year period should commence with the first covered transaction rather than with the filing of Form NOR.

Starts the four-year period at the first covered transaction, provides that missing development milestones does not by itself defeat the exemption, and narrows substantially similar and affiliate to the same economic project and common control (Questions 47, 51 and 52). Each widens what the startup exemption permits, as letters 84, 154 and 169.

P7Conditional
Loosen

we recommend that the final rule text contemplate and permit wallet and other onchain-based actions—such as preregistration of crypto wallet addresses or other network-specific actions—to serve as an indication of interest by a prospective investor seeking to purchase a covered

Permits onchain indications of interest and asks that ordinary developer communications not count as prohibited offering communications while an offering is pending (Question 78). Widens how fundraising-exemption offerings may be conducted, as letters 70 and 169.

P9Support
as-proposed

Likewise, we support the Commission’s proposal to utilize these disclosure requirements as the mechanism to address insider-sale concerns in lieu of a mandatory holding period for related persons.

Supports disclosure in place of a mandatory related-person holding period, as proposed, as letters 84 and 121.

P10Conditional
Loosen split

a person should not be treated as part of an issuer group solely because the person contributes open-source code, receives a grant, advises at arm’s length, operates infrastructure, provides liquidity, holds or votes governance tokens, builds an independent application, provides wallet or interface software, or passively invests.

Supports group issuers (Questions 48 and 49) and asks that an issuer group be defined by actual agreements, with contributors, grantees, infrastructure operators and governance-token holders excluded. Removes a class of actor from the group, Loosen under the reach tie-break; the literalist reads a definition.

P12Conditional
Loosen split

Accordingly, the Commission should expressly permit issuers to substantiate or cross-reference applicable factual disclosure through public ledger records or repositories

Lets reports cross-reference public ledger records rather than reproduce them, makes Form TR the primary route to terminate reporting, and allows a good-faith methodology for the 300-holder test (Questions 116 and 123). Less reporting than the proposal requires, Loosen, as letter 169; the literalist reads accommodation of existing requirements.

P13Conditional
Loosen

Nevertheless, to provide greater certainty and predictability, we recommend that the Commission remove the second prong from Rule 400(a) in its entirety.

Removes Rule 400(a)'s no-new-promises prong, narrows all essential managerial efforts to those purchasers could rely on, lets disclosed plans be amended without jeopardy, adds optional abandonment and functionality certifications as stated non-exclusive routes, extends Rule 101(d) or a cure to Form TR, and adds non-admission and successor filers (Questions 124 to 134). The exit becomes more available, as letters 55, 59 and 169.

P14Conditional
Loosen

We recommend that the Commission address this through the reasonable-belief standard that it raises in Question 141

Supports pathway-independent secondary preemption (Question 140) and asks for the reasonable-belief standard (Question 141), preemption from Form NOR or qualification until a public event, a machine-readable EDGAR status and reliance on the public record (Question 143). Keeps preemption in place where the proposal would switch it off, as letters 113 and 121.

P17Conditional
Loosen split

We believe that the Commission should codify this view in rule text.

Codifies in Rule 12g5-1 that covered investment contracts are not equity securities (Question 45), as letter 140, limits the legal opinion to valid issuance and enforceability (Question 112), and asks for a near-term proposal on intermediary registration. Primary and skeptic weigh the codification, Loosen; the literalist reads the scope limit and the request for a proposal as Clarify.

Answers question 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 11, 26, 27, 28, 29, 36, 45, 47, 48, 49, 51, 52, 62, 63, 67, 68, 69, 78, 88, 89, 90, 112, 116, 123, 124, 125, 127, 130, 131, 133, 134, 140, 141, 143

↑ back to the top
194

Stefan Schropp, Senior Regulatory Policy, Paradigm Operations LPPDF

2026-10-20 · Crypto investor or venture fund · Public comment · 3,188 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Paradigm commends the Commission’s efforts to ensure that crypto asset developers and issuers have a clear pathway to finance the development of new and innovative blockchain-based protocols.

GEN convention: commends the proposal and asks for five changes to the definitions, integration, secondary trading and the issuer role, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen

Paradigm supports Reg Crypto offerings of investment contracts involving assets other than non-security crypto assets.

Answers Questions 6 and 7 by removing the single-asset prong for multiple crypto assets and vaults, admitting issuer equity without percentage limits, protecting good-faith determinations that the asset is not a security, and treating blind bid-ask secondary trades as non-securities transactions. Widens what the regime covers and narrows what is caught, Loosen, as letters 166 and 176.

P10Conditional
Loosen

Paradigm thus recommends that the Commission revise Reg Crypto, including the fundraising exemption, and its related forms Reg Crypto to allow third parties to independently sponsor Reg Crypto offerings and file related forms even when they are not explicitly the issuer or acting on its behalf.

Lets a lead developer or investor sponsor an offering under either exemption, assuming the issuer's obligations, where no issuer is identifiable, including where the fundraising exemption would require a U.S. entity. Widens who may use the regime, as letters 140 and 176.

P17Conditional
Loosen

Paradigm recommends the Commission provide an additional safe harbor in Rule 152 or issue guidance in the final rule release stating that a Reg Crypto offering will not be integrated with a concurrent exempt offering

Adds a Rule 152 integration safe harbor for concurrent offerings that describe the same crypto asset, and alternatively relief for intermediaries facilitating secondary trades. New routes, Loosen, as letters 159 and 176.

Answers question 6, 7

↑ back to the top
195

William F. Galvin, Secretary of the Commonwealth of MassachusettsPDF

2026-10-20 · State securities regulator / NASAA / state attorney general · Public comment · 2,408 words

Overall OpposePosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENOppose
—

I urge the Commission to reconsider this misguided proposal.

GEN convention: the opening thesis is that the Commission should not move forward with the proposal as written, and the ask is a registration pathway instead, so Oppose.

P3Oppose
Tighten

In fact, we cannot expect anything akin to clarity when issuers are left with wide discretion to apply a principles-based system.

Objects that principles-based disclosure leaves issuers wide discretion and asks for consistent, comparable required information and fuller Form NOR content. More prescription is Tighten, as letters 51 and 183.

P4Oppose
Tighten

There are no requirements to preserve website content to the extent it is changed.

Rejects website-based startup disclosure and asks that offering materials be filed on EDGAR, with preserved versions and more frequent updates. Moving the record to EDGAR is Tighten, as letters 14 and 125.

P5Oppose
Tighten

In terms of disclosures themselves, issuers would have no obligation to disclose meaningful financial information, the existence of prior securities issuance, or offering materials.

Objects that the startup exemption requires no financial information and that the fundraising exemption does not apply financial disclosure consistently. More financial information is Tighten, as letters 49 and 51.

P6Oppose
Tighten

The Startup Exemption is a Sure-Fire Pathway for Small Dollar Frauds

Rejects the startup exemption as drafted, citing its disclosure, the lack of record retention and a Form NOR without a physical address. Rejecting the exemption is Tighten, as letters 125 and 183.

P8Conditional
Tighten

I strongly believe an investor limitation is necessary for all retail facing crypto offerings as discussed in the Proposal.

Commends the fundraising exemption's investment limit and asks that a limit apply to every retail-facing offering, the startup exemption included. Extends the limit, Tighten, as letters 86 and 152.

P10Oppose
Tighten

Concerningly, even though offshore issuers can use the startup exemption, there is no requirement for the issuer to file SEC Form F-X, which is a designation of a U.S. agent to receive service of

Objects that offshore issuers may use the startup exemption with no Form F-X agent for service of process. Conditioning entry is Tighten under the scope convention, as letters 14 and 125.

P14Oppose
Tighten

I urge the Commission to remove all preemption of necessary and appropriate state securities regulations in this critical area.

Rejects the qualified-purchaser definition as contrary to NSMIA's legislative history and asks that all preemption be removed. Less preemption is Tighten, as letters 125 and 165.

P15Authority challenged

It is simply wrong to believe the Commission may enact rules beyond those specifically directed by Congress, especially as it pertains to preemption.

↑ back to the top
196

Stuart Alderoty, President, National Cryptocurrency AssociationPDF

2026-10-20 · Trade association or advocacy - industry · Public comment · 27,601 words

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

The National Cryptocurrency Association (NCA) commends the Commission’s effort to seek broad stakeholder input on proposed Regulation Crypto Assets

GEN convention: supports Rule 103, both exemptions and the safe harbor and asks for added disclosure, filing, investment-limit and reporting changes; asking for a change decides, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Clarify

The Commission should adopt a broad, technology-neutral definition of “crypto asset” and explain the defined terms in plain language so that ordinary buyers can recognize what the rule covers.

Supports the broad definition (Question 8) and asks that the defined terms be explained in plain language; no change in reach, so Clarify.

P2Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should provide that airdrops, rewards for using, operating, governing, or securing a network, and tokens paid to promoters do not count toward the $5 million cap when the recipient pays no money to the issuer

Answers Questions 46 and 54: distributions for which the recipient pays nothing leave the cap, or are valued at the offering price or a disclosed good-faith valuation with a separate allowance. Fewer distributions consume the cap, as letters 47 and 140.

P3Conditional
Tighten

The Commission should add to the required offering terms any known or planned trading venues and any redemption options, so buyers know where and how they can exit before they purchase.

Adopts Rule 103 and adds trading venues and redemption options to the offering terms (Question 31), tokens paid to promoters, a funding-focused financial discussion with stated minimum items (Question 102), Rule 421(d) plain English and offering-specific risk factors that treat generic ones as non-responsive (Question 36). Added required content is more prescription, as letters 141 and 162.

P4Conditional
Tighten

Make disclosures available where buyers encounter offerings, in a standard machine-readable format, and file startup disclosures on EDGAR so there is a record of what was disclosed

Asks for machine-readable disclosure linked from sale pages (Question 32), EDGAR filing of startup disclosures (Questions 65 and 66), marked updates within four business days of a material change (Questions 63, 68 and 69), and delivery at the purchase interface rather than by EDGAR filing alone (Questions 88 to 90). More than the proposal requires, as letters 102 and 136.

P5Conditional
Tighten

The Commission should keep the proposed approach under which Tier 1 financial statements are not required to be audited

Keeps Tier 1 unaudited and the Tier 2 audit (Questions 104 and 110) and adds a first-page statement of whether the statements are audited, reviewed or neither. A required statement beyond what the forms require, Tighten, as letter 161.

P6Support
as-proposed

The Commission should keep the cap at $5 million and not lower it.

Supports the startup exemption, the $5 million cap, the four-year limit and the intent certification as proposed (Questions 43, 47, 53 and 62), as letters 101 and 115.

P7Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should treat wallet preregistration and similar non-binding signals of interest as indications of interest

Supports the fundraising exemption and its tier limits (Questions 75 and 82) and treats wallet preregistration as an indication of interest on Rule 255's conditions (Question 78). Widens how offerings may be conducted, as letter 193.

P8Conditional
Tighten

The Commission should apply to non-accredited investors in the startup exemption the same 10% threshold that applies in the fundraising exemption

Answers Questions 55 and 152 with the 10 percent limit applied to the startup exemption, measured across purchases over 12 months, with reliance on the investor's representation. Extends the limit, Tighten, as letters 86 and 152.

P9Support
as-proposed

The Commission should keep the proposed resale treatment, under which these securities are not restricted

Keeps the non-restricted treatment and relies on prominent disclosure of insider holdings and unlock dates (Questions 34, 35 and 153), as letters 84 and 121.

P10Conditional
Tighten

NCA recommends keeping the startup exemption open to non-U.S. issuers, on the condition that any issuer selling to U.S. investors accepts U.S. rules

Keeps the startup exemption open to non-U.S. issuers but conditions it on a U.S. agent for service of process, and requires a U.S. address where an issuer has no office (Questions 49, 50 and 61). An added condition of entry is Tighten under the scope convention, as letter 112's agent condition.

P11Support
as-proposed

NCA supports applying the Regulation A disqualification standard to the exemptions

Supports Rule 104's Regulation A disqualification standard and proposes no additions or removals (Questions 37 and 41), as letter 117.

P12Conditional
Tighten

The Commission should add network-level triggers to Form 1-UC, alongside the company-level ones

Adds security incidents and changes in admin-key holders to Form 1-UC (Question 116), keeps reporting for both tiers (Question 117), and for suspension counts beneficial holders and bars suspension while promised work is incomplete (Question 123). More reporting is Tighten, as letters 123 and 133.

P13Conditional
Tighten

The Commission should add two items written for holders rather than lawyers

Supports Rule 400 with its analysis and the abandonment route (Questions 124, 130 and 133), adding to Form TR a plain-language summary of what was promised and delivered, an accounting of funds raised and used, an opening statement of what the filing does and a U.S. agent (Questions 71 and 128). Required Form TR content is Tighten, as letters 104 and 142.

P14Conditional
Clarify

The Commission should make each issuer’s filing status easy to check, for example with a plain status indicator on EDGAR

Takes no position on the preemption mechanism or scope (Questions 136 to 140) and asks for an EDGAR status indicator so buyers can tell whether an issuer is current (Questions 141 to 143). No change to what preemption covers, so Clarify, as letters 136 and 141.

P16Baseline unreliable

Revise its estimate of affected issuers to include token sales made without a filing.

P17Conditional
Clarify split

and require issuers to disclose the conversion method and exchange-rate source they used

Keeps Rule 100's exchange-rate standard for foreign-currency proceeds and asks the Commission to define a reasonable time before the sale and require disclosure of the method and source (Question 9). Definitional, Clarify, as letter 136; the skeptic reads the added disclosure as Tighten.

Answers question 8, 9, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 41, 43, 46, 47, 49, 50, 53, 54, 55, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 68, 69, 70, 71, 75, 78, 81, 82, 86, 88, 89, 90, 102, 104, 110, 116, 117, 118, 123, 124, 128, 129, 130, 131, 133, 136, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154

↑ back to the top
197

Kenneth E. Bentsen, Jr., CEO and President, Securities Industry and Financial Markets AssociationPDF

2026-10-20 · Trade association or advocacy - industry · Public comment · 8,285 words

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Prior SIFMA letters to the Commission on digital asset regulation.
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

SIFMA supports the work of the Commission in developing a structured, regulated approach to these products covered under Regulation Crypto Assets and the projects they support.

GEN convention: supports the approach and the rulemaking process and asks for added implementation detail, safe harbors and investor protections, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen split

The SEC should recognize and clearly define what technical and ministerial functions an entity can undertake in connection these projects without triggering reporting obligations.

Asks that the crypto asset definition exclude or cross-reference tokenized securities, payment stablecoins and tokenized deposits, and that node operation and ministerial minting not make an entity an issuer, while keeping the single-asset covered investment contract. Removing actors and assets from the regime is Loosen under the reach tie-break; the literalist reads the taxonomy asks as Clarify.

P3Conditional
Tighten

The disclosure framework should address token-supply schedules, insider and related-party allocations, treasury transactions, concentrated holdings, market-making arrangements, liquidity limitations, governance rights, repurchase or burn mechanisms, and conflicts that could create artificial or unsustainable demand or obscure the basis for valuation.

Adds valuation, market-making, treasury and manipulation-risk items to the offering disclosure. More prescription is Tighten.

P4Conditional
Tighten

SIFMA requests that Rule 103 disclosures and amendments be accessible in a standardized, machine-readable format on EDGAR and identify specific broker-dealer-relevant fields

Asks for standardized machine-readable EDGAR disclosure with named fields (issuer service address, token identifiers, governance, code review status) and for clarity on who controls EDGAR access for individual and group issuers. Structured data is Tighten, as letters 22, 61 and 120.

P11Oppose
Tighten

However, we question the value of a blanket bad-actor disqualification amnesty, particularly in a nascent market where assets and products lack any reporting history.

Supports the Regulation A disqualification standard but rejects the exclusion of events before the effective date. Rejecting the grandfather is Oppose / Tighten, as letter 98.

P13Conditional
Tighten

Clear rules specifying when a Form TR invoking Rule 400 becomes operationally effective for intermediaries, including a minimum notice period before delinking takes effect for broker-dealer purposes and a defined mechanism for Commission challenge or objection.

Asks for a notice period before delinking takes effect for intermediaries, a Commission challenge or objection mechanism, and express re-entry triggers if managerial efforts resume, alongside intermediary reliance on Form TR (Clarify on letter 96). A waiting period with Commission review makes the exit less available, Tighten, as letter 50.

P14Conditional
Loosen split

SIFMA recommends that registered broker-dealers receive a reasonable reliance safe harbor for issuer compliance with the disclosure, filing, and periodic reporting conditions of Rule 500, and for the availability of preemption in secondary transactions, absent actual knowledge of noncompliance.

Asks that capacity under Rule 500 be assessed transaction by transaction, questions excluding dealer transactions by registered broker-dealers, and seeks reliance protection for preemption availability. Keeping preemption available where issuer compliance is uncertain widens it, Loosen; the literalist reads the capacity ask as Clarify.

P17Conditional
Clarify split

SIFMA recommends that the Commission address the gaps this presents – this could be through requiring registered intermediary participation for retail public sales, or where brokers are not present in the distribution process, to ensure that issuer-level controls are in place to mitigate illicit finance and other risks.

Asks how covered investment contracts trade, clear, settle and are custodied, a 180-day implementation period and customer notice templates (Clarify, as letter 117), and that direct sales either use registered intermediaries or carry issuer-level identity and sanctions controls. The skeptic reads the direct-sale ask as Tighten.

↑ back to the top
198

Julie Lascar, Policy & Government Affairs, Digital Asset HoldingsPDF

2026-10-20 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 1,868 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

DA appreciates the SEC’s ongoing efforts to provide guidance and interpretations that seek to appropriately distinguish securities from non-securities

GEN convention: supports Rule 400 and Form TR and asks for two changes to the safe harbor, so Conditional.

P13Conditional
Loosen

Doing so will provide a pathway for issuers and technology providers to leverage the safe harbor even if they are hesitant to acknowledge the existence of an investment contract or in cases where an investment contract did not exist.

Proposes rule text deeming a crypto asset outside an investment contract once its network is functional, with a modified Form TR, as a second route beside Rule 400(a), and asks the release to recognize assets minted without an investment contract. A stated alternative route is Loosen, as letters 8 and 18; the maintenance language alone would be Clarify.

Answers question 125, 131, 132, 134

↑ back to the top
199

Thania Charmani, Partner, Winston Taylor, on behalf of The Digital Chamber (“TDC”)PDF

2026-10-20 · Trade association or advocacy - industry · Public comment · 18,886 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer TDC letter to Commissioner Peirce and the Crypto Task Force, June 26, 2025.argues the 2026 Interpretation is wrongengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

TDC welcomes the Commission’s Proposal as a significant step toward a clear and workable regulatory framework for digital assets.

GEN convention: welcomes the proposal and asks for changes across the safe harbor, both exemptions, preemption and secondary trading, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen

The final rules should instead require a transaction-specific basis for treating a later purchase of a non-security asset as part of an investment contract

Rejects the traveling investment contract theory and asks for a separate exemption for independent secondary transactions, a safe harbor for service rewards and grants, codified airdrop treatment, a functional protocol-token category, and eligibility for separable mixed instruments, multi-token offerings and third-party sponsors. Narrows what is caught and widens what may use the regime, Loosen, as letters 166 and 194.

P2Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should exclude bona fide network distributions that do not raise capital from the aggregate offering price and aggregate sales counted toward both caps.

Network rewards, grants and incentive distributions leave both caps, with valuation guidance for distributions that still count (Question 46). Fewer distributions consume the cap, as letters 47 and 140.

P3Conditional
Loosen split

a general description should suffice where it conveys the material information

Allows a general description in place of individual identification for incidental related-person relationships, and asks for a definition or objective factors for representation or promise. Less prescription is Loosen; the literalist reads the definition and examples as Clarify, the P3 form-of-disclosure seam.

P5Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should permit scaled financial statements, independent reviews, or targeted assurance as alternatives to a full issuer audit where those less costly requirements would provide adequate investor protection.

Asks for alternatives to the Tier 2 issuer audit, no PCAOB-registration requirement and no full unaudited GAAP statements in Tier 1 reports, while adding disclosure of protocol revenues and treasury resources. The relief dominates, Loosen.

P6Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should increase the startup exemption’s $5 million limit to better reflect the funding that projects may need during the four-year development period.

Asks for a higher startup cap and for guidance on issuer-group membership and signer certifications. Raising a cap is Conditional / Loosen; eliminating one would be Oppose.

P7Conditional
Loosen

TDC therefore recommends increasing the Tier 2 limit to $150 million or introducing a Tier 3 permitting offerings of at least that amount, with proportionate investor protections.

Asks for a $150 million Tier 2 limit or a Tier 3, at-the-market and other disclosed variable pricing against Question 94, staged delayed offerings, optional zero-knowledge proofs and reusable attestations, and wallet preregistration for purchaser checks. Widens how and how much may be raised, Loosen.

P9Conditional
Clarify

The Commission should propose amendments to specify that Rule 144 is available for transactions in covered investment contracts

Asks for Rule 144 and Regulation S amendments stating which non-equity conditions apply to covered investment contracts acquired in private or offshore offerings. Settles the conditions rather than changing the resale treatment, Clarify.

P10Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should consider permitting foreign issuers to qualify where equivalent investor-protection and enforcement safeguards are satisfied

Opens the fundraising exemption to foreign issuers that appoint a U.S. agent and provide books-and-records access in place of U.S. organization. Widening who may use the regime is Loosen; the safeguards substitute for the condition rather than add to it, as letter 49's substituted compliance.

P11Conditional
Loosen split

Receipt of tokens for community engagement, development, research, or similar contributions should not, in itself, make a recipient a promoter or compensated solicitor of an offering.

Asks how Rule 104 reaches promoters and compensated solicitors, that token recipients not become covered persons by receipt alone, and for an accessible waiver process. Narrowing who is disqualified is Loosen, as letter 21; the literalist reads the examples as Clarify.

P12Conditional
Loosen

Reduce reporting frequency by requiring annual reports, supplemented by notices of significant developments, instead of the full annual, semiannual, and current reporting schedule.

Tier 1 reporting becomes annual with significant-development notices, simplified forms and incorporation by reference, plus guidance on counting holders of record for suspension. Trimming reporting is Conditional / Loosen, as letters 101 and 121.

P13Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should specify in the final rules and Form TR that reliance, attempted reliance, or filing does not, standing alone, establish prior investment-contract status, issuer status, or a securities-law violation.

Asks for non-admission, a certification route for distributions that never involved an investment contract, filings by independent participants where no issuer exists, class-wide relief for listed commodity tokens without Form TR, settled reliance after a 60-day review period, prospective treatment of later commitments, and extension to the Investment Company and Advisers Act definitions (Question 135). Each makes the exit more available, Loosen, as letters 50, 70 and 18.

P14Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should preserve secondary-market preemption while the issuer remains subject to the applicable reporting requirements, rather than make holders’ protection dependent upon every filing being timely.

Preemption survives issuer filing lapses, the end of the startup period through a continuation mechanism, and offshore-to-U.S. transitions, with an EDGAR filing indicator. Widens preemption, Loosen.

P16Costs understated

The economic assessment should examine the costs of those changes, including the U.S. tax consequences that may make the exemption less attractive or practical.

P17Conditional
Loosen split

The Commission should consider a safe harbor based on what participants actually do, including whether they control assets or execution, exercise discretion, receive transaction-related compensation, or operate an interface with intermediary functions.

Asks for a noncustodial protocol safe harbor, confirmation that issuers may engage broker-dealers, that a benchmark venue is not an underwriter, SEC-CFTC substituted compliance, and Rule 175 protection for startup disclosures. Intermediary relief and Rule 175 reach are Loosen, as letters 114, 80 and 159; the literalist reads the line-drawing asks as Clarify, as letters 116 and 117.

Answers question 45, 46, 94, 134, 135

↑ back to the top
200

Campbell Pryde, President and CEO, XBRL USPDF

2026-10-20 · Other institutional · Public comment · 6,585 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We support the Commission’s goal of facilitating capital formation and accommodating innovation within the crypto asset markets while ensuring that investors are adequately protected

GEN convention: supports the proposal's aims and disagrees only with the filing formats and the degree of prescription, so Conditional.

P3Conditional
Tighten

We believe that Rule 103 should require more specified disclosure requirements.

Answers Questions 28 and 29 with mandatory items for every issuer: token and entity identifiers, the issuer's public channels, deployments tied to promised efforts, governance parameters, and each permission and administrative role. More prescription is Tighten.

P4Conditional split
Tighten

we disagree with the proposal to require data to be reported in a custom schema and in HTML

Asks that all forms be filed on EDGAR in XBRL rather than the proposed XML schema and HTML (Question 99), with Inline XBRL financial statements (Question 104), LEI and Digital Token Identifier fields, Merkle-root chaining of reports, and EDGAR filing of startup disclosures instead of website posting (Questions 32, 56, 64, 65 and 69). Structured data and EDGAR filing are Tighten, as letters 22, 61 and 120; the literalist reads the stated disagreement with the format as Oppose.

P12Conditional
Tighten

Triggering events reported on Form 1-UC could be categorized with codes to identify common events such as bankruptcy or receivership, change in auditor, or change in control.

Adds material protocol changes as Form 1-UC triggering events and asks for coded, machine-readable event data (Question 116). More reporting is Tighten, as letter 196.

P13Conditional
Tighten

we urge the Commission to require Form TR to be prepared as structured filings built on the same taxonomy as Form 1-CRYPTO

Asks for a structured Form TR reporting the disposition of every administrative right with its on-chain transactions (Questions 71, 128 and 130). Adds required Form TR content without saying it leaves Rule 400's conditions unchanged, Tighten, as letters 104 and 196.

Answers question 28, 29, 32, 33, 56, 64, 65, 69, 70, 71, 99, 104, 116, 128, 130

↑ back to the top
201

Gabor Gurbacs, Chairman, CEO, OpenAssetsPDF

2026-10-20 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 1,536 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Twelve years of engagement with the Commission and its staff on digital assets (stated in the letter).
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We support the proposal. Our comments focus on the point where it meets the operational infrastructure

GEN convention: supports the proposal and asks for five changes and clarifications, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Clarify

clarify the treatment of a token that represents or evidences a traditional security

Asks for operational guidance on telling a covered investment contract from a crypto asset that is itself a security, on tokens evidencing traditional securities, and on the legally authoritative ownership record. Definitional, no change in reach, Clarify.

P3Conditional
Loosen split

We recommend that issuers be permitted to use identified onchain data as one component of disclosure in standardized, machine-readable formats.

Lets issuers answer Rule 103 items partly by reference to identified on-chain data, with block height, methodology, reconciliation and stated limitations. Less prescription on form is Loosen, as letter 92; the literalist reads it as Clarify since every item is still required, the P3/P4 form-of-disclosure seam.

P13Conditional
Clarify

We recommend that Form TR be filed publicly in a structured format, carry a clear effective date and time, and be amended promptly to correct material inaccuracies or omissions.

Supports a safe harbor with objective conditions and asks for a structured, time-stamped Form TR, stated procedures for challenge and correction, and a good-faith reliance framework for downstream providers. Intermediary reliance is Clarify, as letters 96 and 31; no change to what the exit requires.

P14Conditional
Loosen split

We also recommend an appropriately limited cure period, with public notice, for immaterial or technical delays.

Supports linking preemption to current filing and asks for a machine-readable EDGAR indicator with good-faith reliance protection and a cure period for technical delays. Keeping preemption through a cure period widens it, Loosen; the literalist reads the indicator ask as Clarify, as letter 196.

P17Conditional
Clarify

We encourage consistent terminology and recordkeeping standards across the three

Asks that the rule be coordinated with the transfer agent (S7-2026-30) and custody (S7-2026-35) proposals on on-chain records and wallet addresses. Line-drawing across rulemakings, Clarify, as letter 117.

↑ back to the top
202

Elizabeth Bowling, President, North American Securities Administrators Association, Inc.PDF

2026-10-20 · State securities regulator / NASAA / state attorney general · Public comment · 7,257 words

Overall OpposePosture TighteningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer NASAA comment letter on Registered Offering Reform, File No. S7-2026-17 (July 27, 2026).
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENOppose
—

The Proposal should be withdrawn because it is bad policy that would endanger investors, harm other registrants, and weaken the securities markets generally.

GEN convention: asks that the proposal be withdrawn and reproposed, offering changes only in the alternative, so Oppose.

P3Oppose
Tighten

The Commission should replace the proposed principles-based disclosure regime with existing prescriptive disclosure requirements, augmented as necessary to capture the unique aspects of blockchain-based offerings

Rejects Rule 103's principles-based approach for both exemptions and asks for Regulation S-K items, including MD&A, legal proceedings, executive compensation and corporate governance. Rejecting the provision for more prescription is Oppose / Tighten, as letters 183 and 188.

P4Oppose
Tighten

Startup exemption issuers should therefore be required to file disclosures on EDGAR.

Rejects website posting of startup disclosures and asks for EDGAR filing with amendments. Oppose / Tighten.

P5Oppose
Tighten

requiring even basic financial disclosures would serve as a critical caution to investors

Rejects the startup exemption's omission of financial statements and asks for financial disclosure. Oppose / Tighten, as letter 189.

P8Oppose
Tighten

It would be better to establish concentration limits for both exemptions.

Rejects the startup exemption's lack of an investment limit and asks for the fundraising exemption's concentration limit there too. Oppose / Tighten, as letter 189.

P9Oppose
Tighten

Restrictions for all pre-offering holders are key to investor protection.

Answers Questions 35 and 81: related persons and every pre-offering holder in both exemptions should hold restricted securities. Rejects the non-restricted treatment, Oppose / Tighten, as letter 98.

P10Oppose
Tighten

The Startup Exemption Should Only Be Available to U.S. Businesses.

Answers Question 49: no non-U.S. issuers and no natural persons in the startup exemption, with Form NOR amended to match. Narrowing who may use the regime is Tighten.

P11Oppose
Tighten

As proposed, Rule 104 is not an effective disqualification provision

Rejects the proviso excluding events before the effective date; presumptive bad actors should use the Rule 262 waiver. Rejecting the grandfather is Oppose / Tighten, as letters 98 and 197.

P12Conditional
Tighten

NASAA recommends adding a current reporting requirement to the startup exemption, similar to proposed Rule 305(a)(4)

Calls the startup exemption's annual amendment a good thing and adds current reporting of material events. More reporting is Tighten; welcoming the periodic requirement makes the stance Conditional.

P13Oppose
Tighten

Form TR should require issuers to describe (1) any remaining involvement of the issuer, its personnel, or its affiliates in the continued operation of the crypto project or application, and (2) the means by which the underlying blockchain will be maintained.

Rejects the abandonment route (Question 133) and the view that maintenance is not an essential managerial effort, and adds mandatory Form TR disclosure of continuing involvement and maintenance. Oppose / Tighten, as letter 183.

P14Oppose
Tighten

Proposed Rule 500 exceeds the limits of Section 18(b)(3) even more blatantly.

Argues Rule 500 exceeds Section 18(b)(3) and intrudes on regional offerings, asks for a qualified purchaser defined by purchaser attributes (Question 139), and objects to preempting resales of covered investment contracts sold under other exemptions (Question 140). Oppose / Tighten.

P15Authority challenged; Procedural objection

As a matter of administrative law, the Proposal cannot support preemption of state registration and qualification provisions as they apply to secondary transactions available (or not available) under other federal registration exemptions.

Answers question 35, 49, 81, 133, 139, 140

↑ back to the top
Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Ava Labs letters of 15 Sept. and 12 Oct. 2026 and Hedera letter of 7 Oct. 2026 on this docket.
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We commend the Commission for the Proposal and for its March 17, 2026 interpretation

GEN convention: commends the proposal and asks for four changes to the definitions and the safe harbor, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen

that a digital commodity is subject to an investment contract does not transform the digital commodity

Proposes rule text defining digital commodity from the 2026 Interpretation and stating it is not a security (Questions 3 and 5), a presumption that non-issuer secondary sales of digital commodities involve no investment contract, and class-wide relief without Form TR. Removing a class of transactions from the regime is Loosen under the reach tie-break, as letter 99; codifying the categories alone would be Clarify, as letter 100.

P13Conditional
Loosen

Reliance on this section, including the filing of Form TR, does not constitute, and the

Answers Question 134 with rule text that reliance and filing are not admissions and that not relying creates no presumption. Non-admission makes the exit more available, Loosen, as letters 50, 70 and 199.

Answers question 3, 5, 131, 134

↑ back to the top
204

Max Raymond, Director of Financial Policy, Chamber of ProgressPDF

2026-10-20 · Trade association or advocacy - industry · Public comment · 1,130 words

Overall ConditionalPosture ClarifyingFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We encourage adoption with refinements that accommodate different project structures without weakening investor protections.

GEN convention: supports the proposal and asks for targeted eligibility and compliance changes, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen

A project's use of multiple assets should not alone make it ineligible.

Asks that projects using several tokens, or offering tokens with an equity stake, be eligible where each component's rights and risks are disclosed. Widens what the regime covers, Loosen, as letters 194 and 199.

P3Support
as-proposed

We support the proposal's emphasis on understandable language and project-specific risks.

Supports Rule 103's topics, plain language and project-specific risk disclosure as proposed, with no change asked.

P13Conditional
Clarify

The Commission should also clarify which forms of continued network support are compatible with that transition.

Supports a defined exit process and asks which continued network support is compatible with it. Asking the Commission to say what the release already says about maintenance is Clarify under the maintenance convention.

P17Conditional
Clarify split

The Commission should clarify that describing the same token in concurrent offerings does not, by itself, require those offerings to be integrated.

Asks for an integration confirmation for concurrent private and Regulation Crypto Assets offerings (Clarify, as letter 101) and that an offering made in good-faith reliance on the Commission's interpretation not lose its exemption if the interpretation changes. The skeptic reads the reliance shield as Loosen, as letter 100.

↑ back to the top
Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

it takes no position on the merits of the proposed exemptions as capital-formation policy

GEN convention: takes no position on the exemptions and asks for record-keeping requirements in the rule; asking for a change decides, so Conditional, as letters 88 and 135.

P3Conditional
Tighten

the filing should carry a reference sufficient for a reader to check the stated figure against its source

Where a Rule 103 or Rule 305 figure is observable on a public ledger, the filing must cite the network, contract or address and block. Added required content is more prescription, Tighten.

P13Conditional
Tighten

Second, that at the time of filing the issuer compute a cryptographic digest of the analysis and its supporting materials and obtain an independent timestamp of that digest from a source the issuer does not control.

Asks that Form TR identify each fact relied on with its date, keep the event record separate from the assessment, and carry a digest and independent timestamp of the supporting materials, with migration to successor signature schemes. Adds required Form TR content without saying it leaves the conditions unchanged, Tighten, as letters 104 and 200.

P14Conditional
Clarify split

Second, a dated, publicly retrievable status record for each covered investment contract, tied to the issuer's EDGAR filing history, from which status on any past date can be reconstructed.

Asks the Commission to define when an issuer is current, keep a dated status record and add a cure mechanism with dated entries. Making preemption status observable is Clarify, as letter 196; the skeptic reads the cure mechanism as Loosen, as letter 201.

↑ back to the top
Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We commend the Proposal as it represents a significant step toward a more durable

GEN convention: commends the proposal and recommends modifications across every part of it, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen

A concurrent, separately exempt offering of a different security should not disqualify the Regulation Crypto Assets offering.

Asks that concurrent equity, third-party wrapped, LP and position tokens not defeat covered investment contract status, that payment stablecoins never be subject crypto assets, that digital commodity and central party be codified, that related person exclude de minimis holders and turn on role and control, and that unaffiliated secondary sales not be securities transactions. Narrows what is caught, Loosen under the reach tie-break.

P2Conditional
Loosen

Such airdrops are not “covered transactions” at all and are not merely excluded from the offering limit.

Codifies the Interpretation's airdrop treatment, presumes end-user distributions are not securities offerings, excludes network-activity rewards and compensatory issuances from the startup cap, and codifies the DoubleZero programmatic-transfer position. Fewer distributions count, Loosen, as letters 47, 140 and 199.

P3Conditional
Loosen split

The Commission should confirm that disclosure obligations relate only to the issuer’s own activities and not the activities of third parties.

Supports principles-based disclosure and asks for illustrative risk-factor examples, a limit to the issuer's own activities or a knowledge qualifier for third-party applications, no forecast of when efforts end, and no on-chain visibility requirement for privacy-preserving networks. Narrowing what must be disclosed is Loosen; the literalist reads the examples and confirmations as Clarify, the P3 form-of-disclosure seam.

P4Conditional
Loosen split

where an issuer submits an EDGAR filing, the EDGAR filing by itself should satisfy the delivery requirement, and a separate notice to investors should not be necessary

Supports website disclosure for the startup exemption and asks that any acceptable electronic delivery, or the EDGAR filing itself, satisfy delivery in the fundraising exemption (Question 89). Less prescription on delivery is Loosen, as letter 101; the literalist reads the confirmation as Clarify.

P5Conditional split
Loosen

Thus, BA recommends that the Commission dispense with the requirement that issuers file audited financial statements.

Asks to drop the Tier 2 audit, or raise the limits if it stays, to deemphasize GAAP financials for projects without a single reporting entity, and to permit valuation standards other than GAAP for noncash consideration. Loosen; the literalist reads dispensing with the audit as Oppose.

P6Conditional
Loosen

The SEC should increase the offering limit for the Startup Exemption to $10 million.

Asks for a $10 million cap with no pacing requirement, a functionally-identical test and de minimis carve-outs for the one-time-use condition (Question 52), and an awareness certification in place of the four-year intent certification (Question 62). Raising and narrowing limits is Conditional / Loosen.

P7Conditional
Loosen

Form 1-CRYPTO should be effective and self-executing upon filing, like Form NOR

Asks for a $150 million Tier 2 limit, no selling-securityholder limits, self-executing or 20-day automatic qualification, no legality opinion (Question 112), at-the-market, token shelf and variable-price offerings (Questions 91 to 94), wallet preregistration as an indication of interest (Question 78) and payment stablecoins as consideration. Widens the exemption, Loosen.

P8Conditional
Clarify split

BA supports proposed Rule 300(c)(2)(i)(D), which would permit issuers to rely on a representation of

Supports the representation standard and asks the adopting release to confirm the 10 percent limit applies per offering with no check of earlier purchases. Conditional / Clarify on letters 70 and 76; the skeptic reads no duty to aggregate as Loosen.

P9Support
as-proposed

BA agrees that covered investment contracts sold under Regulation Crypto Assets should not be “restricted securities” subject to rule-based transfer restrictions.

Supports the non-restricted treatment and disclosure over related-person holding periods; fixed periods are offered only if the Commission adds them.

P10Conditional
Loosen

Foreign issuers should be eligible for the Fundraising Exemption, so that U.S. investors can participate in global crypto markets on equal footing.

Supports the startup exemption's inclusion of foreign issuers and groups, opens the fundraising exemption to foreign or at least Canadian issuers, and asks forms to accept DUNAs and that governance participation not make a person part of an issuer group. Widening who may use the regime is Loosen.

P11Conditional
Loosen

the SEC should limit the disclosure obligations of issuers to disqualification events that occurred within one year, or a similar period, before the filing of Form NOR

Keeps the grandfather but narrows the written disclosure of pre-effective-date events to one year or fewer entities. Narrowing the provision's reach is Loosen, as letter 21.

P12Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should therefore scale Tier 1 ongoing reporting to focus on updates to the issuer’s development progress, token economics and other Rule 103 disclosures, rather than periodic financial statements.

Scales Tier 1 reporting away from periodic financial statements and supports Rule 305(d)(2)'s termination at exit; asks that Section 12(g) non-equity treatment be codified with wallets and smart contracts not counted as holders of record (Question 45). Trimming reporting is Conditional / Loosen.

P13Conditional
Loosen

The SEC should also adopt an alternative, non-exclusive pathway to exit that does not require a filing and is instead based on the functionality of the crypto system and the absence of control.

A stated alternative route beside Rule 400(a), objective decentralization indicators that are sufficient but not necessary, third-party Form TR filings for legacy assets, non-admission in rule text, confidential analyses, a reliance safe harbor and Section 5 exemption after filing, a deadline for Commission objection, and extension to the Investment Company and Advisers Act definitions (Question 135). Each makes the exit more available, Loosen, as letters 8, 18, 50 and 199.

P14Conditional
Loosen

the Commission should also include within the definition of “qualified purchaser” any purchaser of a crypto asset for which the issuer has filed Form TR

Supports Rule 500 and opposes the Question 140 limit, and asks to extend qualified purchaser to assets sold before the rule and to Form TR assets, a subject-to or reasonable-belief standard (Questions 141 to 143), venue-based preemption, coverage of liquidity providers despite the dealer exclusion, and continued preemption after the startup period. Widens preemption, Loosen.

P15Authority defended

The Proposal also rests on clear statutory authority, including the Commission’s general exemptive authority under Section 28 of the Securities Act and its authority under Section 18(b)(3) to define “qualified purchaser.”

P16Analysis adequate

The Commission’s analysis also includes a detailed economic analysis, considers reasonable alternatives and provides meaningful opportunity for public comment.

P17Conditional
Loosen

the Commission should include safe harbors from exchange and broker registration for qualifying decentralized exchanges and the applications that provide access to them

Asks for a codified exemptive framework for venues and intermediaries, decentralized exchange safe harbors, clarity on liquidity provision, confirmation that lending and collateral use are not offers or sales, 24/7 trading without tick or CAT mandates, integration and flowback guidance, and a shorter inflation-adjustment cycle. Intermediary relief is Loosen, as letters 114 and 159.

Answers question 45, 52, 62, 78, 89, 91, 92, 93, 94, 112, 134, 135, 140, 141, 142, 143, 151, 153

↑ back to the top
207

Julie Stitzel, Chief Policy Officer, Digital Currency Group, Inc.PDF

2026-10-20 · Crypto investor or venture fund · Public comment · 6,217 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Our letter focuses on areas where our experience across the ecosystem gives us a distinct

GEN convention: commends the proposal and asks for changes on privacy, network rewards, the safe harbor, treasury activity and fund status, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen

should not be a related person unless that person has

Narrows related person so discrete service providers and pseudonymous contributors are excluded absent control or a material interest, applies the Rule 405 affiliate concept so shared network participation is not common control, and asks when equity-and-token financings may split into separate exemptions. Narrows what is caught, Loosen, as letter 206.

P2Conditional
Loosen

At a minimum, bona fide network operation rewards should be excluded from the

Mining, staking, validation and compute rewards are analyzed by transaction and are not covered transactions or, at least, not counted toward the startup cap; pooled mining is untouched; participation steps are not consideration; treasury sales get a separate limit. Fewer distributions count, Loosen, as letters 199 and 206.

P3Conditional
Loosen split

the requirement is satisfied by describing the verification method and does not require

Rule 103(b)(7) and related-person holdings may be met by describing the verification method, by attestations or cryptographic proofs, in aggregate or by category and without wallet addresses, with narrow deferral of exploitable security detail and business addresses in the forms. Less prescription on form is Loosen; the literalist reads the confirmations as Clarify, the P3/P4 form-of-disclosure seam.

P12Conditional
Clarify

A method based on issuer and intermediary records would serve the Commission’s purpose without becoming a de facto surveillance mandate.

Asks that any holders-of-record test for suspending reporting rest on issuer and intermediary records rather than address counts or chain analytics. Settles the counting method without changing the threshold, Clarify, as letter 199.

P13Conditional
Loosen

confirm that a decision not to file a Form TR raises no inference that an asset is a security

Asks for non-exclusive functionality indicators, that narrowly scoped emergency powers and disclosed formula buyback programs are not essential managerial efforts, non-admission and no-inference rules, prospective effect of an inaccurate certification on good-faith reliers, successor filers, correction of immaterial defects, withholding of credentials, and that subject crypto assets bought in secondary trades are not securities under the Investment Company and Advisers Acts. Retained authority reaches beyond the maintenance convention; with the reliance asks the exit becomes more available, Loosen, as letters 199 and 206.

P14Support split
as-proposed split

we support retaining the breadth of the “qualified purchaser”

Supports Rule 500(a)'s qualified purchaser definition against a wealth test and asks only that privacy features not affect preemption. The skeptic reads the confirmation as Conditional / Clarify.

P17Conditional
Clarify

Clear guidance would allow regulated firms to support privacy-preserving assets on the same

Asks for guidance that selective disclosure can meet registrants' recordkeeping, audit and custody obligations, that privacy features are not a supervisory red flag, and on vault, routing and staking-service providers. Line-drawing guidance, Clarify, as letter 117.

↑ back to the top
208

Coinbase Global, Inc.PDF

2026-10-20 · Crypto intermediary · Public comment · 13,935 words · 2 signatories

Overall MixedPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Petition for rulemaking (July 21, 2022) and Crypto Task Force letter (March 19, 2025).engages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Coinbase supports the proposal and urges the Commission to adopt it with the changes described above.

GEN convention: supports the proposal's core choices and asks for changes across the exemptions, the safe harbor and secondary trading, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen

the only contract involved in an aftermarket transaction is one between the aftermarket purchaser and aftermarket seller

Asks rule text to state that aftermarket purchases from unaffiliated holders are not investment contracts, that a subject crypto asset is only the tokens actually sold, and that related person be keyed to control, governance power and access to nonpublic information (Question 11). Narrows what is caught, Loosen under the reach tie-break, as letters 199 and 206.

P2Conditional
Loosen

the final rule should exclude from “covered transaction” any distribution in which the issuer receives no consideration, or receives only network activity

Distributions for no consideration or only network activity leave covered transactions, the caps and any filing. Fewer distributions count, Loosen, as letters 47, 140 and 206.

P3Support split
as-proposed split

Coinbase supports a principles-based disclosure approach tailored to the project, the Token, and the associated network

Supports Rule 103's principles-based approach; the skeptic reads the aggregate disclosure of related-person holdings under a narrower definition as Conditional / Loosen.

P4Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should also allow hosting on a secondary-market venue to satisfy the public-availability requirement

Supports website-hosted startup disclosure and asks that an EDGAR filing satisfy delivery, that venue hosting satisfy public availability, and that intermediaries may host and transmit issuer disclosure. Less prescription on where disclosure lives, Loosen, as letters 101 and 206.

P5Conditional
Loosen

Audited financials are only appropriate for the largest raises.

Keeps Tier 1 unaudited up to $120 million and requires audits only in the uncapped Tier 2. Narrows the audit requirement, Loosen.

P6Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should raise the startup exemption ceiling to $20 million.

Raises the startup cap to $20 million on an attached analysis of historical token sales. Raising a cap is Conditional / Loosen.

P7Oppose
Loosen

Raise the Tier 1 fundraising ceiling to $120 million and remove the cap for Tier 2.

Removes the Tier 2 cap, raises Tier 1 to $120 million, replaces staff qualification with a removable delaying legend and a 20-day period, permits delayed and continuous takedowns priced off the token market, and narrows the legality opinion. Eliminating a cap outright is Oppose / Loosen, as letters 113 and 121.

P9Support
as-proposed

We do not support converting this disclosure requirement into a substantive lockup condition.

Answers Question 35 against a related-person holding period and keeps the disclosure approach, as letter 206.

P10Conditional
Loosen

the Commission should instead provide for a substantial U.S. nexus test

Answers Questions 85 and 86 by replacing U.S. organization and the officer and asset tests with a substantial U.S. nexus test, conditioned on EDGAR filing in English, a U.S. agent and consent to jurisdiction. Widening who may use the fundraising exemption is Loosen; the conditions substitute for organization, as letter 199.

P13Conditional
Loosen

A representation or promise can create a CIC under Howey only if it is explicit and unambiguous

Codifies functionality and a Qualifying Promise test, puts roadmaps, grants, airdrops and ordinary post-launch work outside essential managerial efforts, ties cessation to the issuer's own defined commitments, names indicia of cessation, and asks for non-admission, confidential analyses, good-faith reliance and extension to the Investment Company and Advisers Acts. Reaches beyond the maintenance convention and names factors, so Loosen, as letters 199 and 206.

P14Support split
as-proposed split

supports the definition of “qualified purchaser” and supports preemption of state

Supports the qualified purchaser definition and Rule 500 preemption; the skeptic reads the good-faith protection for unaffiliated participants who reasonably believe a transaction compliant as Conditional / Loosen.

P15Authority defended

We fully support the Commission’s authority to define “qualified purchaser”

P17Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should exercise its exemptive authority to permit secondary trading in a Token on centralized and decentralized crypto exchanges while the related CIC remains outstanding.

Asks for exemptive relief permitting secondary token trading while the covered investment contract is outstanding, exchange, broker and dealer relief for platforms, market makers, DeFi interfaces and wallets, Rule 175 protection for startup disclosures, an integration confirmation, and codified non-equity status. Intermediary relief and Rule 175 reach are Loosen, as letters 114, 159 and 199.

Answers question 11, 35, 85, 86

↑ back to the top
209

Tim Rice, Head of Revenue, Data Sales / BD, Boston, Talos TradingPDF

2026-10-20 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 3,972 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Engagement with the Commission's Crypto Task Force (stated in the letter).
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We are supportive of the efforts of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) to establish a tailored offering regime for crypto assets that protects investors while allowing capital formation and innovation to continue.

GEN convention: supports the proposal and asks for added indicators, identifiers and data conventions, so Conditional.

P3Conditional
Tighten

We recommend that an issuer state which convention it has applied and the date as of which the figure is given.

Supports principles-based Rule 103 and adds a stated supply convention with an as-of date and encouraged disclosure of distribution by holder category (Questions 26 to 30). Added required content is more prescription, Tighten.

P13Conditional
Tighten

We recommend that the Commission identify in the final rule, or in the adopting release, a list of indicators that an issuer should address in its Rule 400 analysis where applicable.

Answers Question 131 with observable indicators the analysis must address (retained admin keys and upgrade authority, insider holdings, validator concentration, treasury funding), supports requiring the analysis (Question 130), and adds network identifier, contract address, decimal precision and dated figures to Form TR (Question 128). Added indicia and Form TR content change what the exit requires, Tighten, as letters 25, 39 and 200.

P16Baseline unreliable

the Commission’s baseline estimates rest on figures produced by a party that is not independent of the market it describes

P17Conditional
Clarify

We recommend that the Commission confirm this expressly in the final rules, subject to conditions the Commission specifies.

Asks the Commission to confirm that issuers may rely on independent third-party data meeting stated criteria, and to require a published, versioned taxonomy where assets are categorized. A confirmation with conditions, Clarify.

Answers question 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 128, 130, 131, 153, 154

↑ back to the top
210

Letitia James, New York State Attorney GeneralPDF*

2026-10-20 · State securities regulator / NASAA / state attorney general · Public comment · 7,011 words

* Filed under the name of a widely known person. The name is shown as it appears on the SEC comment file; this tracker does not verify who wrote a letter and reports only what the letter says.

Overall OpposePosture TighteningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Comment letter on the accredited investor definition (March 16, 2020).
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENOppose
—

The Commission should withdraw the Proposal in its entirety.

GEN convention: opposes the proposal and asks that it be withdrawn, so Oppose.

P3Oppose
Tighten

Furthermore, there is no requirement that the disclosures be written in plain English, or in the English language at all.

Calls the startup disclosures little more than a whitepaper and objects that plain, clear language is only recommended, not mandatory as under Rule 421(b). Rejects the principles-based approach for more prescription, Oppose / Tighten.

P4Oppose
Tighten

The Proposal allows issuers under the startup exemption to post their disclosures on a website and does not require them to upload the information to EDGAR.

Rejects website-only startup disclosure and asks for EDGAR filing as a verification source. Oppose / Tighten, as letter 202.

P5Oppose
Tighten

Issuers of crypto assets raising as much as $5 million should not be given a technology-based carveout from similar reporting at the expense of investors.

Rejects the startup exemption's omission of financial statements, citing Regulation Crowdfunding's reviewed and audited thresholds. Oppose / Tighten, as letters 189 and 202.

P8Oppose
Tighten

Regulation Crowdfunding imposes statutory caps and income-scaled limits for investments that prevent investors from being too exposed to a risky start-up investment.

Objects that the startup exemption lacks individual investment limits found in Regulation A, Regulation Crowdfunding and Rule 506. Oppose / Tighten, as letters 189 and 202.

P9Oppose
Tighten

OAG agrees with certain comments already received by the Commission, including some from market participants, indicating that lockups for insiders would best align the interests of issuers and investors

Asks for lockups for insiders and early venture investors and Rule 144-type holding periods. Rejects the non-restricted treatment, Oppose / Tighten, as letters 98 and 202.

P10Oppose
Tighten

The Commission should not permit the registration of individuals, a group of individuals or entities, or decentralized unincorporated nonprofit associations

Rejects foreign issuers, individuals, groups and DUNAs in the startup exemption and asks for beneficial-owner disclosure on Form NOR. Narrowing who may use the regime is Tighten, as letter 202.

P13Oppose
Tighten

Reporting obligations should not end without a proper wind-down because a project was abandoned or failed.

Argues the maintenance and network-effects carve-outs contradict Howey, objects to self-certification effective on filing without review or third-party assurance, and asks for wind-down reporting before an abandoned project exits. Oppose / Tighten, as letters 183 and 202.

P14Oppose
Tighten

The exemptions proposed should not in any way infringe on states’ rights to bring claims against issuers who failed to comply with state registration requirements.

Rejects the qualified purchaser definition that preempts state registration in offerings and secondary trading. Oppose / Tighten.

P15Authority challenged; Defer to Congress

The Commission cannot take the place of Congress and craft an entirely new regulatory framework without the statutory authority to do so.

P17Oppose
Tighten

Here, the Proposal does nothing to establish a market surveillance process or imbue any self-regulatory bodies with the duty and authority to do so.

Objects that covered investment contracts may trade on DeFi protocols and foreign platforms without registered intermediaries, customer identification or surveillance. Rejects the proposal's silence on venues and intermediaries and asks for gatekeepers, Oppose / Tighten.

↑ back to the top
211

KC Mohseni, Commissioner, California Department of Financial Protection and InnovationPDF

2026-10-20 · State securities regulator / NASAA / state attorney general · Public comment · 1,589 words

Overall OpposePosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENOppose
—

submits this comment letter in opposition to U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission

GEN convention: states opposition to the proposal and asks that Rule 500 be withdrawn, so Oppose.

P14Oppose
Tighten

The Commission should withdraw its proposal to add a new definition of “qualified purchaser” under section 18(b)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933

Rejects a qualified purchaser definition with no investor attributes, which would end state merit review of retail digital asset offerings and secondary trades. Oppose / Tighten, as letter 202.

P15Authority challenged

Proposed Rule 500 Exceeds the Commission’s Authority Under Section 18(b)(3)

↑ back to the top
212

Candace Kelly, Chief Legal and Policy Officer, Stellar Development FoundationPDF

2026-10-20 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 2,531 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Co-signed the L1 Coalition letter on this docket (letter 203).
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

SDF commends the Commission for the Proposal, which is a significant step toward a clear and workable framework for crypto assets.

GEN convention: commends the proposal and asks for confirmations and rule-text changes in three areas, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen split

a distribution of crypto assets that compensates a recipient for its own work does not give rise to an investment contract and is therefore not a covered transaction

Calls the covered investment contract definition appropriately scoped (Question 5) and asks for preamble examples placing grants, bug bounties and hackathon prizes outside investment contracts, plus the L1 Coalition's codified digital commodity rule. Framed as confirming the Commission's view, but removing a class of distributions from the regime is Loosen under the reach tie-break; the literalist credits the confirmation framing, Clarify.

P2Conditional
Loosen

the Commission should exclude them from the offering limit in proposed Rule 200(b)(4) and from the corresponding limits of the fundraising exemption

Proposes rule text excluding grants, security rewards and prizes from both offering limits (Question 54), and asks that no standalone airdrop exemption be adopted or, if adopted, that it be an optional fallback (Questions 44 and 46). Fewer distributions count, Loosen, as letters 199 and 206.

P13Conditional
Loosen

Publishing development plans or accurately describing ongoing work is not a representation or promise to engage in essential managerial efforts unless it explains how the issuer’s efforts will produce profits for holders.

Asks that rule text confirm maintenance and upgrades are not essential managerial efforts (Clarify on its own under the maintenance convention), that roadmaps are not promises, and that Rule 400 is voluntary and not an admission (Questions 131 and 132). The roadmap and non-admission asks reach further, Loosen, as letters 203 and 206.

Answers question 5, 44, 46, 54, 131, 132

↑ back to the top
213

GVRNPDF

2026-10-20 · Legal practitioner or law firm · Public comment · 1,735 words

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We welcome the proposed conditional safe harbor and principles-based approach to disclosure.

GEN convention: welcomes the proposal and asks for five changes, so Conditional.

P2Conditional
Loosen

We therefore ask the Commission to confirm expressly that non-pecuniary user actions transferring no value to the issuer or its affiliates are not “consideration” for this purpose

Asks that task, points and verification steps transferring no value not be consideration, and for a standalone airdrop safe harbor treating certain airdrops as not sales. Fewer distributions caught, Loosen, as letters 206 and 208.

P3Conditional
Loosen split

A model disclosure form operating as a non-exclusive safe harbor when completed in good faith

Supports principles-based disclosure and asks for a model form that is a good-faith safe harbor and for Rule 103 satisfaction by comparable foreign disclosure. Added protection and foreign substitution are Loosen, as letter 92; the literalist reads the model form as Clarify, the P3 form-of-disclosure seam.

P13Conditional
Tighten split

We propose a rebuttable presumption on objective, documentable indicia keyed to residual agency risk

Replaces the cessation inquiry with a presumption that arises only where no one retains unilateral control over consensus, supply or balances, admin and upgrade keys are retired or multi-party, and insider holdings are disclosed, rebuttable by the Commission. The primary reads the objective test as the predictable exit the letter wants, Loosen; literalist and skeptic read the stated mandatory key and control conditions as Tighten, as letter 70.

P16Costs understated

we also invite the Commission to confirm whether its Paperwork Reduction Act estimates capture the cost of determining what to disclose, as distinct from the cost of drafting it

P17Conditional
Clarify split

alongside confirmation that a good-faith sequential transition carries no integration penalty

Asks for worked Rule 152 examples for a startup offering followed by a fundraising offering or exit. An integration confirmation is Clarify, as letter 101; the skeptic reads no penalty as Loosen.

↑ back to the top
214

Amanda Tuminelli , Chief Executive Officer & Chief Legal Officer, DeFi Education Fund; Ayana Dow, Senior Counsel, DeFi Education FundPDF

2026-10-20 · Trade association or advocacy - industry · Public comment · 2,072 words · 2 signatories

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Token Safe Harbor Guiding Principles, letter to the Crypto Task Force (April 18, 2025).
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

DEF supports the investment contract safe harbor in the Proposal and asks the Commission to ensure that it is available to existing networks and protocols.

GEN convention: supports the safe harbor and asks for changes to make it usable, so Conditional.

P13Conditional
Loosen

DEF urges the Commission to permit a Form TR to be filed by any party authorized through a network’s governance process or by another appropriate unaffiliated party.

Supports the cessation anchor over a decentralization test and asks that absence of control be usable evidence in the analysis, that filing not be an admission, for governance-authorized or unaffiliated filers with no adverse inference where none can file, and that significant post-functionality contributions by original developers not be new essential managerial efforts. Beyond the maintenance convention, Loosen, as letters 199, 206 and 207.

P17Conditional
Loosen split

DEF encourages the Commission to provide complementary guidance clarifying that such activities do not, without additional conduct satisfying the relevant statutory definitions, constitute broker, dealer, exchange, or clearing agency activity.

Asks for guidance that developers and infrastructure providers of decentralized networks and interfaces are not brokers, dealers, exchanges or clearing agencies absent further conduct. An exclusion is Loosen, as letter 114; the literalist reads guidance as Clarify, as letter 116.

Answers question 131, 132, 134

↑ back to the top
215

Anonymous, U.S. Retail InvestorHTML

2026-10-20 · Individual · Public comment · 158 words

Overall SupportPosture n-aFrame non-specific
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENSupport split
—

I encourage the SEC to establish reasonable fundraising exemptions that allow legitimate crypto projects to raise capital, innovate, create jobs, and compete globally while protecting investors.

GEN convention: endorses fundraising exemptions of the kind proposed and asks for no change, so Support; the skeptic reads the letter as general crypto policy that never names the proposal, No position, on letter 75's rule.

↑ back to the top
Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Crypto Task Force letters (March 13 and May 1, 2025) and airdrop safe harbor proposal (March 13, 2025).argues the 2026 Interpretation is wrongengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We strongly support the Commission’s goal of introducing a comprehensive, tailored securities offering regime

GEN convention: supports the proposal and asks for changes it calls necessary, centrally to Rule 400, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Tighten

Adopting it will help ensure that the Proposal reaches the persons whose information and influence matter most to purchasers.

Answers Question 2 by widening related person to 4 percent founders, 10 percent equity and token holders with a lookback, and Question 3 by defining digital commodity to exclude express and implied economic interests, alongside a DUNA definition and keeping the covered investment contract definition (Questions 5 and 6). Widening reach is Tighten, as letter 94.

P2Conditional
Loosen

the final rule should explicitly affirm that programmatic, protocol-level distributions effected by the autonomous operation of a network are not offers or sales by any person

Excludes protocol emissions from covered transactions, and gratuitous and incentive distributions, Rule 701-style compensatory grants and gross AMM flows from the startup cap, fixes a valuation convention, and asks for a separate airdrop exemption (Questions 44 and 46). Fewer distributions count, Loosen, as letters 206 and 208.

P3Conditional
Tighten

Proposed Rule 103(b) should therefore be amended to require a statement of what legal rights the subject crypto asset confers, against whom, and under what instrument.

Supports principles-based Rule 103 and adds four items (Question 28): essential managerial efforts delineated from post-functionality activity with completion criteria, legal rights and equity-token divergence, circulating and fully diluted supply with unlock schedules and lockup enforcement, and where value accrues. More prescription is Tighten.

P4Conditional
Tighten

The Commission should require that the proposed Rule 103 information be filed on EDGAR rather than merely posted to the issuer’s website.

Answers Question 65 with EDGAR filing of startup disclosures for a fixed public record. Tighten, as letters 196 and 202.

P6Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should, however, permit an extension where the issuer can demonstrate meaningful progress toward whatever exit conditions it is targeting

Keeps four years with an extension on demonstrated progress (Question 47), lets groups act through one designated entity such as a DUNA (Question 48), one Form NOR per campaign (Question 58), and a present good-faith intent certification. Widens the exemption, Loosen.

P7Conditional
Loosen

the Commission should replace the fixed-price requirement with a disclosed-mechanism requirement

Permits variable pricing through disclosed, smart-contract-enforced mechanisms, accommodates wallet preregistration and smart-contract subscriptions, and adds a Form 8-A bridge to exchange listing (Question 76). Widens how offerings may be run, Loosen.

P8Support
as-proposed

The Commission should not adopt individual investment limits for proposed Rule 200.

Answers Question 55 against investment limits in the startup exemption, keeping the proposal.

P9Conditional
Loosen

the Commission should confirm that resales of a subject crypto asset by an issuer’s affiliates and related persons sit outside the restricted- and control-securities regime

Supports unrestricted status and extends it to affiliate and related-person resales, relying on disclosure, current reporting and antifraud rather than restricted units (Question 153). Loosen.

P10Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should eliminate all three

Keeps U.S. organization but drops the officer, asset-location and administration conditions of Rule 300(b)(1), and keeps the startup exemption free of nexus conditions (Questions 49 and 50). Widening who may use the regime is Loosen.

P12Conditional
Tighten split

Aligning current reports with the asset makes them informative to the people who read them

Ties Form 1-UC triggers to network events and related-person dispositions and centers Form 1-SC on progress, and replaces the holders-of-record off-ramp with separation plus trading-volume thresholds (Question 123). Added network triggers are Tighten, as letter 196; the skeptic reads the substitution as Clarify.

P13Conditional
Tighten split

the Proposal’s standard—completion or permanent cessation of represented or promised essential managerial efforts—provides only a rebuttable presumption that a covered investment contract has ceased to exist, rather than a conclusive determination to that effect

Makes the fulfillment test a rebuttable presumption, adds a presumption against exit where a token carries an economic interest in a business, conditions abandonment on enhanced disclosure and a reuse bar (Question 133), and at minimum conditions Rule 400 on digital commodity status, while offering a conclusive exit for digital commodities without human control, a Section 28 exemption, non-admission and legacy filers (Questions 124, 134). Primary and literalist read the stated presumptions and conditions as making the exit less available, Tighten; the skeptic weighs the Section 28 exemption and conclusive exit, Loosen.

P14Conditional
Loosen

preemption for secondary transactions should turn on whether the issuer is subject to the applicable disclosure and reporting obligations, rather than on whether it is current on them

Supports Rule 500 and asks for a subject-to standard, a reasonable-belief standard on EDGAR filings, and preemption after Form TR and for issuers electing continuing status after four years (Question 136). Widens preemption, Loosen, as letter 206.

P16Costs understated; Benefits overstated

The alternatives analysis, moreover, counts only the costs to issuers; it never weighs the cost to purchasers of a token leaving the securities laws while its issuer retains control of it.

P17Conditional
Loosen

exercise that authority to exempt CFTC-registered crypto asset trading venues, and the intermediaries and market makers that transact on them, from the exchange and broker-dealer registration requirements

Asks for decentralized exchange and broker safe harbors, a Section 36 exemption for CFTC-registered venues, trader treatment for organic liquidity, ATS confirmation, Regulation M and Regulation S guidance, and codified non-equity status (Questions 45 and 153). Intermediary relief is Loosen, as letters 114 and 206.

Answers question 2, 3, 5, 6, 28, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 55, 58, 65, 76, 123, 124, 130, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 145, 146, 153

↑ back to the top
217

Douglas RohdeHTML

2026-10-20 · Individual · Public comment · 711 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I offer the perspective of a holder caught between the two postures this proposal creates

GEN convention: takes no stance on the proposal as a whole and asks for four changes, so Conditional.

P2Conditional
Loosen split

the final rule should confirm that distributions to pre-existing holders, where no new consideration flows from the recipient and no new managerial promises are made, are not new investment contracts

Framed as a confirmation, but placing post-cessation airdrops and access rights to existing holders outside new investment contracts removes them from the regime, Loosen under the reach tie-break; the literalist credits the confirmation framing, Clarify.

P6Conditional
Loosen

to consider a scaled tier for projects that can document verified third-party IP-licensing commitments

Asks the Commission to explain whether the $5 million cap fits IP-licensed consumer projects and to consider a scaled tier for them. A higher cap for a class of issuers is Conditional / Loosen.

P13Conditional
Clarify split

and to define what public act does start the cessation clock

Asks the Commission to say whether routine IP and infrastructure preservation is an essential managerial effort, to define the act that starts the cessation clock, and to require the cessation certification to be published in the issuer's established channels. Primary and literalist read the definitional asks as Clarify, as letter 68; the skeptic reads the added publication requirement as Tighten.

↑ back to the top
218

Ji Hun Kim, Chief Executive Officer, Crypto Council for Innovation; George S. Leonardo, Policy Counsel, Crypto Council for InnovationPDF

2026-10-20 · Trade association or advocacy - industry · Public comment · 12,249 words · 2 signatories

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Proposed Regulation Crypto Assets represents a critical step toward promoting capital formation and accommodating innovation in the crypto asset market, while ensuring investors are adequately protected.

GEN convention: supports the proposal and offers recommendations across every subpart, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen split

where an aftermarket purchaser buys a crypto asset from a holder unaffiliated with the issuer, without any contractual assignment of rights under the covered investment contract and without any express, contemporaneous representation or promise from the issuer, the crypto asset transaction does not implicate the Federal securities laws

Asks that unaffiliated aftermarket purchases be outside the securities laws, that digital commodity and DUNA be defined, and that related person get a de minimis threshold while also reaching CLARITY Act holders (Question 11). Narrowing what is caught dominates, Loosen, as letter 208; the literalist reads the CLARITY widening of related person as Tighten, as letter 216.

P2Conditional
Loosen

the final rule should explicitly affirm that programmatic, protocol-level distributions effected by the autonomous operation of a network, including block rewards for validation, storage, or computation, are not offers or sales by any person

Codifies airdrop treatment, treats claim and screening steps as neither consideration nor further conditions, excludes no-consideration and network-activity distributions and protocol rewards from covered transactions and the caps. Fewer distributions count, Loosen, as letters 206 and 216.

P3Support split
as-proposed split

CCI strongly supports Proposed Rule 103’s objective of eliciting information most helpful for investors to make informed investment decisions

Supports principles-based Rule 103 and its lockup disclosure; the skeptic reads the ask that disclosures make lockup expiry clear as Conditional / Clarify.

P4Conditional
Loosen

The SEC should also permit secondary market trading platforms, such as exchanges, to help issuers satisfy their public availability disclosure obligations by allowing such platforms to host the issuer’s required disclosures.

Supports website disclosure for the startup exemption and extends it to the fundraising exemption, lets trading platforms host disclosures, and makes EDGAR availability satisfy final offering circular delivery. Less prescription on where disclosure lives, Loosen, as letters 206 and 208.

P5Conditional split
Loosen

the Commission should also eliminate the mandatory audited financial statements for Tier 2 offerings

Asks to drop the Tier 2 audit, or raise caps if it stays. Loosen; the literalist reads eliminating the audit as Oppose, as letter 206.

P6Conditional
Loosen

the Commission should consider raising the five million dollar aggregate offering limit

Asks for a higher startup cap. Raising a cap is Conditional / Loosen.

P7Conditional
Loosen

CCI encourages the Commission to eliminate this restriction because it is untethered from the policy objective of addressing insider-related risks

Asks for a limit above $75 million, removal of the 30 percent selling-securityholder limit, a review period of no more than 20 days with automatic effectiveness, and no legality opinion. Widens the exemption, Loosen; GENIUS-compliant stablecoin consideration is a minor condition.

P8Conditional
Clarify split

CCI encourages the Commission to clarify that the ten percent limit applies separately to each offering of a distinct subject crypto asset

Asks the release to confirm the 10 percent limit applies per offering and that issuers may rely on self-certified accredited status. Conditional / Clarify on letters 70 and 206; the skeptic reads no aggregation as Loosen.

P9Support
as-proposed

CCI urges the Commission to adopt the Proposed Rule’s contemplated approach of addressing concerns related to informational advantages by insiders primarily through clear disclosures, rather than establishing prescriptive holding periods.

Answers Question 35 for disclosure over related-person holding periods, as letters 206 and 208.

P10Conditional
Loosen

CCI encourages the Commission to consider expanding the universe of eligible entities that may qualify for the fundraising exemption.

Relaxes the officer, asset-location and principal-administration conditions of Rule 300(b) while keeping a U.S. nexus. Widening who may use the regime is Loosen, as letters 206 and 216.

P13Conditional
Loosen split

CCI also encourages the Commission to establish a clearly defined period within which it may challenge an issuer’s reliance on the safe harbor after the Form TR is filed.

Asks for a challenge deadline, confidential treatment of the analysis, good-faith reliance for unaffiliated participants, non-admission, codified maintenance with a defined functional test, and a governance-participation safe harbor, while urging a substance-over-form standard with retained-powers disclosure and a presumption against exit for tokens carrying a business interest. Primary and literalist weigh the explicit availability asks, Loosen, as letters 199 and 206; the skeptic reads the substance-over-form standard and presumption as Tighten, as letter 216.

P14Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should also make explicit that Rule 500’s preemptive power over secondary-market transactions extends to intermediaries facilitating such trading

Supports Rule 500 for primary and secondary transactions, keeps coverage of assets first sold under other exemptions, and extends preemption to platforms and brokers facilitating trades. Widens preemption, Loosen.

P17Conditional
Loosen

CCI also encourages the Commission to adopt safe harbors from exchange and broker registration for decentralized exchanges and the applications that provide access to them.

Asks that subject crypto assets trade on non-SEC venues before Form TR, that Tokenized Securities Venues admit covered investment contracts, for decentralized exchange and broker safe harbors and transfer agent relief, integration and Regulation S guidance, and codified non-equity status. Intermediary relief is Loosen, as letters 206 and 216.

Answers question 11, 35, 60, 72, 97, 121

↑ back to the top
Overall Off-topicPosture n-aFrame non-specific

This letter’s wording is not reproduced on this page. The coding stands and is counted in every tally above; the passages behind it are in the document itself — read it on sec.gov.

This letter engages no provision of the proposal. It is counted in the corpus and carries its overall label, and there is nothing to quote against a provision.

↑ back to the top
220

Christopher AndradeHTML

2026-10-20 · Individual · Public comment · 252 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I support a clearer offering pathway for genuine crypto infrastructure, but the proposal should close the disclosure gap

GEN convention: supports the pathway and asks for mandatory disclosure and an objective exit test, so Conditional.

P3Conditional
Tighten

I request that the Commission require standardized disclosures for any project that raises capital or promotes institutional, enterprise, oracle, or interoperability use cases

Asks for standardized items on governance and residual control, the limits of claimed institutional relationships, technical and concentration risks, insider holdings and vesting, and a statement of Howey and safe-harbor status, with promotional claims barred without them. More prescription is Tighten.

P13Conditional
Tighten

The safe harbor should also require objective evidence that essential managerial efforts and residual control have ceased, rather than self-certification alone.

A stated mandatory evidentiary condition on the exit, including the end of residual control, makes it less available, Tighten, as letters 2 and 70.

↑ back to the top
221

Brian Belley, President, Crowdfunding Professional Association (CfPA)PDF

2026-10-20 · Trade association or advocacy - industry · Public comment · 7,759 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Crypto Task Force letter (June 13, 2025), cited in the release.engages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

The CfPA supports tailored exemptions for covered investment contracts, crypto-specific disclosure under Rule 103, a conditional and narrow investment contract safe harbor under Rule 400 and preemption of state registration and qualification requirements under Rule 500, provided the necessary investor protections are in place.

GEN convention: supports the framework on conditions and asks for added protections, so Conditional.

P4Conditional
Tighten

The CfPA recommends that while the original disclosure may be posted on the issuer’s website, all subsequent amendments also must be filed on EDGAR

Answers Questions 27, 65 and 69 with EDGAR filing of amendments and third-party hosting of a time-stamped copy. Tighten, as letters 196 and 216.

P5Conditional
Tighten

in response to question 109, the CfPA recommends that Tier 1 financial statements be reviewed by an independent public accountant at a minimum

Requires reviewed Tier 1 statements, keeps the Tier 2 audit, and adds Regulation CF-style scaled financial statements to the startup exemption. More assurance is Tighten.

P8Conditional
Tighten

The CfPA recommends applying the Fundraising Exemption limits under Rule 300(c) to capital raised under Rule 200.

Answers Question 55 with the fundraising exemption's 10 percent limit in the startup exemption, relying on purchaser representations. Extends the limit, Tighten, as letters 196 and 202.

P9Conditional
Tighten

the CfPA recommends a mandatory minimum holding period for related persons of 12 months, with a milestone release tied to percentage-based sales during development and an annual cap thereafter

Answers Questions 34, 35 and 81 with a 12-month related-person holding period and later caps while other purchasers trade freely. Conditional / Tighten, as letters 50 and 54.

P10Conditional
Tighten

Issuers should have a U.S. entity attached to the capital raise to ensure accountability for the purposes of both regulatory review and investor claims.

Answers Questions 48 to 50 with a U.S. entity requirement for the startup exemption and no individual or group issuers. Narrowing who may use the regime is Tighten, as letters 202 and 210.

P13Conditional
Tighten

In response to question 133, the CfPA recommends that Rule 400 be limited to the fulfillment of managerial efforts.

Removes abandonment from the safe harbor to a separate rule with EDGAR notice and disclosure of proceeds, treasury and related-person holdings and sales, and asks for written notice of any Commission objection. Withdrawing a route makes the exit less available, Tighten, as letter 216.

P14Conditional
Tighten

Absent those protections, the Commission should limit preemption to the Fundraising Exemption.

Supports preemption but conditions it for startup offerings on the added protections (Question 144) and keeps secondary preemption tied to current EDGAR filings (Questions 141 and 142). Conditioning preemption is Tighten.

P15Authority challenged; Defer to Congress

the Commission should consider deferring that component, including at least Rule 400 and secondary market preemption, until Congress acts

P16Costs understated

In its economic analysis, the Commission treats the intermediary as a cost, citing average intermediary fees of approximately 6.6 percent under Regulation CF.

P17Conditional
Tighten

Applying presumptive parity, require that covered investment contracts under Rule 200 be sold through an intermediary (such as a broker-dealer, funding portal or alternative arm’s length third party).

Requires an intermediary, or a light third party that checks identity and bad actors, hosts a time-stamped disclosure and administers investment limits, for cash sales under the startup exemption. A new gatekeeper requirement is Tighten, as the skeptic read letter 197.

Answers question 27, 34, 35, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49, 50, 55, 65, 69, 76, 81, 87, 109, 133, 141, 142, 144

↑ back to the top
222

Monica Brady, Founder and CEOHTML

2026-10-20 · Individual · Public comment · 306 words

Overall SupportPosture n-aFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENSupport split
—

I encourage the Commission to adopt a startup exemption that provides clear eligibility requirements, reasonable compliance obligations, meaningful investor protections, and a realistic path for smaller businesses to participate in the digital asset economy.

GEN convention: urges adoption of a startup exemption and names no change, so Support, as letters 110 and 170; the skeptic reads the request to weigh compliance costs as Conditional.

↑ back to the top
223

Timothy J. White, Jr., Associate General Counsel, Investment Company InstitutePDF

2026-10-20 · Trade association or advocacy - industry · Public comment · 1,372 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We support the Commission’s effort to create a workable framework for crypto asset offerings but seek additional clarity in several areas

GEN convention: supports the framework and asks for clarity and added issuer obligations, so Conditional.

P12Conditional
Tighten split

Provide for timely ongoing updates concerning material developments relevant to investment assessments and portfolio oversight.

Asks for timely ongoing updates on material developments beyond periodic reports. More reporting is Tighten; the literalist reads the unspecified ask as Clarify.

P13Conditional
Tighten split

Require the issuer to report its documented assessment and supporting information before claiming safe-harbor eligibility, conduct and document reassessments following material developments that could affect eligibility, and provide timely notice of those developments

Adds documented reassessment after material developments and timely notice of status changes, with examples of when efforts clearly continue such as retained unilateral authority, alongside reliance and Investment Company and Advisers Act guidance. Added issuer obligations make the exit less available, Tighten; the skeptic reads the letter's purpose, certainty for advisers, as Clarify.

P17Conditional
Clarify

Regulation Crypto Assets, if adopted, should operate coherently with the Commission’s related custody proposal

Asks for coordination with the custody and transfer agent proposals and the tokenized securities venue order. Line-drawing across rulemakings, Clarify, as letter 201.

↑ back to the top
Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Dragonfly supports the Proposal, particularly its codification of the principle, set out in the 2026 Interpretation, that a crypto asset can separate from the investment contract under which it was first sold.

GEN convention: supports the proposal and asks for five changes, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen

Provide that a non-voting board observer, or an advisor with no authority over the issuer’s operations or managerial efforts, is not a “related person” solely by virtue of that role.

Answers Question 11 by excluding passive observers and advisors from related person and defining the consultant category by function. Narrowing reach is Loosen, as letters 206 and 207.

P6Conditional
Loosen split

Clarify that a common minority investor, including one with board representation, does not by itself place two issuers under common control for purposes of the affiliate determination

Keeps the one-time-use condition and asks that substantially similar mean a re-issuance by the same or a commonly controlled issuer and that minority investors not make issuers affiliates. Narrowing the condition is Loosen, as letter 206; the literalist reads the clarifications as Clarify.

P13Conditional
Loosen

Extend Rule 400’s safe harbor from the term “investment contract” to the definitions of “security” in Section 2(a)(36) of the Investment Company Act and Section 202(a)(18) of the Investment Advisers Act

Keeps self-certification over a decentralization or functionality test, asks for good-faith reliance by exchanges, market makers and secondary traders that a later adverse finding does not undo, and extends Rule 400 to the 1940 Acts (Question 135). The extension makes the exit reach further, Loosen, as letters 18 and 66.

P14Conditional
Loosen

Provide that Rule 500 preemption applies to covered secondary resales for so long as the issuer remains subject to the applicable exemption’s disclosure and filing requirements, whether or not the issuer is current with them.

Asks for the subject-to alternative (Question 142) or a reasonable-belief standard. Widens preemption, Loosen, as letters 206 and 216.

P17Conditional
Loosen split

Consider targeted exemptive relief, subject to appropriate investor protections, during the period before a covered investment contract has ended.

Asks for a tailored framework for venues, brokers, dealers and clearing agencies, activity-based treatment of non-custodial interfaces, and interim exemptive relief. Intermediary relief is Loosen, as letter 114; the literalist reads the framework and activity-based asks as Clarify, as letter 117.

Answers question 11, 135, 142 · Opposes alternative 11

↑ back to the top
Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I appreciate the Commission's work to bring greater clarity to crypto assets.

GEN convention: supports the framework's foundations and asks for targeted changes, so Conditional.

P2Conditional
Clarify split

I encourage it to distinguish passive, one-sided designation or receipt from an affirmative claim or other exercise of control by the recipient, and to analyze consideration separately from acceptance or participation

Takes no view on a separate airdrop exemption and asks any guidance to separate one-sided designation from acceptance and consideration (Question 46). Clarify; the skeptic reads the effect, that designation alone is not participation, as Loosen.

P3Support
as-proposed

I support the principles-based approach.

Answers Questions 29 and 30 for the principles-based approach, offering ledger verification only as an example if guidance is added.

P12Conditional
Tighten split

I therefore suggest that Form 1-UC supplement its issuer-focused triggers with a non-exclusive item requiring disclosure of a material change to the associated crypto network or application that materially affects the covered investment contract.

Adds a material network-event trigger to Form 1-UC limited to events known to the issuer (Question 116) and asks that addresses and UTxOs not be counted as holders of record (Question 123). More reporting is Tighten, as letters 196 and 216; the skeptic weighs the knowledge limit and counting method as Clarify.

P13Conditional
Loosen

Reliance on this rule does not, by itself, constitute an admission that the crypto asset was previously offered or sold subject to an investment contract

Supports requiring the Form TR analysis (Question 130) and the completed-efforts standard over a mechanical metric (Question 131), and asks for non-exclusive evidence categories, that maintenance and governance by persons independent of the issuer not count as its efforts (Question 132), and proposed non-admission text (Question 134). Non-admission makes the exit more available, Loosen, as letters 203 and 212.

Answers question 29, 30, 46, 116, 123, 130, 131, 132, 134 · Opposes alternative 11

↑ back to the top
226

Christopher Robins, General Counsel, Morpho AssociationPDF

2026-10-20 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 2,744 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We support the Proposal, and in particular proposed Rule 400.

GEN convention: supports the proposal and asks for four interpretive confirmations and one rule-text change, so Conditional.

P13Conditional
Loosen

Rule 400 should accordingly deem a crypto asset that satisfies its conditions not to be a “note” where no person has a contractual or other legal obligation to pay principal or a return to the holder.

Keeps the Rule 400(a) standard over objective proxies (Question 131), and asks for presumptive exclusions for software publishing, keepers and oracles and infrastructure maintenance (Question 132), a no-obligor-no-note deeming (Question 126) and extension to the 1940 Acts (Question 135). Each widens what the exit reaches, Loosen, as letters 18 and 224.

Answers question 126, 131, 132, 135 · Opposes alternative 11

↑ back to the top
227

Orlando Cosme, Founder and Managing Member, Cosme LLCPDF

2026-10-20 · Legal practitioner or law firm · Public comment · 8,444 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We write as counsel to the early-stage teams Reg CA is meant to serve, and we support the proposal.

GEN convention: supports the proposal and asks for twelve targeted changes, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen

We also ask the Commission to confirm that a SAFT or other token rights instrument that conveys only the right to receive the crypto asset, with no equity or other security attached, may itself be offered as a covered investment contract under the Startup Exemption.

Answers Questions 5 to 7 by letting issuers deliver warrant and SAFT tokens under Regulation D or the startup exemption at their election, admitting token-only SAFTs as covered investment contracts, and bringing Regulation D tokens within Rule 400 after Form TR. Widens what the regime covers, Loosen, as letters 194 and 204.

P2Conditional
Loosen

exclude from the limit, or place in a separate basket, distributions for usage, services, or network security that require no purchase and no cash consideration

Answers Questions 9, 10, 46, 53 and 54 by excluding usage, service and security distributions from the cap, or valuing them at the last bona fide cash price or a disclosed good-faith valuation. Fewer distributions count, Loosen, as letters 196 and 206.

P3Conditional
Clarify

In response to Question 29, the Commission should publish non-exclusive examples of a Rule 103 disclosure.

Asks for non-exclusive model Rule 103 disclosures to lower preparation cost, without changing the requirements. Clarify.

P6Conditional
Loosen

Add a solicitation-of-interest provision to Rule 200.

Adds testing the waters, a cure for pre-filing materials and wallet preregistration before Form NOR (Questions 43, 44, 58 and 78), an awareness certification (Question 62), one extension and a path into the fundraising exemption (Question 47), and a narrower one-time-use condition for migrations, open-source deployments and relaunches (Questions 51 and 52). Widens the exemption, Loosen, as letter 206.

P7Conditional
Loosen

we recommend that the Commission permit variable pricing under a formula disclosed before the sale begins

Answers Questions 92 to 94 with formula-based variable pricing fixed before the sale and measured at the maximum price. Loosen, as letters 199 and 216.

P8Support
as-proposed

We also oppose adding individual investment limits to the Startup Exemption, as Question 55 contemplates.

Answers Question 55 against startup investment limits, keeping the proposal, as letter 216.

P9Support
as-proposed

the Commission should not impose a mandatory minimum holding period on related persons, as Question 35 contemplates

Answers Question 35 for disclosure over mandatory lockups, offering a voluntary lockup standard only as an alternative, as letters 206 and 218.

P10Support
as-proposed

the Commission should not limit the Startup Exemption to entities or add a U.S.-nexus test, as Questions 49 and 50 contemplate

Answers Questions 49 and 50 against narrowing startup eligibility, keeping the proposal.

P12Conditional
Loosen

We agree with Jossey PLLC that Tier 1 issuers should be required to file only the annual report on Form 1-KC, with semiannual and current reports optional.

Trims Tier 1 to annual reporting (Question 117) and replaces the 300-holder suspension test with a wallet measure (Question 123). Trimming reporting is Conditional / Loosen, as letters 101 and 199.

P13Conditional
Loosen

A dated milestone schedule included in the Rule 103 disclosure should be treated as a rebuttable presumption of the issuer’s promised essential managerial efforts for purposes of Form TR and Rule 400(a)

Bounds the promise inventory with a milestone-schedule presumption and a definition of representation or promise keyed to identified channels (Questions 131 and 132), and supports non-admission (Question 134). A bounded inventory and non-admission make the exit more available, Loosen, as letters 206 and 208.

P14Conditional
Loosen split

persons outside the issuer and its affiliates who facilitate secondary trading may rely on the issuer’s current public filings, absent actual knowledge that they are materially false or misleading

Answers Question 141 with reliance on the issuer's current filings for unaffiliated secondary-market facilitators. Keeping preemption available on good-faith reliance is Loosen, as letter 216; the literalist reads the confirmation as Clarify.

P17Conditional
Loosen

we recommend that the Commission create a limited-registration crypto offering portal (a “Portal”), modeled on the funding portal framework

Asks for a limited-registration offering portal and a non-custodial launch-interface exemption (Questions 14 and 78), an interim exemptive order for post-launch AMM trading, community-incentive broker clarity, Rule 175 protection for startup disclosure filed on EDGAR, and a Rule 152 confirmation (Question 16). Intermediary relief and Rule 175 reach are Loosen, as letters 80, 114 and 159.

Answers question 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 16, 29, 35, 43, 44, 46, 47, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 58, 62, 65, 78, 92, 93, 94, 117, 123, 131, 132, 134, 141, 153

↑ back to the top
228

Michael ChungPDF

2026-10-20 · Individual · Public comment · 1,424 words

Overall ConditionalPosture ClarifyingFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional split
—

I strongly support the Commission’s effort to establish workable offering pathways for crypto assets.

GEN convention: supports the proposal and asks for two confirmations in the final rule or release, so Conditional; the skeptic reads confirmations of existing latitude as no change, Support.

P3Conditional
Clarify

confirm that (a) an issuer may describe conditional, performance-linked allocations as part of its Rule 103 supply, distribution and lockup disclosure

Asks the Commission to confirm that performance-linked allocations can be described within the existing Rule 103 supply and lockup items. No change to what is required, Clarify.

P13Conditional
Clarify

an issuer filing Form TR may cite a pre-agreed milestone record, showing that the promised essential managerial efforts were accepted as completed, as supporting evidence under Rule 400

Asks that a pre-agreed milestone record be accepted as supporting evidence in the Form TR analysis, without changing Rule 400's conditions. Clarify, as letters 31 and 52.

↑ back to the top
229

Decentralization Research CenterPDF

2026-10-20 · Trade association or advocacy - industry · Public comment · 18,258 words · 2 signatories

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrumentReturning filer 2025 Safe Harbor Framework submitted to the Crypto Task Force (March 10, 2025).argues the 2026 Interpretation is wrong
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Our comments are offered in support of that progress, and they are generally directed at a single shortcoming

GEN convention: supports the proposal's progress and asks for a more objective framework, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen

“Intrinsic economic rights” should be defined as explicit, enforceable contractual rights embedded in or attached to the token to profits, revenues, assets, repayment or liquidation proceeds

Defines digital commodity affirmatively with company-backed tokens separate, limits intrinsic economic rights to enforceable contractual claims so protocol fees, burns, staking rewards and programmatic buybacks do not establish securities status, and treats ordinary unaffiliated secondary sales of functional tokens as outside the investment contract. Narrows what is caught, Loosen, as letters 199 and 208.

P2Conditional
Loosen

End user distributions should not carry an investment contract gloss.

Asks that end-user distributions, staking rewards and usage incentives fall outside investment contracts and the startup cap, and for a contributor-compensation exemption Rule 701 does not provide. Fewer distributions caught, Loosen, as letters 206 and 216.

P6Conditional
Loosen split

the Commission should eliminate or appropriately narrow Form NOR’s certification concerning the issuer’s intention to fulfill its promised essential managerial efforts within four years

Answers Question 62 by dropping or narrowing the Form NOR intent certification. Loosen, as letters 206 and 227; the skeptic weighs the ask that structurally centralized projects be ineligible for token-sale relief as Tighten.

P9Conditional
Tighten split

Tokens held by the issuer group and its control persons do not come to rest before maturity and reach the market only subject to conditions such as volume limits and prompt disclosure.

Adds holder-based conditions on insider and control-person resales before maturity (holding periods, volume limits, disclosure) while giving genesis, Regulation D and contributor tokens a token-specific resale path. Primary and literalist read the insider conditions as Tighten, as letters 50 and 54; the skeptic reads the new resale path as Loosen.

P13Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should establish a nonexclusive, control-based safe harbor under Rule 400 that provides an objective basis for determining when the essential managerial dependence underlying an investment contract has ended

Deems Rule 400's condition met where code-verifiable criteria show no person or group controls the network (open code, no unilateral censorship, concentration thresholds, limits on unilateral changes, independent value accrual), as a safe harbor and not a gate, with effective dates, reliance protection, an existing-network path and extension to the 1940 Acts (Question 135). A stated alternative route is Loosen, as letters 8, 18 and 206.

P14Conditional
Loosen

The final Rule 500 should therefore establish an objectively ascertainable basis for secondary transaction protection, including publicly available issuer compliance and transition status, defined effective dates, and reasonable reliance safeguards for unaffiliated participants

Asks that secondary preemption not depend on issuer facts holders cannot verify, that lapses not undo past transactions, and that covered security status extend across the token's lifecycle including control-person resales. Widens preemption, Loosen, as letters 206 and 216.

P15Authority defended

Neither prospective legislation nor CFTC action, however, substitutes for the Commission’s responsibility to clarify the application of the federal securities laws within its existing authority.

P17Conditional
Clarify split

The Commission should also establish a publicly accessible mechanism through which issuers, trading venues, intermediaries, and other participants can ascertain the relevant exemption and transition status.

Asks for a public status mechanism with reliance protection, an explanation of how classifications bear on secondary trading and intermediaries (Question 153), and codified 12(g) treatment. Clarify, as letter 117; the skeptic reads reliance and intermediary pathways as Loosen.

Answers question 62, 135, 153

↑ back to the top
230

Multicoin Capital Management, LLCPDF

2026-10-20 · Crypto investor or venture fund · Public comment · 23,785 words · 3 signatories

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Multicoin resale letter (Aug. 9, 2025) and joint RFI letter (Aug. 5, 2025) to the Commission.
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We support the Proposal.

GEN convention: supports the proposal and makes eleven recommendations, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen

Treat qualifying staking receipt tokens and wrapped tokens as the subject crypto asset they represent

Looks through staking receipt and wrapped tokens to the subject crypto asset, defines functional, confirms open governance is not a central party, treats protocol value accrual as not a note, accommodates equity-plus-token structures, and gives minority investors an affiliate safe harbor below 10 percent (Requests 2, 3, 6 to 8, 11 and 126). Narrows what is caught, Loosen, as letters 206 and 224.

P2Conditional
Loosen

Exclude gratuitous, programmatic, and protocol staking distributions from “covered transaction”

Removes staking rewards and programmatic incentives from covered transactions and the cap (Requests 43, 44, 46 and 54), citing the DoubleZero and Fuse letters. Fewer distributions count, Loosen, as letters 206 and 216.

P3Conditional
Loosen split

require disclosure of development commitments

Keeps principles-based disclosure and the unknown-or-not-reasonably-available standard with reliance on on-chain and third-party data, no public insider addresses, and required disclosure of development commitments (Requests 26 to 33). The liability and privacy relief dominates for primary and skeptic, Loosen; the literalist reads the added item as Tighten.

P4Conditional
Loosen split

We would make that filing an option for startup issuers rather than a requirement.

Lets startup issuers elect EDGAR filing or a qualified on-chain disclosure archive for a fixed record, with Rule 175 protection for those who elect (Requests 64 to 69). An option with added protection is Loosen, as letter 101; the literalist reads the archive option as Clarify.

P9Conditional
Loosen split

Adopt a single 12-month holding period for tokens acquired from the issuer or its affiliates outside a Regulation Crypto Assets offering

Answers Request 35 by replacing Rule 144 for private-round, SAFT, warrant and grant tokens with one 12-month period, with tacking and carve-outs, after which they trade freely; Regulation Crypto Assets tokens stay unrestricted. Easier than Rule 144, Loosen; the literalist reads the new holding period as Tighten against the proposal's disclosure-only approach.

P10Conditional
Loosen

Admit foreign issuers that appoint an agent for service of process and consent to U.S. jurisdiction

Answers Requests 49, 50, 85 and 86 by admitting foreign issuers that appoint an agent and consent to jurisdiction. Widening who may use the regime is Loosen, as letters 199 and 208.

P13Conditional
Loosen

Adopt an express, severable reliance exemption with a single actual-knowledge standard; make a Form TR effective on filing, with any challenge prospective only; adopt Rule 400 as a status rule as well; and add objective exit routes as alternatives.

Asks for a reliance exemption, effect on filing with prospective-only challenge, a status rule, objective alternative exit routes, codified post-functionality treatment for efforts by any person, and parallel status rules under the 1940 Acts (Requests 124 to 135). Stated alternative routes and extension are Loosen, as letters 18, 206 and 224.

P14Conditional
Loosen

remove the dealer exclusion from Rule 500(b), base preemption on the public filing record, and continue preemption after a Form TR

Supports secondary-market exemptions and an independent participant safe harbor and widens Rule 500 by dropping the dealer exclusion, relying on the public filing record and continuing after Form TR (Requests 136 to 144). Loosen, as letters 206 and 216.

P16Costs understated

In the adopting release, weigh the holder-side costs identified in this letter and the baseline against which they should be measured.

Answers question 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, 11, 16, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 43, 44, 46, 49, 50, 51, 52, 54, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 85, 86, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154

↑ back to the top
231

Wenyi Huang, President, Mercatus AI Inc.PDF

2026-10-20 · Technology or infrastructure provider · Public comment · 717 words

Overall ConditionalPosture ClarifyingFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Where these rights are recorded on a distributed ledger, the proposal’s treatment of the accompanying contract is directly relevant to us.

GEN convention: takes no overall stance and asks for three clarifications that change reach, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen split

it is a commercial purchase of a consumable input and not a “covered investment contract.”

Asks the framework to state that fixed-face, service-measured rights not redeemable for cash are consumable purchases, and that transferability alone does not make them investment contracts. Removing a class of instruments from the regime is Loosen under the reach tie-break; the literalist reads the requested statement as Clarify.

P13Conditional
Clarify

We ask the Commission to confirm that performing delivery under contracts already sold falls in that category.

Asks the Commission to confirm that performing existing service obligations is not a new promise of essential managerial efforts, as the 2026 Interpretation already says of non-essential efforts. Clarify under the maintenance convention.

P17Conditional
Clarify

Guidance should distinguish the operator’s responsibilities as issuer, service provider, and venue operator.

Asks that the deferred exchange, broker and dealer work cover venues for service entitlements run by the issuer. Line-drawing guidance, Clarify, as letter 117.

↑ back to the top
232

Decentralization Research CenterPDF

2026-10-20 · Trade association or advocacy - industry · Public comment · 53,607 words · 2 signatories

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrumentReturning filer 2025 Safe Harbor Framework submitted to the Crypto Task Force (March 10, 2025).argues the 2026 Interpretation is wrong
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

DRC welcomes the Commission’s effort to establish a clearer and more sustainable regulatory framework for crypto assets in the United States.

GEN convention: welcomes the effort, states significant concerns and proposes rule changes, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen split

We would exclude company backed tokens from digital commodity status.

Excludes company-backed tokens from digital commodity status and disregards governance that cannot bind the system, while treating transactions in subject crypto assets case by case rather than all as securities transactions and admitting SAFTs and equity-plus-token structures (Questions 6 and 7). The transaction-specific narrowing dominates for primary and skeptic, Loosen, as letter 229; the literalist reads the company-backed exclusion as Tighten.

P2Conditional
Loosen

End User Distributions (both before and after functionality) should be excluded from the offering cap.

Defines End User Distributions, excludes them from the startup cap, removes any presumption of securities status for post-functionality distributions with no cash, and lets issuers rely on the exemption optionally with no adverse inference. Fewer distributions count, Loosen, as letters 206 and 229.

P3Conditional
Tighten

Rule 103(b)(1) should mandate additional disclosures, including disclosure of control points (i.e., aspects of a network or application that are subject to centralized control).

Mandates disclosure of control points such as upgrade authority, admin and mint keys, and fully diluted supply. More prescription is Tighten.

P5Conditional
Clarify split

The audit standard in Part F/S should be modified to address the risks token purchasers actually bear.

Asks that the Part F/S audit standard be retargeted to token purchasers' risks, naming no lighter or heavier standard. Clarify; the skeptic reads it with the letter's aim of no reporting-company overhead, Loosen.

P6Conditional
Loosen

Issuers should not be required to certify that they intend to complete their essential managerial efforts within four years.

Raises the startup offering limit and drops the four-year intent certification on Form NOR. Loosen, as letters 206 and 229.

P7Conditional
Loosen

The Fundraising Exemption should accommodate variable pricing and token shelf offerings.

Asks for variable pricing and token shelf offerings, narrows the pre-filing offer ban to live sale mechanisms, and has network changes reported rather than requalified. Widens how offerings run, Loosen, as letters 216 and 227.

P9Conditional
Tighten split

We would require a hold period and disclosure for control person resales before maturity, implemented through a conditional safe harbor from underwriter status

Adds a hold period and disclosure for control-person resales before maturity and limits insider sales in contemporaneous offerings, with restrictions attached to the seller rather than the token. Tighten for primary and literalist, as letter 229; the skeptic reads the underwriter safe harbor as a new resale path, Loosen.

P10Conditional
Loosen

should be replaced with a test that is tailored to crypto markets and more focused on substance rather than form

Replaces Rule 300(b)'s foreign-private-issuer-based U.S. nexus test with a crypto-tailored substantive test. Widening who may use the regime is Loosen, as letter 208.

P12Conditional
Tighten split

Current reports should be triggered by network events rather than traditional issuer-specific corporate events.

Ties current reports to network events and requires beneficial ownership reporting by anyone who acquires control after exit. Added network triggers are Tighten, as letters 216 and 225; the skeptic reads the substitution as Clarify.

P13Conditional
Loosen split

The investment contract safe harbor should incorporate a “Network Maturity” test with objective indicia of control (or lack of control).

Adds a non-exclusive Network Maturity safe harbor keyed to insider supply and consensus limits and no unilateral authority, drops the cessation certification, and makes the exit durable through a Section 28 exemption and a bar on the Commission reasserting status on the same facts. Primary and skeptic read the added route and durability as Loosen, as letters 206 and 229; the literalist credits the stated framing that exit should require losing control, Tighten, as letter 70.

P14Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should not require that issuers be “subject to and current with” their filing and disclosure obligations in order for preemption to apply to secondary market transactions.

Extends preemption to all resales without the subject-and-current condition, or adds a public status indicator, and continues it after Form TR. Widens preemption, Loosen, as letters 206 and 230.

P15Procedural objection

Apart from the substantive concerns discussed above, the Proposed Rules does not reflect the reasoned, evidence-based decision-making required by the Administrative Procedure Act

P16Benefits overstated

The economic analysis is based on there being a secondary market, which we do not believe will be the case.

P17Conditional
Loosen

Venues should be exempt from exchange and broker-dealer registration where they support trading in a token and the issuer is subject to disclosure obligations under Regulation Crypto Assets or has filed Form TR.

Asks for a listing-eligibility test for unregistered venues and exchange and broker-dealer exemptions tied to issuer disclosure or Form TR. Intermediary relief is Loosen, as letters 114 and 206.

Answers question 6, 7

↑ back to the top
233

Dr. Tripti Prasad Thakur, Law Clerk, Rose Bowlus Law APCPDF

2026-10-20 · Legal practitioner or law firm · Public comment · 2,407 words

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We believe the framework would be stronger with a few targeted changes.

GEN convention: supports the proposal and asks for targeted changes, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Clarify

The final rule should make clearer which assets are intended to use this framework.

Asks which assets the crypto asset definition is meant to reach, for example tokenized shares (Questions 2, 3 and 8). Definitional, Clarify.

P4Conditional
Tighten

The final rule should require issuers to file a dated copy of their disclosure on EDGAR or keep a public archive of each version for a set period after the exemption ends.

Requires a fixed, dated record of startup disclosure on EDGAR or in a versioned public archive (Question 65). Tighten, as letters 216 and 221.

P6Conditional
Clarify split

The one-time-use limit for the same or a “substantially similar” crypto asset needs examples.

Asks for examples showing that chain migrations, unit changes and network splits do not use up eligibility (Questions 51 and 52). Clarify; the skeptic reads the effect as narrowing the condition, Loosen, as letter 227.

P7Conditional
Loosen split

A disclosed auction or formula-based sale may have a changing price without hiding how that price is determined.

Asks the Commission to consider disclosed auction and formula pricing or explain the prohibition, and to clarify Regulation S offshore sales and an exchange-listing exception to the investment limit (Questions 86 and 91). Loosen, as letter 227; the literalist reads the consider-or-explain framing as Clarify.

P8Conditional
Tighten

Consider a modest limit for non-accredited investors.

Suggests a self-certified individual limit for capital-raising purchases in the startup exemption, sparing network rewards and airdrops (Question 55). Extends the limit, Tighten, as letter 221.

P9Conditional
Clarify

We support those disclosures and recommend clear guidance on which resale rules apply to insiders and when those restrictions end.

Supports insider-holding disclosure and asks which resale rules apply to founders and affiliates, with Form TR updates. No change to resale treatment, Clarify.

P10Conditional
Tighten

each issuer, including members of a group acting as the issuer, should name a U.S. agent for service of process

Keeps the startup exemption open to foreign and unincorporated issuers but conditions it on a U.S. agent for each issuer and group member, and suggests later review of Canadian and foreign eligibility for the fundraising exemption. An added entry condition is Tighten, as letter 196.

P13Conditional
Loosen split

We recommend a reasonable, good-faith standard, a defined opportunity to correct deficiencies, and a rule that a later adverse determination ordinarily takes effect prospectively.

Asks for nonexclusive evidence of completion, a good-faith standard with a cure period, prospective adverse findings, reliance protection and non-admission, and adds Form TR content: each promise and its outcome, retained control, insider holdings, and whether work was completed or abandoned with use of proceeds. The availability asks dominate for primary and skeptic, Loosen; the literalist reads the added Form TR items as Tighten, as letters 104 and 200.

P14Conditional
Loosen

We recommend extending the resale provision to registered broker-dealers, subject to appropriate conditions.

Extends Rule 500(b) resale relief to transactions through registered broker-dealers and adds a grace period for missed filings (Questions 136 to 144). Widens preemption, Loosen, as letters 197 and 230.

P17Conditional
Loosen split

We recommend considering the same conditional protection for good-faith projections in both

Asks for Rule 175 protection for startup disclosure, codified 12(g) treatment (Question 45) and intermediary guidance published with the rules. Rule 175 reach is Loosen, as letters 80 and 159; the literalist reads the guidance asks as Clarify.

Answers question 2, 3, 8, 45, 49, 50, 51, 52, 55, 65, 74, 86, 91, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144

↑ back to the top
234

Americans for Financial Reform Education Fund (AFREF)PDF

2026-10-21 · Investor-protection advocacy organization · Public comment · 11,193 words

Overall OpposePosture TighteningFrame on-instrumentargues the 2026 Interpretation is wrong
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENOppose
—

The SEC should withdraw the proposed rule because it poses significant risk to investors, market integrity, and financial stability.

Asks for withdrawal and capital formation under existing frameworks; Oppose, as letters 202 and 210.

P1Oppose
Tighten

the proposed rule’s novel new crypto investment contracts completely contravenes existing securities law and jurisprudence.

Rejects the covered investment contract construction and the separation theory behind it in favor of a facts-and-circumstances Howey analysis. Widening what stays a security is Tighten, as letter 210.

P3Oppose
Tighten

The SEC should strengthen the disclosure requirements to provide needed, comparable, uniform information

Rejects principles-based Rule 103 disclosure and asks for standardized data and narrative elements at public-equity detail, whitepaper technical standards and audit-quality guidance. More prescription is Tighten.

P9Oppose
Tighten

The SEC should impose lock-up periods comparable to those found in Rule 144

Asks for six- to twelve-month lock-ups and buyer limits for insiders, early investors and related parties, calling disclosure of resale terms insufficient. Alternatives 2 and 3 in substance, as letter 14: Tighten.

P13Oppose
Tighten

It is inappropriate and dangerous for the SEC to give issuers the power to unilaterally dissolve their obligations to their investors

Rejects the Rule 400 exit as a self-certification regime with no review before it takes effect, for new and existing tokens alike. Less available exit, Tighten, as letters 202 and 210.

P14Oppose
Tighten

excluding states securities agencies from broader jurisdiction over crypto investment contracts could significantly impede their ability to protect investors.

Opposes the qualified-purchaser preemption of state registration and merit review for offers, sales and secondary trades. Oppose / Tighten, as letters 202 and 211.

P15Authority challenged; Defer to Congress

The proposed rule creates a novel new crypto offering exemption that exceeds the SEC’s statutory authority to issue exemptions.

P16Costs understated

Yet the agency does not attempt to quantify the potential investors losses that could occur

Endorses alternative 2, 3

↑ back to the top
235

Sara HanksPDF

2026-10-21 · Legal practitioner or law firm · Public comment · 5,199 words

Overall MixedPosture TighteningFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional split
—

Possibly the Commission could proceed to adoption of the FRE and reproposal of the SE, since the need for crypto clarity is pressing?

GEN convention: supports adopting the fundraising exemption and asks that the startup exemption be reproposed, so Conditional; the skeptic weighs the authority and fairness objections to the whole framework as Oppose.

P1Support split
as-proposed split

I believe that the definition is simple and elegant and should be adopted as proposed.

Answers Questions 5 to 7 for the covered investment contract definition as proposed, without other assets; the skeptic reads the ask to codify essential managerial efforts (Question 3) as Conditional / Clarify.

P3Conditional
Tighten

Add a requirement to disclose information about any other concurrent offering of the same securities

Answers Question 28 with added Rule 103 items: how the covered investment contract ends, who is contracting and the governing law, concurrent offerings and their terms, related-person wallet addresses, why source code is not public, and an MD&A (Question 101). More prescription is Tighten.

P4Conditional
Tighten

Filing the Rule 103 information on EDGAR would be preferable.

Answers Questions 65 and 69 with EDGAR filing or identifiable changes for startup disclosure. Tighten, as letters 202 and 216.

P5Conditional
Tighten

Combine the two tiers and require audited financials.

Answers Questions 104 and 109 with one tier requiring audited financial statements under AICPA standards (Question 111), with accounting guidance before adoption. More assurance is Tighten.

P6Oppose
Tighten

No. For the reasons stated above, I do not believe the SE should be adopted.

Answers Question 43 against the startup exemption as proposed, asking that it be rebuilt on the Regulation CF model, and that Form NOR be filed before any offer (Question 58). Oppose / Tighten.

P7Conditional
Tighten

The exemption should consist of a single tier.

Merges the tiers, keeps the fundraising exemption as close to Regulation A as possible, rejects at-the-market and variable pricing (Questions 91 to 93), and applies Regulation A resale limits (Question 81). Tighten.

P10Conditional
Tighten split

At the very least, consider including a consent to service of process in the NOR.

Adds consent to service of process and jurisdiction for startup and fundraising issuers without a U.S. office (Questions 48, 49, 61, 73 and 122) and extends fundraising eligibility to Canadian entities (Question 86). Primary and literalist read the entry conditions as Tighten, as letter 196; the skeptic weighs the Canada extension as Loosen.

P11Conditional
Tighten

I would suggest expansion of the disqualifying acts to at least the most egregious acts conducted abroad.

Answers Question 41 by adding egregious foreign acts and cyber-crimes to the disqualifying events. Widening who is disqualified is Tighten, as letter 50.

P13Support
as-proposed

The Commission should require the analysis to be included.

Answers Questions 129 and 130 for a single Form TR with the supporting analysis, as proposed, and calls the transition report essential (Question 70).

P14Oppose split
Tighten

The investor protections in the SE could not be described as “substantial”.

Objects that designating startup purchasers as qualified purchasers departs from the Regulation A rationale and asks how state notice filings would work (Question 136). Oppose / Tighten for primary and literalist; the skeptic reads the objection as confined to the startup exemption, Conditional.

P15Authority challenged

Indeed, there is no clear statutory authority for the exemptions at all.

P17Conditional
Tighten

The fact that intermediaries cost the issuers money is not, in and of itself, a reason to do without them.

Asks that startup offerings use funding-portal-type intermediaries under Commission and FINRA oversight. A new gatekeeper requirement is Tighten, as letter 221.

Answers question 3, 5, 6, 7, 10, 28, 36, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 48, 49, 51, 55, 58, 61, 65, 69, 70, 73, 75, 78, 80, 81, 84, 86, 87, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 96, 97, 101, 102, 104, 109, 111, 112, 113, 115, 117, 118, 119, 121, 122, 123, 129, 130, 136, 141

↑ back to the top
Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional split
—

We believe that the proposal is inconsistent with this principle.

GEN convention: the primary reads the objection to industry-specific favorable treatment as Oppose; literalist and skeptic weigh the changes offered if the exemptions are adopted, Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen

we do not believe that the Commission should limit the definition of “covered investment contracts,” and thus the new exemptions (particularly the startup exemption), to crypto assets

If the policy is adopted, the exemptions should reach investment contracts in assets other than crypto assets. Widening what the regime covers is Loosen, as letter 194, though the motive is parity rather than relief.

P3Conditional
Tighten

we suggest that Rule 103(b)(10) also require disclosure of risks of crypto assets in general

Adds general crypto risk factors to the offering-specific risk disclosure. More prescription is Tighten.

P13Oppose
Tighten

We believe that the relative-efforts inquiry shows that, even with a fully autonomous network, investors still rely on the entrepreneurial or managerial efforts of others

Rejects the premise that completing promised efforts or reaching a functioning network ends reliance on others' efforts under Howey and Forman. Rejecting the exit's basis is Oppose / Tighten, as letters 202 and 210.

↑ back to the top
237

Johanna Collins-Wood, General Counsel, U.S. Asset Management, Bitwise Asset Management, Inc.PDF

2026-10-21 · Crypto investor or venture fund · Public comment · 6,723 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Earlier letter on this docket (October 19, 2026; letter 150).
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

The Supplement adds five points that bear on the requests made in the Response.

GEN convention: asks for changes to Rule 400 and Form TR, so Conditional, as its first letter (150).

P13Conditional
Loosen

Bitwise supports an express non-admission provision, which is complementary to the Response’s answer.

Asks for non-issuer reliance on the public record limited by actual knowledge, a no-filing second tier, non-admission, filing-date evaluation with prospective challenges, a self-executing functionality route and extension to the Investment Company and Advisers Acts (Questions 128 to 141). Non-admission, the stated route and the 1940 Acts extension are Loosen (50, 70, 18, 66); the added token identifier on Form TR is identification, not indicia.

P15Authority defended

The authority is the same authority on which Rule 400 itself rests.

Answers question 128, 130, 134, 135, 141

↑ back to the top
238

Robert H. Rose, Founder, Parameter Crypto LLCPDF

2026-10-14 · Crypto issuer / protocol / foundation · Public comment · 1,030 words

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrumentReturning filer Earlier letters on this docket (September 29 and October 7, 2026; letters 81 and 99).
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I ask the Commission to recognize that verified on-chain records can serve investor protection

GEN convention: supports the fundraising exemption's financial statements, reporting and narrative disclosure and asks for confirmations and added pool disclosure, so Conditional.

P3Conditional
Tighten

recommend that issuers publish on-chain the rules that govern the pool

For pooled arrangements, adds required disclosure of the pool's rules: eligibility for what enters it, the order in which losses are absorbed and how distributions are calculated, with changes prospective only and noticed on-chain. Named required content is more prescription, as letters 81 and 173.

P4Conditional
Loosen split

may satisfy or supplement its ongoing reporting obligations through public, continuously updated on-chain records of the business activity underlying its securities

Asks the adopting release or guidance to confirm that public on-chain records of the underlying business activity, drawn from independent sources such as bank or payment records and pointed to by the required filings, may satisfy or supplement ongoing disclosure (Questions 32 and 90). Primary and skeptic read a further permitted channel as less prescription on where disclosure lives, as letters 101 and 166; the literalist reads a confirmation, Clarify.

P10Conditional
Clarify split

I respectfully ask the Commission to clarify whether such pools that are not required to register may rely on the fundraising exemption

Asks whether pools of operating-business revenue or receivables that need not register under the Investment Company Act may use the fundraising exemption (Question 85), and that the Commission consider broader community participation with investment limits. A question that names no change is Clarify, as letters 82 and 137; the skeptic reads wider participation as widening who may use the regime.

P12Conditional
Tighten

a change to a pool's rules is one such event

Answers Question 116: a change to a pool's rules becomes a current-report event. Adds a reporting trigger, as the filer's first letter (81) and letter 179.

Answers question 32, 33, 85, 90, 116

↑ back to the top
239

Andreas Park, Professor of Finance, University of Toronto; Katya Malinova, Associate Professor of Finance, DeGroote School of Business, McMaster UniversityPDF

2026-10-20 · Academic researcher - finance, accounting or economics · Public comment · 774 words · 2 signatories

Overall ConditionalPosture ClarifyingFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We commend the Commission’s efforts to modernize U.S. securities regulation

GEN convention: commends the effort and asks that the exemptions accommodate hybrid token contracts and that disclosure let issuers explain them, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen split

We recommend that the Commission ensure that the proposed exemptions accommodate token contracts that combine rights to future use with claims on additional token issuance or sale proceeds.

Asks that the exemptions accommodate token contracts pairing a right to future use with a claim on later issuance or sale proceeds, drawing on the filers' published work on token design. Bringing such instruments within the covered investment contract regime widens its reach, so Loosen under the scope convention; the literalist reads an ask that names no rule change, Clarify.

P3Conditional
Clarify

Disclosure requirements should allow issuers to explain these rights, their effects on incentives, and how they change over time.

Asks that disclosure let issuers explain such rights, their incentive effects and how they change over time, including conversion terms and effects on supply. No required item is added or removed, so Clarify, as letter 228.

↑ back to the top
240

Andrew M. Langer, President, Main Street FoundationPDF

2026-10-20 · Other institutional · Public comment · 7,418 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

supports SEC’s effort to establish predictable pathways for qualifying crypto investment-contract offerings, subject to the clarifications recommended below

GEN convention: supports predictable pathways subject to recommended clarifications and asks for added disclosure content and explanations across the rule, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen split

participation in a network or provision of a technical service should not independently establish issuer status

Asks that issuer status follow promises and conduct, with examples, and that participating in a network or providing a technical service not by itself make a person an issuer, while a participant with several functions answers for each. Removing a class of actor from issuer status is Loosen under the reach tie-break, as letter 197; the literalist reads the balanced definitional ask as Clarify.

P3Conditional
Tighten

require issuers to distinguish specific commitments from general aspirations

Asks that disclosure separate specific commitments from general aspirations, describe holder rights and the rights holders do not receive, and identify who holds and controls project funds and the safeguards around them, alongside supply, insider holdings and technology risks; it also asks that sensitive vulnerability detail be handled responsibly. Named required content is more prescription, as letters 86 and 162.

P4Conditional
Tighten

information should remain publicly accessible for the applicable period, with clear identification of revisions and relevant prior filings

Asks that required information stay publicly accessible for the applicable period with revisions and prior filings clearly identified. Marked revisions add to what is posted, Tighten, as letters 142 and 174.

P5Conditional
Clarify

Requirements that add expense without improving material understanding warrant reconsideration within SEC’s discretion.

Asks that financial statement and assurance requirements in each tier reflect their expected informational benefits and costs, naming no lighter or heavier requirement. Clarify, as letter 167.

P6Conditional
Clarify

SEC should identify the precise event that starts the four-year period

Asks the Commission to explain the $5 million cap and four-year period, the event that starts the period, aggregation across related entities and noncash consideration, and the route at the end of the period, proposing no different limit or period. Clarify, as letter 167.

P7Conditional
Clarify

SEC should explain why the selected thresholds, tier distinctions, and associated requirements appropriately balance capital formation and investor protection.

Asks the Commission to explain the tiers and caps and to state the rules on moving between tiers, aggregation and integration, and losing eligibility, proposing no different cap or tier. A request for explanation that names no change is Clarify, the first such row on this provision.

P9Conditional
Clarify

Resale provisions should identify applicable transfer restrictions and conditions, including their treatment of insiders, affiliates, market makers, and persons acting on an issuer’s behalf.

Asks which transfer restrictions apply to insiders, affiliates and market makers and when a resale continues the issuer's distribution. No change to resale treatment, Clarify, as letter 233.

P11Conditional
Clarify

The proposed bad-actor provisions should identify covered persons, disqualifying events, and the periods during which those events affect eligibility.

Asks the Commission to state covered persons, disqualifying events, diligence, waiver procedures and any exception for an event an issuer reasonably failed to discover. Confirmations of how the provision operates are Conditional / Clarify, as letters 66 and 119; the letter names no narrowing or widening of who is disqualified.

P12Conditional
Clarify

Reporting duties should clearly identify required periodic submissions and events that trigger additional disclosure.

Asks that the forms state which periodic reports and which events require filing, with materiality standards and deadlines, and that overlapping reports not be duplicated. Clarified reporting standards, not more or fewer reports, as letter 21.

P13Conditional
Clarify

technical functionality alone should not conclusively resolve whether purchasers continue to depend on essential efforts the issuer represented it would perform

Supports a transition rule tied to the issuer's promises and asks for examples separating routine maintenance from essential efforts, separate treatment of completion and abandonment, how Form TR becomes effective and is corrected, what intermediaries may infer from it, and that accrued liability survives. Names no change to what the exit requires, Clarify, as letters 156 and 201; asking for maintenance examples is Clarify under the maintenance convention.

P14Conditional
Clarify

Preserved state functions should receive equally clear treatment.

Asks the Commission to state the statutory basis for the qualified purchaser definition, which state requirements are displaced in primary and secondary transactions, and which state powers remain, without asking that the preemption be narrowed or widened. Clarify, as letters 86 and 167.

P15Authority challenged

Exemptive authority should not be presented as unrestricted authority to alter statutory definitions

P16Benefits overstated; Costs understated

Increased fundraising or trading volume alone does not demonstrate improved welfare

P17Conditional
Clarify

SEC should specify how noncash consideration is valued, when valuation occurs, and what records support the calculation.

Asks how noncash consideration is valued, how inflation adjustments take effect, what intermediaries may infer from issuer filings, and what an issuer's loss of eligibility means for existing holders and later transfers. Mechanics with no change named, Clarify, as letters 47 and 117.

Opposes alternative 11

↑ back to the top
241

Robert E. RutkowskiHTML

2026-10-21 · Individual · Public comment · 2,076 words

Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I request that the Commission address the following matters in its public record and explain how its analysis supports the regulatory framework ultimately selected.

GEN convention: does not ask that the proposal be withdrawn; asks for explanations across the rule and for minimum required disclosures, a change to what Rule 103 requires, so Conditional.

P3Conditional
Tighten

The Commission should identify the minimum disclosures necessary to address these matters and explain how investors can obtain comparable information across offerings.

Asks the Commission to set minimum disclosures on supply and distribution, insider holdings, vesting, governance, conflicts and the power to change the network, and to separate information that may be tailored from information required consistently. A required minimum is more prescription, Tighten, as letters 86 and 195.

P13Conditional
Clarify split

It should also explain how an investor, state regulator, or other affected party may challenge an inaccurate certification

Asks the Commission to explain how the criteria separate projects independent of essential managerial efforts from those still dependent, how abandonment and changed representations are treated, and how an inaccurate certification may be challenged and with what consequence. Names no change to what the exit requires, Clarify, as letter 201; the skeptic reads the challenge and accountability asks as making the exit harder to reach, as letter 197.

P14Conditional
Clarify split

The Commission should explain the statutory basis for the proposed definition of qualified purchaser

Asks the Commission to explain the statutory basis for the qualified purchaser definition and its extension to retail purchasers, to separate preemption of registration from state enforcement, and to say how state regulators will respond to suspected fraud. No change to the preemption named, Clarify, as letter 167; the skeptic reads the questions about retail purchasers as an ask for less preemption.

P15Authority challenged

The analysis should distinguish the authority to grant exemptions from the authority to establish a comprehensive alternative framework for a particular category of investment contract.

P16Benefits overstated; Costs understated

The economic analysis should also examine whether reduced registration obligations would materially increase productive capital formation, improve investor access to reliable information, or principally reduce compliance costs for issuers.

↑ back to the top
242

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLPPDF

2026-10-21 · Legal practitioner or law firm · Public comment · 2,277 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

we believe that Regulation CA could be refined in certain respects so that it is used as broadly as the Commission intends

GEN convention: calls the proposal a significant step and asks for changes to Part F/S, Rule 400 and the scope, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen split

We respectfully request that the Commission confirm in the adopting release whether, and to what extent, Regulation CA is available for offerings of tokenized real-world assets

Asks the adopting release to say whether offerings of tokenized real-world assets can use the regime and, if they fall outside it and no existing exemption fits, to adopt a similarly tailored framework for them (Questions 5 to 7). Primary and skeptic read the fallback as bringing such offerings within a tailored regime, Loosen, as letter 90; the literalist reads the operative ask as a confirmation, Clarify, as letter 112.

P5Conditional
Loosen

permit an issuer that has not yet commenced operations and that has no predecessor business to omit financial statements that are not relevant to its circumstances

Asks that an issuer with no operations and no predecessor may omit the statements of comprehensive income and cash flows from Form 1-CRYPTO and Forms 1-KC and 1-SC if it certifies it has not begun operations and files a GAAP balance sheet (audited in Tier 2) and a narrative on financial condition and funding, until operations begin (Questions 102 and 105). Removes required statements for a class of issuers, Loosen, as letters 64 and 103.

P13Conditional
Loosen

does not constitute, and will not be deemed, an admission or concession that a covered investment contract or other security exists or previously existed

Asks that anyone transacting in a crypto asset may reasonably rely on a filed, unwithdrawn Form TR, which would create a presumption that the conditions are met absent actual knowledge of a material inaccuracy, and that filing or reliance not be an admission (Question 134). Reliance protection and non-admission make the exit more available, as letters 184 and 203.

Answers question 5, 6, 7, 102, 105, 124, 125, 134

↑ back to the top
Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuationcites FASB 2026-ED400
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Circle supports the Commission’s effort to establish a tailored framework for crypto-asset offerings and onchain capital formation

GEN convention: supports a tailored framework and asks for changes to definitions, offering mechanics and Rule 400, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Loosen split

Receiving a payment stablecoin as consideration should not make that stablecoin a second asset subject to the investment contract

Supports the technology-neutral definitions and asks that eligibility not depend on a network's governance or validator model, and that a payment stablecoin received as consideration not become a second subject asset or bring its issuer within the offering issuer's obligations. Keeping payment stablecoins and their issuers outside the regime is Loosen under the reach tie-break, as letters 197 and 206; the literalist reads requests to distinguish and to preserve flexibility as Clarify.

P7Conditional
Loosen split

The Commission should further clarify that a GENIUS-compliant permitted payment stablecoin qualifies as

Asks that GENIUS-compliant payment stablecoins count as cash for Rule 302(b), be valued at their dollar amount, and be the only stablecoins accepted as consideration (Questions 9 and 10). Cash treatment widens how fundraising-exemption offerings may be sold, Loosen, as letter 206; the GENIUS-only condition is minor, as letter 218. The literalist reads the request to clarify and confirm as Clarify.

P13Conditional
Loosen

list should include maintaining a known validator set by monitoring performance and applying technical criteria to add or remove validators, which should be treated as a technical service

Asks that rule text list the post-functionality services that are not essential managerial efforts, which restates the release and is Clarify on its own under the maintenance convention, and adds that adding or removing validators is a technical service and that a roadmap limited to those categories is not a promise of essential managerial efforts. The validator and roadmap asks reach further and make the exit more available, Loosen, as letter 212.

Answers question 9, 10

↑ back to the top
244

AnonymousHTML

2026-10-27 · Individual · Public comment · 358 words

Overall ConditionalPosture LooseningFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I write as a builder deciding which architecture your proposal makes viable

GEN convention: supports the startup exemption and asks for a custody-based safe harbor and clarifications, so Conditional.

P6Support
as-proposed

Keep it; consider indexing the cap.

Asks that the $5 million, four-year startup exemption be kept and that the cap be indexed. Proposed Rule 102 already adjusts the offering limits for inflation, so no change is asked: Support / as-proposed, as letter 117 where the ask matched a cross-reference already in the rule.

P13Conditional
Loosen

where the customer holds the private keys or execution is on-chain, with custody evidence, the asset should be treated as delivered and the covered-investment-contract analysis should end there

Asks that the final rule state that where the customer holds the private keys or execution is on-chain with custody evidence, the analysis ends. A named factor that ends the investment contract is an added route to the exit, Loosen, as letters 8, 18 and 55.

P17Conditional
Clarify split

The final rule should clarify how non-custodial intermediaries are treated

Asks that the Commission's and the CFTC's definitions of actual delivery be coordinated and that the final rule say how non-custodial intermediaries are treated, noting that Rule 500 excludes dealers. Asks that a line be drawn without taking a position on it, Clarify, as letters 117 and 229; the skeptic reads the non-custodial routing ask as intermediary relief, Loosen.

↑ back to the top
245

Devin D. Thorpe, Founder and CEO, The Super Crowd, Inc.PDF

2026-10-27 · Other institutional · Public comment · 1,093 words

Overall ConditionalPosture n-aFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I urge the Commission to adopt the protections recommended by the CfPA

GEN convention: endorses the CfPA's recommendations and asks for a registered intermediary, so Conditional.

P16Benefits overstated; Costs understated

A reduction in an issuer’s upfront expenses does not, by itself, establish an improvement in the market’s overall efficiency or investor welfare.

P17Conditional
Tighten

I particularly favor requiring an SEC-registered, FINRA-member intermediary for capital-raising sales to retail investors, including sales under the Startup Exemption

Asks that retail capital-raising sales, including under the startup exemption, go through a registered broker-dealer or funding portal responsible for identity and bad-actor checks, disclosure review, explaining the rights purchasers do and do not receive, investment limits and safeguarding of proceeds. A new gatekeeper requirement is Tighten, as letters 221 and 235.

↑ back to the top
246

Form letter Type B (APES)PDF

no date on the docket row · Organized retail campaign · Form letter · 91,659 words · 5 signatories

Overall ConditionalPosture n-aFrame market structure / systemic riskReturning filer Form letter Type A on this docket (letter 2), the same group.

This letter’s wording is not reproduced on this page. The coding stands and is counted in every tally above; the passages behind it are in the document itself — read it on sec.gov.

ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

GEN convention: asks that the proposal be amended with stated mandates rather than withdrawn, so Conditional.

P1Conditional
Tighten

Asks that Rules 100 and 103 bar any covered investment contract that tracks a listed or private company's stock without carrying the same voting, dividend and residual rights, and that companies be able to veto the tokenization of their equity. Excluding a class of instrument from the regime by condition is Tighten under the scope convention, as letter 2.

P17Conditional
Tighten

Asks for real-time reporting of off-exchange and swap transactions in crypto assets to swap data repositories and the consolidated audit trail, listed among the fixes it seeks in Regulation Crypto Assets. New trading and reporting requirements are Tighten, as letter 210.

↑ back to the top
247

Nick Tommarello, Founder and CEO, Wefunder Inc.PDF

2026-10-28 · Crypto intermediary · Public comment · 2,217 words

Overall ConditionalPosture n-aFrame on-instrument
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

Please include this permission in Reg CA.

GEN convention: asks for an addition to the rule text, a funding-portal permission within Regulation Crypto Assets, so Conditional.

P17Conditional
Loosen

We ask the Commission to let existing registered funding portals facilitate primary offerings under Regulation Crypto Assets and receive disclosed fees, including a percentage of the amount raised.

Asks for an exemption from broker-dealer registration so that registered funding portals may run primary offerings under both exemptions for transaction-based fees, at the founder's option, keeping their Regulation CF business, with review, disclosure and records duties attached and state licensing addressed. A permission for intermediaries to operate without broker-dealer registration is a new route, Loosen, as letters 114 and 227; the duties apply only where a founder chooses a portal.

↑ back to the top
Overall ConditionalPosture TighteningFrame on-instrumentargues the 2026 Interpretation is wrong
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

We respectfully encourage the Commission to revise proposed Rule 400, the Investment Contract Safe Harbor, to afford investors greater protection and certainty when engaging with crypto assets that could reasonably be understood to be offered as investment contracts.

GEN convention: asks for revision of Rule 400 and withdrawal of preemption rather than withdrawal of the proposal, so Conditional, as letter 51.

P13Conditional split
Tighten

A better interpretation would require an issuer to meet objective measures of decentralization and identify specific managerial undertakings it has ceased before granting a safe harbor from the securities regulations.

Asks that an issuer attest to objective indicia of lost control, such as collusion resistance, control of the roadmap, intellectual property and concentration of holdings and votes, and give a required narrative on them before relying on the safe harbor. A stated condition on the exit is Tighten, as letters 25 and 70. Primary and literalist read a letter that keeps the safe harbor and adds conditions as Conditional; the skeptic reads its objection to issuer self-determination as rejecting the provision as drafted, Oppose, as letter 53.

P14Oppose
Tighten

Thus, we urge the commission to abandon its proposal to preempt state law with respect to crypto assets.

Asks the Commission to abandon preemption of state law for crypto assets. Less preemption is Tighten, as letters 125 and 165.

↑ back to the top
249

Emmanuel AsamoahPDF

2026-11-02 · Individual · Public comment · 5,702 words

Overall ConditionalPosture Mixed-directionFrame on-instrumentengages accounting or valuation
ProvisionCallEvidence and reasoning
GENConditional
—

I want the United States to lead this industry, and I believe this proposal can get there with four changes.

GEN convention: accepts the framework and asks for four changes with draft rule text, so Conditional.

P2Conditional
Loosen

My answer to Question 54 is that the Commission should scope usage rewards out of the offering limit.

Asks that distributions for using, testing or securing a network be taken out of the Rule 200(b)(4) dollar limit if a rewards plan is published in advance and related persons are excluded, with paid promotion still counted (Questions 46 and 54). Fewer distributions consume the cap, Loosen, as letters 47 and 78.

P3Conditional
Tighten

For retail sales, the Commission should prescribe one simple format and one place to show it.

Asks for a one-page Token Facts label in a form the Commission prescribes, with eight fixed fields, on top of Rule 103 (Question 33). A prescribed summary form is more prescription, Tighten, as letters 152 and 155.

P4Conditional
Tighten

The label must appear before purchase in any primary sale, on the screen where the buyer pays.

Asks that the label be presented before a non-accredited purchaser commits to buy, be linked from every paid promotion and be provided in each language used in marketing (Question 32). Added delivery requirements are Tighten.

P6Support
as-proposed

Keep a dollar limit on money raised.

Supports keeping a dollar limit on money raised under the startup exemption and states no position on its amount; asks for no change to the limit itself. Support / as-proposed, as letter 115.

P7Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should permit variable pricing even if it keeps the ban on at-the-market offerings.

Asks that Rule 300(c)(3)(ii) permit a disclosed price range set by book-building or public auction, with a single final price, automatic stops at the offering limit and disclosure of known pre-market trading, and at-the-market sales after seasoning (Questions 92 and 93). Variable pricing in place of the fixed price is Loosen, as letters 169 and 199.

P10Conditional
Loosen

The Commission should keep Rule 300(b) for US issuers and add a second path for non-US issuers.

Keeps Rule 300(b)(1) and adds a route for non-U.S. entities that file on EDGAR, warn buyers before purchase, fund a reserve held by a U.S. bank or trust company, are regulated by an IOSCO MMoU signatory and appoint a U.S. agent; opposes U.S. conditions for the startup exemption (Questions 50, 85 and 86). Widens who may use the regime, Loosen, as letters 92 and 167.

Answers question 32, 33, 46, 50, 54, 85, 86, 92, 93

↑ back to the top
Built by Mert Erinc (LinkedIn) with Claude. Site version 1.5.66, generated 2026-11-04. This tracker is a research artifact and is not legal advice.